You are on page 1of 406

Cambridge Assessment International Education

Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education

ADDITIONAL MATHEMATICS
Paper 1 and 2
MARK SCHEME

2011 - 2015
Table of Contents
2011 4

s11_ms_11 4

s11_ms_12 10

s11_ms_21 18

s11_ms_22 24

w11_ms_11 30

w11_ms_12 37

w11_ms_13 43

w11_ms_21 49

w11_ms_22 54

w11_ms_23 59

2012 65

s12_ms_11 65

s12_ms_12 70

s12_ms_13 77

s12_ms_21 82

s12_ms_22 88

s12_ms_23 94

w12_ms_11 100

w12_ms_12 106

w12_ms_13 115

w12_ms_21 121

w12_ms_22 126

w12_ms_23 131

2013 77

s13_ms_11 139

s13_ms_12 146

s13_ms_13 153

s13_ms_21 160

s13_ms_22 167

s13_ms_23 174

w13_ms_11 181

w13_ms_12 190

w13_ms_13 199

2
w13_ms_21 207

w13_ms_22 214

w13_ms_23 221

2014 146

s14_ms_11 227

s14_ms_12 234

s14_ms_13 243

s14_ms_21 249

s14_ms_22 255

s14_ms_23 264

w14_ms_11 270

w14_ms_12 277

w14_ms_13 284

w14_ms_21 291

w14_ms_22 297

w14_ms_23 303

2015 146

m15_ms_12 308

m15_ms_22 314

s15_ms_11 321

s15_ms_12 329

s15_ms_13 337

s15_ms_21 345

s15_ms_22 350

s15_ms_23 359

w15_ms_11 364

w15_ms_12 372

w15_ms_13 380

w15_ms_21 389

w15_ms_22 395

w15_ms_23 401

3
UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS
International General Certificate of Secondary Education

MARK SCHEME for the May/June 2011 question paper


for the guidance of teachers

0606 ADDITIONAL MATHEMATICS


0606/11 Paper 1, maximum raw mark 80

4
Page 4 Mark Scheme: Teachers’ version Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – May/June 2011 0606 11

1
(1 + cos θ ) + (1 − cos θ )
M1 M1 for attempt to deal with fractions
(1 + cos θ )(1 − cos θ )
2
= M1 M1 for attempt at simplification and use of
1 − cos 2 θ
2 1 − cos 2 θ = sin 2 θ in denominator
=
sin 2 θ
= 2 cosec2 θ A1
[3]
2 lg ab3 − lg1000 B1B1 B1 for lg ab3 , B1 for lg1000
ab3
= lg B1
1000 [3]
3 (a) (i) B1 B1 for each region shaded correctly
A B

(ii)
B1

(iii)
B1

(b) n(P) = 3 B1
[4]
4 (a) Powers of 2: 4 ( 3 x − 2 ) = 3 ( 2 x ) M1 M1 for powers of 2, 4, 8 or 16
or equivalent for powers of 4, 8 or 16 A1 A1 for all powers correct
4
x = , allow 1.33 A1
3
4
(b) p = 1, q = – B1B1
5
[5]

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2011


5
Page 5 Mark Scheme: Teachers’ version Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – May/June 2011 0606 11

5 (i)
4 y

3
B1 B1 for shape
2 B1 B1 for 1 cycle between 4 and –2
1
B1 B1 all correct
x
45 90 135 180

−1

−2

(ii)
4 y

x
45 90 135 180 √B1 √B1 for modulus of (i)
−1

−2

(iii) 5 √B1 √ on their graph


[5]
6 (i) 3 x 2 = −2 x 2 + 20 x − 20 and verification. B1 substitution of x = 2

( x − 2)
2
Or =0, x=2 B1 B1 for solution of equation

dy
(ii) for OA, = 2x
dx
when x = 2, grad = 4 B1 B1 for grad at A from OA
dy 4 20
for other curve , =− x+ M1 M1 for attempt to differentiate the other
dx 3 3
curve and substitute x = 2
when x = 2, grad = 4 A1

4 20
Or 2x = − x + M1 M1 for differentiation of both
3 3 M1 M1 for equating and attempt to solve
leading to x = 2 A1

(iii) tangent y − 4 = 4 ( x − 2 ) B1
[5]

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2011


6
Page 6 Mark Scheme: Teachers’ version Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – May/June 2011 0606 11

1
7 Grad of AB = –2, perp grad = B1M1 B1 for grad AB
2 M1 use of m1m2 = −1
1
Eqn of perp y − 15 = ( x + 2) M1 M1 for correct attempt to find the equation
2 of AC and hence to find C
C(0, 16) A1

1
Area = 125 5
2 M1 M1 for a valid method to find area
= 12.5
A1
1 −2 3 0 −2 1
(or = ( 38 − 13) ) [6]
2 15 5 16 15 2
8 (a) AB, AC B2,1,0 –1 each one incorrect or extra

 − 12 x + 3 y 6
(b) Either: Y = X   M1 for pre-multiplying by X
6 
M1
 − 7x + 3y M1 for multiplication of matrices
 2 x 3 y   − 52 x + 18 y 36 
  =  
 x 4 y   − 71x + 24 y 48  M1A1 A1 for correct product
M1 M1 for equating like elements
leading to y = 12 and x = 4 A1A1

Or
1  5 − 4  − 12 x + 3 y 6  B1 B1 for determinant for inverse
  Y =  
10 − 12  − 3 2   − 7x + 3y 6 B1 B1 for ‘matrix part’ of inverse
1  6 x − y   − 12 x + 3 y 6 
−  =  M1 M1 for multiplication of matrices
2  − 4 x − y   − 7 x + 3 y 6  M1 M1 for equating like elements
leading to y = 12 and x = 4 A1A1
[8]
9 (i) 5 B1

(ii) a = −20sin 4t M1A1 M1 for attempt to differentiate


sin 4t = −0.5 DM1 DM1 for attempt to solve for 4t

t= ( allow 0.916) A1
24

5
(iii) s = sin 4t (+c) M1A1 M1 for attempt to integrate
4 DM1 DM1 for substitution of t in radians
When t = 5, s = 1.14 A1
[9]

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2011


7
Page 7 Mark Scheme: Teachers’ version Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – May/June 2011 0606 11

10 (a) (i) 2 = a −3, a = 5 B1

(ii) y = −5e1− x − x3 + c √B1 √B1for first term using their a


c = 10 B1B1 B1 for − x 3 , B1 for + c
y = −5e1− x − x 3 + 10 M1 M1 for attempt to find c
A1

13 4
1 3 4
(b) (i) ( 7 x + 8) 3 B1B1 B1 for , B1 for ( 7 x + 8 ) 3
74 7 4
8
3 4

(ii)  ( 7 x + 8 ) 3  M1A1 M1 for use of limits
 28 0
180
= or 25.7
7 [10]

2 ( x − 2) − 3
2
11 (i) B1B1 B1 for –2, B1 for –3

(ii) x ≥ 2 or equivalent √B1 √ on their ‘–2’

(b) (i) g ( x ) ≥ 4 , h -1 ( x ) ≥ 0 B1B1 B1 for each

(ii) Correct sketch B1 B1 for g(x)


B1 B1 for g-1(x)
B1 B1 for idea of symmetry

(iii) g ( 4 x − 25 ) = 85 M1 M1 for correct order


( 4 x − 25)
2
+ 4 = 85 DM1 DM1 for attempt to solve
17
x= ,x=4 A1 A1 for both
2
Discarding x = 4 B1 B1 for discarding x = 4
[12]

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2011


8
Page 8 Mark Scheme: Teachers’ version Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – May/June 2011 0606 11

12 EITHER
dy
(i) = 3 x 2 − 14 x + 8 M1A1 M1 for attempt to differentiate
dx
dy 2
When = 0, x = ,4 M1A1 M1 for attempt to equate to zero and solve
dx 3

d2 y
= 6 x − 14 , M1 M1 for attempt to differentiate
dx 2 (or other valid method)
2
x= max, x = 4 min A1 A1 correct from correct working for both
3
dy d y d z
(ii) Use of = × , leading to M1 M1 for attempt to use rates of change
d t d z dt
dy 5
= − allow –0.833 A1
dt 6

dy d y d x
(iii) Use of = × leading to M1 M1 for attempt to use rates of change
dt d x d t
dx 5 dy
= √A1 ft on
dt 48 [10] dt

12 OR
(i) 2 x 2 y = 72 , A = 4 x 2 + 6 xy B1M1 B1 for 2 x 2 y = 150 ,
leading to given answer A1 M1 for A = 4 x 2 + 6 xy

dA 216
(ii) = 8x − 2 M1A1 M1 for attempt to differentiate
dx x
dA
When = 0 , x = 3 27 = 3 M1 M1 for attempt to equate to zero and solve
dx
Dimensions are 3 by 6 by 4 A1 A1 for dimensions

dA
(iii) Use of ∂A ≈ × ∂x leading to M1 M1 for attempt to use small changes
dx
∂A = −38 p , decrease A1√A1 A1 for – 38 p, √A1 on their ∂A
[10]

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2011


9
UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS
International General Certificate of Secondary Education

MARK SCHEME for the May/June 2011 question paper


for the guidance of teachers

0606 ADDITIONAL MATHEMATICS


0606/12 Paper 1, maximum raw mark 80

10
Page 2 Mark Scheme: Teachers’ version Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – May/June 2011 0606 12

Mark Scheme Notes

Marks are of the following three types:

M Method mark, awarded for a valid method applied to the problem. Method marks are
not lost for numerical errors, algebraic slips or errors in units. However, it is not
usually sufficient for a candidate just to indicate an intention of using some method or
just to quote a formula; the formula or idea must be applied to the specific problem in
hand, e.g. by substituting the relevant quantities into the formula. Correct application
of a formula without the formula being quoted obviously earns the M mark and in some
cases an M mark can be implied from a correct answer.

A Accuracy mark, awarded for a correct answer or intermediate step correctly obtained.
Accuracy marks cannot be given unless the associated method mark is earned (or
implied).

B Accuracy mark for a correct result or statement independent of method marks.

• When a part of a question has two or more “method” steps, the M marks are generally
independent unless the scheme specifically says otherwise; and similarly when there are
several B marks allocated. The notation DM or DB (or dep*) is used to indicate that a
particular M or B mark is dependent on an earlier M or B (asterisked) mark in the scheme.
When two or more steps are run together by the candidate, the earlier marks are implied and
full credit is given.

• The symbol √ implies that the A or B mark indicated is allowed for work correctly following
on from previously incorrect results. Otherwise, A or B marks are given for correct work
only. A and B marks are not given for fortuitously “correct” answers or results obtained from
incorrect working.

• Note: B2 or A2 means that the candidate can earn 2 or 0.


B2, 1, 0 means that the candidate can earn anything from 0 to 2.

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2011


11
Page 3 Mark Scheme: Teachers’ version Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – May/June 2011 0606 12

The following abbreviations may be used in a mark scheme or used on the scripts:

AG Answer Given on the question paper (so extra checking is needed to ensure that
the detailed working leading to the result is valid)

BOD Benefit of Doubt (allowed when the validity of a solution may not be absolutely
clear)

CAO Correct Answer Only (emphasising that no “follow through” from a previous error
is allowed)

ISW Ignore Subsequent Working

MR Misread

PA Premature Approximation (resulting in basically correct work that is insufficiently


accurate)

SOS See Other Solution (the candidate makes a better attempt at the same question)

Penalties

MR –1 A penalty of MR –1 is deducted from A or B marks when the data of a question or


part question are genuinely misread and the object and difficulty of the question
remain unaltered. In this case all A and B marks then become “follow through √ ”
marks. MR is not applied when the candidate misreads his own figures – this is
regarded as an error in accuracy.

OW –1,2 This is deducted from A or B marks when essential working is omitted.

PA –1 This is deducted from A or B marks in the case of premature approximation.

S –1 Occasionally used for persistent slackness – usually discussed at a meeting.

EX –1 Applied to A or B marks when extra solutions are offered to a particular equation.


Again, this is usually discussed at the meeting.

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2011


12
Page 4 Mark Scheme: Teachers’ version Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – May/June 2011 0606 12

1 x 2 + ( 2k + 10 ) x + ( k 2 + 5 ) = 0 M1 M1 for equating to zero and use of


b 2 = 4ac
( 2k + 10 ) = 4 ( k + 5)
2 2
M1 M1 for solution
k = −2 A1
[3]
dy
(or = 2 x + ( 2k + 10 ) , x = − ( k + 5 ) M1 M1 for differentiation and attempt to
dx
equate to zero.
0 = ( k + 5 ) − ( 2k + 10 )( k + 5 ) + k 2 + 5
2
M1 M1 for attempt to substitute in for x in
leading to k = −2 ) A1 terms of k, for y = 0 and for attempt at
solution.

(or ( x + A ) = x 2 + ( 2k + 10 ) x + k 2 + 5
2
M1 M1 for approach
A = ( k + 5 ) , A2 = k 2 + 5 M1 M1 for equating and attempt at solution
( k + 5)
2
= k 2 + 5, leading to k = −2 ) A1

(or by completing the square


y = ( x + ( k + 5) ) − ( k + 5) + ( k 2 + 5)
2 2
M1 M1 for approach

( k + 5)
2
= k2 + 5 M1 M1 for equating last 2 terms to zero and
leading to k = −2 ) A1
attempt to solve

5 a2 a2
2 C3 22 a 3 = (10) 4C2 B1B1 B1 for 5C3 22 a 3 , B1 for 4C2
9 9
1
a= M1 M1 for a relationship between the 2
6 coefficients and attempt to solve
A1
[4]
3 (a) k = 2, m = 3, p = 1 B3 B1 for each

(b) (i) 5 B1

(ii) B1 [5]
3
There must be evidence of working without a
calculator in all parts

4 (i)
( 4 + 2 ) (1 − 2 ) = 2 2 M1A1 M1 for attempt to rationalise and attempt
(1 + 2 ) (1 − 2 ) to expand

1
(ii) Area = × ( 4 + 2 2 ) × (1 + 2 ) M1 M1 for attempt at area using surd form
2 and attempt to expand
= 4+3 2 A1

(iii) Area = AC 2

( ) + (1 + 2 )
2 2
= 4+2 2 M1 M1 for attempt at AC 2 or AC in surd
form, with attempt to expand
= 27 + 18 2 A1
[6]

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2011


13
Page 5 Mark Scheme: Teachers’ version Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – May/June 2011 0606 12

1 1 1


5 (i) 2   − 5   + 10   − 4 M1 M1 for substitution of x = 0.5 or attempt
8  4 2 at long division
=0 A1

(
(ii) ( 2 x − 1) x 2 − 2 x + 4 ) M1A1 M1 attempt to obtain quadratic
factor
A1 for correct quadratic factor
( )
For x 2 − 2 x + 4 , ‘ b 2 < 4ac ’ M1 M1 for correct use of discriminant or
solution of quadratic equation = 0
so only one real root of x = 0.5 A1 A1, all correct with statement of root.
[6]
1 B1M1 B1 for gradient, M1 for use of straight
6 (i) lg y − 3 = ( x − 5) A1 line equation
5

1 1
(ii) Either b = B1 B1 for b =
5 5
1 
 x+2
5
y = 10 
, M1 M1 for use of powers of 10 correctly to
1
x
obtain a
= 10 102 5

a = 100 A1 A1 for a
[6]
Or lg y = lg a + lg10bx M1 M1 for use of logarithms correctly to
lg y = lg a + bx , lg a = 2 obtain a
a = 100 A1 A1 for a
1 1
b= B1 B1 for b =
5 5

Or 103 = a (10 )
5b
M1 M1 for simultaneous equations involving
powers of 10
105 = a (10 )
15b

1 1
b= , a = 100 B1, A1 B1 for b = , A1 for a = 100
5 5
14
7 (i) C6 = 3003 B1

(ii) 8
C4 × 6C2 B1B1 B1 for 8C4 or 6C2
= 1050 B1 B1 for × by 6C2 or 8C4
B1 for 1050
(iii) 8C6 + 6 8C5 = 364 B1B1 B1 for 8C6 or equivalent
B1 B1 for 6 8C5 or equivalent
[7] B1 for 364

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2011


14
Page 6 Mark Scheme: Teachers’ version Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – May/June 2011 0606 12

8 (i) y

x
−2 −1 1 2 3 4

B1 B1 for x = – 0.5
−5
B1 B1 for x = 2.5
B1 B1 for y = –5
−10
B1 B1 for shape

(ii) (1, −9 ) B1

(iii) 10 y

5
√B1 √B1 on shape from (i)

x
B1 B1 for a completely correct sketch
−2 −1 1 2 3 4
[7]

θ  M1 M1 for using angles in an isosceles


9 (i) ∆OBA : θ + 2   = π
3 A1 triangle

3π M1 for use of s = rθ
(ii) 9π = r × M1
5
r = 15 A1

1 3π   1 3π  1 2 1
(iii) Area =  × 152 × 2
 −  × 15 × sin  M1M1 r θ or rs
M1 for use of
2 5  2 5  2 2
=105 A1 1 2
[7] M1 for use of r sin θ or other correct
2
method
 29   5   24 
10 (i)  −  =   M1 M1 for subtraction
 −13   −6   −7 
1  24  M1 M1 for attempt to find magnitude of their
Magnitude = 25, unit vector  
25  −7  A1 vector
uuur uuur uuur
(ii) 2 AC = 3 AB M1 M1 for attempt to find AC – may be part
uuur uuur uuur
or 2 AB + 2 BC = 3 AB leading to of a larger method
uuur  36 
AC =  
 −10.5 
uuur uuur uuur uuur
OC = OA + AC M1 for attempt to find OC
uuur uuur uuur uuur M1
or OB − OA = 2OC − 2OB
uuur  41  A1 A1 for each
leading to OC =  
 −16.5  A1
(equivalent methods acceptable) [7]

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2011


15
Page 7 Mark Scheme: Teachers’ version Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – May/June 2011 0606 12

11 (i) 2 cos ec 2 x − 5cos ecx − 3 = 0 M1A1 M1 for use of correct identity or attempt
to get in terms of sin x
( 2 cos ecθ + 1)( cos ecθ − 3) = 0 DM1 DM1 for attempt to solve
1
leading to sin x = , x = 19.5°, 160.5° A1√A1 √ 180o – their x
3

5
(ii) tan 2 y = M1 M1 for attempt to get in terms of tan
4

2y = 51.34°, 231.34° M1 M1 for dealing correctly with double


angle
y = 25.7°, 115.7° A1,√A1 √ 90° their y

 π  2π 4π
(iii)  z + = , M1 M1 for dealing with order correctly and
 6 3 3
attempt to solve
2π π  4π π 
z= −  − 
3 6  3 6
π 7π
z= , allow 1.57, 3.67
2 6 A1, A1
[12]
12 EITHER

dy
(i) = 9 x2 + 4 x − 5 M1 M1 for differentiation and substitution of
dx x = –1
dy
when x = –1, =0
dx
tangent y = 5, DM1 DM1 for attempt at equation of tangent
A (0, 5) A1 and coordinates of A

(ii) B (0, 1) B1 B1 for B


dy
At B, = −5
dx
1
normal y − 1 = x C (–5, 0) M1A1 M1 for attempt at normal and C, must be
5
from differentiation and using correct
point
1
At D x +1 = 5 , D (20, 5) M1A1 M1 for attempt to obtain D, equating
5
normal and tangent equations

1
Area = × 20 × 5 , M1 M1 for valid attempt at area
2
= 50 A1
[10]

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2011


16
Page 8 Mark Scheme: Teachers’ version Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – May/June 2011 0606 12

12 OR
dy
= 3 x 2 − 12 x + 9 M1 M1 for differentiation and equating to 0,
dx can be using a product

dy
When = 0, x = 1, 3 M1 M1 for attempt to solve
dx A1 A1 for both x values
P (1, 4 ) A1 A1 for y coordinate
3
Area = 8 – ∫1
x 3 – 6x2 + 9x dx √B1M1 √B1 on y coordinate for area of rectangle
M1 for attempt to integrate
3
 x4 9x2 
= 8 −  − 2 x3 +
2 1
A2,1,0 –1 each error
4
27 11
= 8− + DM1 DM1 for application of limits
4 4
=4 A1
[10]

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2011


17
UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS
International General Certificate of Secondary Education

MARK SCHEME for the May/June 2011 question paper


for the guidance of teachers

0606 ADDITIONAL MATHEMATICS


0606/21 Paper 2, maximum raw mark 80

18
Page 2 Mark Scheme: Teachers’ version Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – May/June 2011 0606 21

Mark Scheme Notes

Marks are of the following three types:

M Method mark, awarded for a valid method applied to the problem. Method marks are
not lost for numerical errors, algebraic slips or errors in units. However, it is not usually
sufficient for a candidate just to indicate an intention of using some method or just to
quote a formula; the formula or idea must be applied to the specific problem in hand,
e.g. by substituting the relevant quantities into the formula. Correct application of a
formula without the formula being quoted obviously earns the M mark and in some
cases an M mark can be implied from a correct answer.

A Accuracy mark, awarded for a correct answer or intermediate step correctly obtained.
Accuracy marks cannot be given unless the associated method mark is earned (or
implied).

B Accuracy mark for a correct result or statement independent of method marks.

• When a part of a question has two or more "method" steps, the M marks are generally
independent unless the scheme specifically says otherwise; and similarly when there are
several B marks allocated. The notation DM or DB (or dep*) is used to indicate that a
particular M or B mark is dependent on an earlier M or B (asterisked) mark in the scheme.
When two or more steps are run together by the candidate, the earlier marks are implied and
full credit is given.

• The symbol √ implies that the A or B mark indicated is allowed for work correctly following
on from previously incorrect results. Otherwise, A or B marks are given for correct work only.
A and B marks are not given for fortuitously "correct" answers or results obtained from
incorrect working.

• Note: B2 or A2 means that the candidate can earn 2 or 0.


B2, 1, 0 means that the candidate can earn anything from 0 to 2.

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2011


19
Page 3 Mark Scheme: Teachers’ version Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – May/June 2011 0606 21

The following abbreviations may be used in a mark scheme or used on the scripts:

AG Answer Given on the question paper (so extra checking is needed to ensure that
the detailed working leading to the result is valid)

BOD Benefit of Doubt (allowed when the validity of a solution may not be absolutely
clear)

CAO Correct Answer Only (emphasising that no "follow through" from a previous error
is allowed)

ISW Ignore Subsequent Working

MR Misread

PA Premature Approximation (resulting in basically correct work that is insufficiently


accurate)

SOS See Other Solution (the candidate makes a better attempt at the same question)

Penalties

MR –1 A penalty of MR –1 is deducted from A or B marks when the data of a question or


part question are genuinely misread and the object and difficulty of the question
remain unaltered. In this case all A and B marks then become "follow through √"
marks. MR is not applied when the candidate misreads his own figures – this is
regarded as an error in accuracy.

OW –1, 2 This is deducted from A or B marks when essential working is omitted.

PA –1 This is deducted from A or B marks in the case of premature approximation.

S –1 Occasionally used for persistent slackness – usually discussed at a meeting.

EX –1 Applied to A or B marks when extra solutions are offered to a particular equation.


Again, this is usually discussed at the meeting.

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2011


20
Page 4 Mark Scheme: Teachers’ version Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – May/June 2011 0606 21

1
(5 + 2 3 ) = 37 + 20 3
2 B1

(37 + 20 3 ) × 2 − 3 M1
2+ 3 2− 3
14 + 3 3 A1 + A1√ [4]
1
2 (i) 220 or ± B1
8
–27.5 oe B1

(ii) 16.5(x2) B1
Correct method for collecting terms M1
(66 + (i)) 38.5 oe A1√ [5]
3 AB = 6i + 24j (or AC = 4i + 16j) B1
2  2 
OC = OA + AB  i − 4 j + (6i + 24 j) M1
3  3 
OC = 5i + 12j A1
OC = 52 + 12 2 M1
13 A1 [5]
4 Eliminates y M1
x2 + kx – 2x + 16 (= 0) A1
Uses b2 – 4ac M1
k2 – 4k – 60*0 or (k – 2)*± 8 A1
k = –6 or 10 A1
k < –6 or k > 10 A1 [6]
5 (i) f(1) = 1 + 8 + p – 25 (= p – 16) B1
f(–2) = –8 + 32 – 2p – 25 (= –2p – 1) B1
p – 16 = 2p + 1 oe M1
p = –17 A1

(ii) Evaluates f(–3) or divides by (x + 3) to remainder M1


71 (= 20 – 3p) A1√ [6]
6 (a) (i) Evidence of 8, 7, 6, 5, 4, 3, 2, 1 or 8! M1
40320 A1
(ii) Evidence of 5! (120) or 4! (or 24) B1
2880 B1
7×6×5 5× 4
(b) (= 35) and (= 10) B1
3 × 2(×1) 2(×1)
Multiply M1
350 A1 [7]
7 (i) m = 2.5 B1
c=2 B1

lg y = 2.5lg x + 2 M1
2 = lg100 or lg102 B1√
2.5lg x = lg x2.5 B1√
y = 100 x2.5 A1

(ii) Solve 2.5lg x = lg3 or x2.5 = 3 correctly M1


1.55 A1 [8]

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2011


21
Page 5 Mark Scheme: Teachers’ version Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – May/June 2011 0606 21

8 (i) 70 B1

(ii) 39.7 B1

(iii) 55e–0.1t = 25 – 15 oe B1
 55 
0.1t = ln   oe M1
 10 
17(.0) A1

 dT  –0.1t
(iv)  = ke M1
 dt 
k = –5.5 oe A1
–1.11 A1 [8]
9 (i) Either

30/45
60 α
B1
10/15 D/V
β

10 or 45 found B1
Uses cosine rule M1
D2 = 102 + 302 – 2 × 10 × 30 × cos60 A1
or V2 = 152 + 452 – 2 × 15 × 45 × cos60
39.7 or 39.8 or 15 7 A1

sin α sin 60 sin β sin 60


(ii) = (or = and use β ) M1
10 / 15 D / V 30 D
α = 19.1 or β = 101 A1
251 A1√ [8]
9 (i) Or

30/45
60 α
B1
10/15
D/V
β

10 B1
Dsinα = 10sin60 and Dcosα = 25 B1
or Vsinα = 15sin60 and Vcosα = 37.5
Solve equations M1
V = 39.7 or 39.8 A1

10 sin 60
(ii) tan α = M1
25
α = 19.1 A1
251 A1√ [8]

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2011


22
Page 6 Mark Scheme: Teachers’ version Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – May/June 2011 0606 21

10 (i) tanx = –1.33 B1


126.9 B1
306.9 B1√
6 6
(ii) 6 cos y + = 13 or + 6 sec y = 13 B1
cos y sec y
Forms quadratic in cosy or secy (6cos2y – 13cosy + 6 = 0) M1
Solve 3 term quadratic M1
48.2 A1
311.8 A1√

(iii) 2z – 3 = 0.775 (or 2.37) radians B1


Solves for z using radians M1
1.89 and 2.68 A1 [11]
11 EITHER
12 M1
(i) OA =
cos 0.9
AC = 19.3 – 12 = 7.3 A1

(ii) Complete method for major arc (2π – 1.8) × 12 M1


53.8 A1
AB = 2 × 12tan0.9 or cosine rule M1
30.2 A1
Complete plan (53.8 + 30.2 + 2 × 7.3) M1
98.6 A1
1
(iii) Complete method for major sector × 12 2 × (2π − 1.8) M1
2
1 1
× 19.32 × sin 1.8 or × 30.2 × 12 M1
2 2
323 or 181 A1
504 A1 [12]
11 OR
 dy  M1
(i) Uses product rule  = sin x + x cos x 
 dx 
π
At x = gradient = 1 A1
2
Uses m1m2 = –1 M1
π  π
Correctly reaches conclusion. e.g. y − = −1 x −  with y = 0 A1
2  2
(ii) ∫ ∫
cos xdx − x sin xdx = x cos x M1

∫ x sin xdx = ∫ cos xdx − x cos x M1


sinx – xcosx A1
π
(iii) Uses limits of π and M1
2
2.14 or π – 1 A1
2
1 π π π
Area triangle = × × or or 1.23 B1
2 2 2 8
Subtracts area of triangle M1
2
π
0.908 (allow 0.906 or 0.907) or 0.91 or π − 1 – A1 [12]
8

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2011


23
UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS
International General Certificate of Secondary Education

MARK SCHEME for the May/June 2011 question paper


for the guidance of teachers

0606 ADDITIONAL MATHEMATICS


0606/22 Paper 2, maximum raw mark 80

24
Page 4 Mark Scheme: Teachers’ version Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – May/June 2011 0606 22

dy
1 (i) = 3cos 3 x B1
dx

 dy  π
(ii) Uses ∂y =  attempt at  × ∂x with x = and ∂x = p . M1
 dx  9
1.5 p A1√ on k [3]

2 (a) (i) n(E) = 72 or n ( W ∪ B ∪ R ) = 72 B1

(ii) R ⊂ W or R ∩ W = R or R ∪ W = W or R ∩ W / = ∅ B1

(b) (i)

B1

(ii) ( X ′ ∩ Y )′ ′
or ( X ∩ Y ) ∪ Y ′ or ( X ∪ Y ) ∪ X or ( X ′ ∩ Y ′) ∪ X B1 [4]

 3 1
3 (i) A + I =   B1
 − 2 6
1  6 − 1
( A + I ) -1 =   B1 + B1√
20  2 3 

14 
(ii) X = ( A + I ) -1 =   evaluated to matrix with 2 entries M1
4
 4
  A1 [5]
 2

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2011


25
Page 5 Mark Scheme: Teachers’ version Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – May/June 2011 0606 22

4 (a) Expresses with common denominator M1


2sin x
A1
cos 2 x
sin x 1 1
2 = 2 tan x sec x or 2 tan x = 2 tan x sec x A1 ag
cos x cos x cos x

(b) cos x = 1 − p 2 B1
1
cos ec2 x = B1
sin 2 x
1
B1 [6]
2 p 1 − p2

5 (i) Uses product rule M1


x
2 x + 15 + A1
2 x + 15
3 ( x + 5)
( ⇒ k = 3) A1
2 x + 15

1
(ii) x 2 x + 15 M1
k
Uses limits on Cx 2 x + 15 M1
34
A1 [6]
3

6 Eliminates y (or x) M1
x 2 + 3 x − 10 = 0 (or y 2 + 27 y + 72 = 0 ) oe A1

Factorises 3 term quadratic or solves using formula M1


x = −5 and 2 (or y = −24 and -3 ) A1
y = −24 and -3 (or x = −5 and 2 ) A1√

Uses Pythagoras M1
22.1 or 490 or 7 10 A1 [7]

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2011


26
Page 6 Mark Scheme: Teachers’ version Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – May/June 2011 0606 22

7 (i) 3.75 oe B1

dv k
(ii) a = = M1
dt (3t + 4) 3
k = –360 oe A1
–0.36 oe A1√

k
(iii) s = ( +c ) M1
3t + 4
k = −20 oe A1
Substitutes t = 0, s = 0 into k(3t + 4)n M1
20 15t
5− or A1 [8]
3t + 4 3t + 4

8 (a) (i) x log 3 = log 200 or log 3 200 B1


4.82 B1

(ii) 2 = log 25 or 2 = log 52 B1


 5 y + 40 
log ( 5 y + 40 ) − log ( y + 2 ) = log   oe M1
 y+2 
Deals with logs correctly and solves DM1
y = −0.5 A1

(b) a = 4 B1

b = –2 B1

c=5 B1 [9]

9 mAB = 2 B1
m1m2 = −1 M1
1 1
AC: y − 2 = − ( x − 4 ) or y = − x + 4 or x + 2 y = 8 A1
2 2
C(14, –3) A1
Midpoint M(6, 1) B1 + B1
D(14, 12) B1
Complete method for area M1
150 √ on yD A1√ [9]

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2011


27
Page 7 Mark Scheme: Teachers’ version Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – May/June 2011 0606 22

10 (a) (i) a = 50 B1
b = –2 OR 50 − 2 ( x − 4 )
2
B1
c = –4 B1

(ii) (4, 50) B1√

(iii) Correct shape B1


Maximum and y intercept in correct quadrant, B1
60

50

40
30

20

10
0
-2 3 8
-10
-20

(b) (i) Method for inverse M1


x+7 −3 A1

(ii) g(0) = 2 B1
Solves g–1(x) = 2 or solves x = g(g(0)) = g(2) M1
18 A1 [11]

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2011


28
Page 8 Mark Scheme: Teachers’ version Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – May/June 2011 0606 22

11 EITHER

(a) cos x = 0.5 B1


Uses Pythagoras (to find 3) M1
3
sin x = A1
2

(b) (i) PS = x + y B1
60 − 3 x
y= B1
2

3x
(ii) height = B1
2
height
Substitutes height and y into Area = × ( PS + y ) M1
2
height
or height into Area = × ( 60 − 2 x )
2
3
Correctly reaches
2
(
30 x − x 2 ) A1 ag

dA 3
(iii) = ( 30 − 2 x ) B1
dx 2
Equates to 0 and solves M1
x = 15 A1
Completely correct for method with x = 15 leading to maximum B1 [12]

OR
2
(i) 2880π = π r 3 + π r 2 h B1
3
2880 2 8640 − 2r 3
h = 2 − r or h = B1
r 3 3r 2

(ii) A = 3π r 2 + 2π rh B1
substitute for h M1
5 2 5760π
correctly reaches A = πr + A1 ag
3 r

dA 10 5760π
(iii) = πr − B1 + B1
dr 3 r2
equate to 0 and solve M1
r = 12 A1

(iv) substitute in formula for A DM1


720π A1

(v) Completely correct method with r = 12 leading to minimum. B1 [12]

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2011


29
UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS
International General Certificate of Secondary Education

MARK SCHEME for the October/November 2011 question paper


for the guidance of teachers

0606 ADDITIONAL MATHEMATICS


0606/11 Paper 1, maximum raw mark 80

30
Page 4 Mark Scheme: Teachers’ version Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – October/November 2011 0606 11

1 (a) (i) 7 and 0 B2 B1 for each.

(ii) 22 and 15 B2 B1 for each.


[4]

(b) 3 ‘sets’ enclosed in a rectangle B1 B1 for set P and set Q separate


B1 B1 for set R contained within set P
[2]

2 f ( −2 ) : −2a + b = 84 M1 M1 for substitution of a correct value of x


A1

1 1 3
f  : a + b = A1 A1 for each correct equation (allow
2 2 2
unsimplified)

a = −33, b = 18 M1, A1 M1 for solution to obtain a and b

f (1) = −19 √B1 √B1 on their a and b


[6]

3 (i) Gradient m = 4 B1
lg c = −0.6 M1 M1 for a valid attempt to obtain lg c
M1 M1 for attempt to deal with lg c

c = 0.251 A1
[4]

(ii) N = 0.251t 4 √B1 √B1 on their m and c


[1]

4 (i) 6! = 720 B1
[1]
(ii) 2 × 5! = 240 B1
[1]
(iii) 4 × 5! = 480 B1
[1]
(iv) Even first and last: 4! (24) B1
Odd first and even last: 4 x 4! (144) B1
Total: 7 × 4! = 168 B1
[3]

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2011


31
Page 5 Mark Scheme: Teachers’ version Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – October/November 2011 0606 11

5 (i) v = 2cos 2t M1 M1 for attempt to differentiate


when t = 0, v = 2 A1
[2]
π
(ii) cos 2t = 0, 2t = M1 M1 for attempt to solve and deal with 2t
2
π
t= ( 0.785) A1
4 [2]
π
(iii) when t = ,x=4 B1
4
when t = 0, x = 3
distance moved = 1 √B1 √B1 for ‘their 4’ –3
[2]

(iv) a = −4sin 2t M1


when t = ,a = 4 A1
4 [2]

 π M1  π 
6 (a) − 5 = p + 3 tan  −  A1 M1 for use of  − , − 5 
 4  12 

∴ p = −2
1 =' p '+3 tan 3q M1 M1for use of their p and (q, 1)
tan 3q = 1
π
q= A1
12 [4]

(b) amplitude a=4 B1


b=5 B1

When f = 11, x = 0, so c = 7 M1 M1 for use of either max and x = 0,


π π
Or when f = 3, x = , so c = 7 A1
or min and x =
3 3
[4]

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2011


32
Page 6 Mark Scheme: Teachers’ version Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – October/November 2011 0606 11

n ( n − 1) 3
7 (i) = B1 B1 for correct term
2 × 25 5

n 3
n 2 − n − 30 = 0 or   = 15 M1 M1 equating 3rd term to
 2 5
M1 M1 attempt to solve quadratic or realising
n
that   = 15 when n = 6
 2

n=6 A1
[4]

 3  12 9 
(ii) 1 + nx + x 2  4 − + 2 
 5  x x 
term : 4 B1 B1 for 4

12n M1 for 2nd term


− (14.4) M1
5

(
0.18 n 2 − n ) (5.4) M1 M1 for 3rd term

=–5 A1
[4]

2 2x
8 (a) ∫e
0
+ 2e x + 1 dx M1 M1 for expansion

2
 e2 x  B1
 + 2e x + x  B1 B1 for each correct term
 2 0 B1

= 41.6 M1, A1 M1 for correct use of limits


[6]

1 1
(b) y= ( 4 x + 1) 2 (+c) M1 M1 for attempt to integrate
2
1
A1 A1 for ( 4 x + 1) 2

1 1
A1 A1 for ( 4 x + 1) 2
2

when y = 4.5, x = 2, c = 3 M1 M1 for attempt to find c, must be from


integration

1 1
y= ( 4 x + 1) 2 + 3 A1 A1 for c = 3
2
[5]

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2011


33
Page 7 Mark Scheme: Teachers’ version Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – October/November 2011 0606 11

9 (i) cosec 2 x = 8sin x M1 M1 for use of correct identity or


equivalent

1
sin 3 x = M1 M1 for dealing with cosec or equivalent
8

1
sin x = M1 M1 for attempt to solve
2

x = 30  , 150  A1, A1 Withhold last A1 if extra solutions


[5]

5
(ii) tan ( 2 y − 0.3) = − M1, A1 M1 for attempt to get in terms of tan
4

2y – 0.3 = 2.2455, 5.387 M1 M1 for dealing with order correctly

y = 1.27, 2.84 (allow 1.28 and 2.85) A1, A1


[5]

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2011


34
Page 8 Mark Scheme: Teachers’ version Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – October/November 2011 0606 11

10 EITHER
1 1 M1 M1 for use of sector area
( 2r ) ( 3θ ) − 2 r 2θ = 5
2
(i) M1 M1 for attempt to equate area to 5
2 2

1
θ= A1
r2

P = 2r ( 3θ ) + 2r + 2r + 2rθ M1 M1 for use of arc length

8 M1 for attempt to get P in terms of r and θ


leading to P = + 4r M1
r

(answer given) A1
[6]

dP 8
(ii) =− 2 +4 M1 M1 for attempt to differentiate and equate
dr r
to zero.

dP
when = 0, r = 2 A1
dr

P =8 2 M1 M1 for attempt to obtain P


A1
[4]

d 2 P 16
(iii) = , + ve ∴ minimum B1 B1 for correct method and conclusion
dr 2 r 3

1
when r = 2, θ= B1
2
[2]

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2011


35
Page 9 Mark Scheme: Teachers’ version Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – October/November 2011 0606 11

10 OR
(i) OC = 10 − r B1
[1]

r r
(ii) sin θ = , sin θ = M1 M1 for attempt to use sinθ
OC 10 − r

10sin θ
leading to r = A1 A1 for correct attempt to simplify to given
1 + sin θ
[2] answer

dr 10cos θ
(iii) = M1 M1 for correct attempt to differentiate a
dθ (1 + sin θ )2 quotient
A2, 1, 0 – 1 each error

10 1 3 M1 M1 for attempt to find sin or cos


when r = , sin θ = , cos θ =
3 2 2
M1 M1 for substitution

dr 20 3
∴ = (3.85) A1
dθ 9
[6]

dr
(iv) = 2, B1
dt

π dθ 3 3
when θ = , =
6 dr 20

d θ dr d θ
= × M1 M1 for correct use of rates of change
dt dt dr

dθ 3 3
leading to = (0.520) A1
dt 10
[3]

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2011


36
UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS
International General Certificate of Secondary Education

MARK SCHEME for the October/November 2011 question paper


for the guidance of teachers

0606 ADDITIONAL MATHEMATICS


0606/12 Paper 1, maximum raw mark 80

This mark scheme is published as an aid to teachers and candidates, to indicate the requirements of
the examination. It shows the basis on which Examiners were instructed to award marks. It does not
indicate the details of the discussions that took place at an Examiners’ meeting before marking began,
which would have considered the acceptability of alternative answers.

Mark schemes must be read in conjunction with the question papers and the report on the
examination.

• Cambridge will not enter into discussions or correspondence in connection with these mark schemes.

Cambridge is publishing the mark schemes for the October/November 2011 question papers for most
IGCSE, GCE Advanced Level and Advanced Subsidiary Level syllabuses and some Ordinary Level
syllabuses.

37
Page 4 Mark Scheme: Teachers’ version Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – October/November 2011 0606 12

1
1
sin θ cos θ M1 M1 for adding fractions in terms of
+
cos θ sin θ sin/cos/tan/cot correctly

sin θ cos θ
= M1 M1 for use of correct identity
sin 2 θ + cos 2 θ

= sin θ cos θ A1 A1 for correct solution only


[3]

OR
tan θ cot θ
2
or M1 M1 for adding fractions in terms of tan/cot
tan θ + 1 cot 2 θ + 1
correctly

tan θ cot θ
= 2
or M1 M1 for use of correct identity
sec θ cosec 2θ

= sin θ cos θ A1 A1 for correct solution only

( 2 y + 1)
2
2 + y 2 = 29 M1 M1 for attempt to get an equation in terms
2
(or 5 x − 2 x − 115 = 0 ) of one variable only

leading to 5 y 2 + 4 y − 28 = 0 DM1 DM1 for obtaining a 3 term quadratic


equation
2
 x −1 
2
(or x +   = 29 ) DM1 DM1 for attempt to solve quadratic
 2  equation

23 14
x=− ,y=− and A1 A1 for a pair of values
5 5

x = 5, y = 2 A1

(5, 2) spotted gets B1 [5]

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2011


38
Page 5 Mark Scheme: Teachers’ version Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – October/November 2011 0606 12

1 log 2 2
3 (i) or B1
log 2 x log 2 x

(ii) u 2 − 3u + 2 = 0 M1 M1 for a correct attempt to obtain and


( u − 1)( u − 2 ) = 0 solve a quadratic equation in terms of u or
log 2 x

u = 1, 2 A1 A1 for u = 1, 2

M1 M1 for attempt to solve an equation of the


form log 2 x = k leading to x = 2k

x = 2 and x = 4 A1 A1 for both


[5]

4 When x = 2, y = 9 B1 B1 for y = 9

1 1
dy 2 2
( ) ( )
− −
= .6 x. 3 x 2 + 15 3
B1, B1 B1 for .6 x , B1 for 3x 2 + 15 3
dx 3 3

dy 8
when x = 2, =
dx 3

3 M1 M1 for use of m1m2 = −1


∴ grad of normal = −
8 M1 M1 for attempt to find equation of normal,
3 must be using gradient of a perpendicular
normal : y − 9 = − ( x − 2) line
8

8 y + 3 x = 78 A1 A1 allow unsimplified
[6]

5 (i) y 2 = m2 x + c M1 M1 for use of straight line equation as


given

81 = 80 + c M1 M1 for use of (16, 81)


c=1

( )
y 2 = 5 2x + 1 A1 A1 – do not allow if subsequent incorrect
work is seen

( )
(ii) 36 = 5 2 x + 1 M1 M1 substitution of y = 6 into their
equation in terms of y 2 and 2 x

1eading to 7 = 2 x DM1 DM1 for correct solution of equation of


the form 2 x = k

x = 2.81 A1
[6]

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2011


39
Page 6 Mark Scheme: Teachers’ version Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – October/November 2011 0606 12

6 (i) Assuming correct terms in x


2 3 4 5
243 + 405 x + 270 x + 90 x + 15 x + x B1 B1 for 486
243 − 405 x + 270 x 2 − 90 x 3 + 15 x 4 − x 5 B1 B1 for 540
B1 B1 for 30
486 + 540 x 2 + 30 x 4
B1 B1 for all terms correct and no extra terms
(ii) 30 y 2 + 540 y − 600 = 0 M1 M1 for attempt to obtain a 3 term
quadratic equation.
DM1 DM1 for correct attempt at solution of
quadratic

y = 1.05 A1 A1 need both solutions

leading to x = ±1.02 A1 A1 need both solutions


[8]
1 1

7 (i) 16 x 2
− 8 + x2 B1, B1, B1 for each correct term
B1

1
2 23
(ii) y = 32 x − 8 x + x ( + c )
2 M1 M1 for attempt to integrate a 3 term
3 expression
A2, 1, 0 –1 for each error

When x = 9 and y = 30, c = –12 M1 M1 for attempt to find c, must have


attempted integration
A1 A1 for c = –12
[8]

8 (i) M (2, –1) B1 Allow in (ii)

8
Grad AB = , ⊥ grad = – 0.75 M1 M1 for attempt to find gradient of
6 perpendicular
CD: y + 1 = −0.75 ( x − 2 ) DM1 DM1 for straight line equation using M
A1

(ii) C (–2, 2) B1 B1 for y coordinates of C can be awarded


D (10, –7) B1, B1 in (iii)
B1 for each of the coordinates for D

1 M1 M1 for attempt at area


(iii) Area = 122 + 92 32 + 42
2
= 37.5 A1
[9]
1 −2 10 −1 −2
Or = 37.5
2 2 −7 −5 2

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2011


40
Page 7 Mark Scheme: Teachers’ version Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – October/November 2011 0606 12

dy M1 M1 for differentiation of a product


9 (i) = x.4cos 4 x + sin 4 x
dx B1, A1 B1 for 4cos 4x , A1 all else correct

1
(ii) I =    x sin 4 x − ∫ sin 4 x dx  DM1 DM1 for realising integration is form
 4  
1
reverse process of (i) – do not need  
4
until last A1

 1   1  A1, A1 A1 for x sin 4 x , A1 for ∫ sin 4 x dx


=    x sin 4 x −  − cos 4 x  
 4   4  1
B1 B1 for − cos 4 x
4

For definite integral


π
 1   1  8 M1 M1 for correct application of limits
   x sin 4 x −  − cos 4 x  
 4   4 0

π 1
= − , or 0.0357 A1
32 16 [9]

10 (i) 2 tan 2 x + 2 = 5 tan x + 5 M1 M1 for use of correct identity

2 tan 2 x − 5 tan x − 3 = 0 M1 M1 for solution of 3 term quadratic


equation

1 M1 for attempt to solve tanx = k from a 3


tan x = − , tan x = 3 M1
2 term quadratic equation

x = 153.4o ,333.4o and 71.6o , 251.6o A1, A1 A1 for any pair

 π 1 M1 M1 for dealing with 2 correctly


(ii) sin  0.5 y +  =
 3 2

π π 3π 9π
0.5 y + = , , M1 M1 for correct order of operations
3 4 4 4 M1 M1 for correct order of operations and
attempt to get a solution in the range

5π 23π
leading to y = , A1, A1 Allow decimal equivalents 2.62 and 12.0
6 6 [10]

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2011


41
Page 8 Mark Scheme: Teachers’ version Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – October/November 2011 0606 12

11 EITHER

(i) A = 4 B1

dy M1 M1 for differentiation of a product


(ii) = e − x ( −2 A sin 2 x + 2 B cos 2 x ) −
dx B1 B1 for (−2 A sin 2 x + 2 B cos 2 x)e − x

e − x ( A cos 2 x + B sin 2 x ) B1 B1 for −e − x ( A cos 2 x + B sin 2 x )

when x = 0, 6 = 2B – A, B = 5 M1 M1 for substitution to find B


(verification acceptable ) A1

dy dy
(iii) when = 0, M1 M1 for their =0
dx dx

e − x ( p cos 2 x − q sin 2 x ) = 0 M1 M1 for attempt to simplify

p  6 p
leading to tan 2 x = =  M1 M1 for attempt to obtain tan 2 x =
q  13  q

x = 0.216 M1 M1 for attempt to solve tan 2x = k


A1
[11]

11 OR
2x
(x 2
−1 ) − 2 x ln x 2 − 1 ( )
(i)
dy
=
( 2
x −1 ) M1 M1 for differentiation of a quotient
2x
(x )
2
dx B1 B1 2
( )
2
−1 x −1

A1 A1 for all else correct


Rearranging to get k = 2 A1 A1 for rearrangement to get k = 2

dy M1 M1 for substitution of x = 5 and


(ii) ∂y = p,
dx correct method

leading to ∂y = −0.108 p √A1 √A1 on their k

dy dy
(iii) when
dx
= 0, 1 − ln x 2 − 1 = 0 ( ) M1 M1 for
dx
= 0 and attempt to simplify

(
ln x 2 − 1 = 1 ) A1 (
A1 for ln x 2 − 1 = 1)
x 2 − 1 = e or 2.72 A1 A1 for x 2 − 1 = e or 2.72

leading to x = 1 + e A1

1
y= A1
e [11]

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2011


42
UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS
International General Certificate of Secondary Education

MARK SCHEME for the October/November 2011 question paper


for the guidance of teachers

0606 ADDITIONAL MATHEMATICS


0606/13 Paper 1, maximum raw mark 80

43
Page 4 Mark Scheme: Teachers’ version Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – October/November 2011 0606 13

11 21 B1
1 648 x 2 y 5 B1 B1 for each correct
B1
[3]

sin 2 θ B1 B1 for numerator


2
4 tan 2 θ B1 B1 for denominator

sin θ
= M1 M1 for rearrangement
2 tan θ

cosθ
= , k = 0.5 A1
2 [4]

OR
B1
1 − cos 2 θ
4
−4
cos 2 θ

1 − cos 2 θ B1
=
4 − 4 cos 2 θ
cos 2 θ

cosθ M1
=
2 A1

1  − 2 − 3
3 (i) A–1 =   B2, 1, 0 –1 each error
16  8 4 

1  − 2 − 2  1 4  M1 M1 for pre-multiplication
(ii) M =   
16  8 4  2 3  DM1 DM1 for attempt to multiply matrices, at
least one element correct

1  − 8 − 17  A1 A1 all correct
=  
16  16 44  [5]

4 (a) 11 – x + x + 13 – x = 18 M1 M1 for a valid method


x=6 A1

7π 11π
(b) (i) X : , B1 B1 for both
6 6

π 5π 7π 11π
(ii) Y: , , , B1, B1 B1 for each pair
6 6 6 6

(iii) X ⊂ Y , X ∩ Y = X or X ∪ Y = Y B1
[6]

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2011


44
Page 5 Mark Scheme: Teachers’ version Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – October/November 2011 0606 13

5 (i) lg p3 + lg q = 10a or M1 M1 for attempt to simplify logs as shown


lg p – lg q2 = a
3lg p + lg q = 10a A1 A1 for each of any 2 correct
lg p – 2lg q = a A1
lg p = 3lg q
leading to log p = 3a and M1 M1 for attempt to solve simultaneous
log q = a equations
A1 A1 for both

log q 1
(ii) = √B1 ft on their log p and log q, both need to be
log p 3 [6] simple functions of a

dy x x M1 M1 for attempt to differentiate


6 (i) = −3 sin + 2 cos
dx 2 2 A1, A1 A1 for each correct term

dy x 2 dy
When = 0 , tan = M1 M1 for their =0
dx 2 3 dx

x = 1.18 A1 A1 correct solution only

d2 y 3 x x
(ii) 2
= − cos − sin M1 M1 for a valid method – needs to be seen,
dx 2 2 2

d2 y
When x = 1.18 is –ve (–1.8)
dx 2
Maximum A1
[7]

7 B (6, 4) B1

1
grad AM = x grad BC = –5 M1 M1 for attempt at gradient of BC
5

BC equation: y – 4 = –5(x – 6) M1 M1 for attempt at straight line equation


A1 A1 for correct equation in any form

When y = 0, x = 6.8 √B1 Ft on their BC equation

Area = 20.8 M1,A1 M1 for a correct method for area of


[7] triangle

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2011


45
Page 6 Mark Scheme: Teachers’ version Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – October/November 2011 0606 13

8 (i) 12 + 3m = 3n M1 M1 for equating like vectors


30 + 3m = 6n A1 A1 for both correct equations
leading to m = 2, n = 6 M1, A1 M1 for solution of equations

 − 8
(ii) b =   , b = 8 5 M1, A1 M1 for attempt at magnitude
 16 

1  − 8
(iii)   √B1 Ft on their b and its magnitude
8 5  16  [7] Allow decimals

9 (i) Amplitude = 2 B1
Period = 120º B1

(ii) Max Value = 1 B1


Occurs when sin3x = 1
x = 30º, 150º, 270º B1,B1

(iii) Sketch B1 B1 one cycle correct – ignore x values


B1 B1 all correct
[7]

10 (a) 3sec2(3x + 2) B1, B1 B1 for 3, B1 for 3sec2(3x + 2)


1
1 − 1
2 1 −  1  3 2 1 −
(b) × x 2x2 + 1 B1 B1 for , B1 for x 2
3 2   3 2
  B1
1
B1 −
 1  3
B1 for  x 2 + 1
 
 

3x 2
(2 x − 3)
(3
x −1
− 2 ln x 3 − 1
) ( )
(c) M1, B1 M1 for differentiation of a quotient
(2 x + 3)2 A1 B1 for differentiation of ln term
[8] A1 for everything else correct

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2011


46
Page 7 Mark Scheme: Teachers’ version Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – October/November 2011 0606 13

11 (i) 3 B1

(ii) a = 6e2t + 4 M1, A1 M1 for attempt at differentiation


When t = 0, a = 10 A1

3 2t
(iii) x = e + 2t 2 (+ c ) M1, A1 M1 for attempt at integration
2

x3 = 623.14 + c, x2 = 89.90 + c M1 M1 for attempt to find difference between


or 621.64 or 88.40 x3 and x2 – condone omission of or
incorrect c
Distance travelled = 533 A1
[8]

12 EITHER
(i) or equivalent B1

e y + 10
(ii) e y = 5 x − 10 , =x M1 M1 rearrangement to x in terms of y
5

e x + 10 DM1 DM1 for interchange of x and y


f–1(x) =
5 A1 A1 for correct form

(iii) f–1(x) > 2 or y > 2 B1

(iv) 1 = 5x – 10 B1
x = 2.2 B1

(v) g(ln(5x – 10)) = ln(5x2 – 10) M1 M1 for correct order gf


2ln(5x – 10) – ln2 = ln(5x2 –10) M1 M1 for dealing with x2 correctly
25x2 – 100x – 100 = 10x2 –20 A1 A1 correct quadratic– allow unsimplified
3x2 – 20x + 24 = 0, leading to M1 M1 for correct attempt at solution of a 3
term quadratic
x = 5.10 only A1 A1 for valid solution only
[12]

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2011


47
Page 8 Mark Scheme: Teachers’ version Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – October/November 2011 0606 13

12 OR
(i) f(x) > 2 B1

(ii) 26 = 4e–x + 2 B1

1
6 = e–x so x = –ln6, ln or –1.79 B1
6

(iii)
( y − 2) = e–x, ln
( y − 2) = –x M1 M1 rearrangement to x in terms of y
4 4

4 x−2 M1 M1 for interchange of x and y


f–1(x) = ln or − ln
x−2 4 A1 A1 for correct form

(iv) f–1(x) or y > 2 B1

(v) 2ex – 4 = 4e–x + 2 M1 M1 for attempt to deal with t–1 or e–x


(2t – 4 = 4t–1 + 2)
A1 A1 for correct quadratic equation

e2x – 3ex – 2 = 0 M1 M1 for solution of quadratic


(t2 – 3t – 2 = 0) M1 M1 for correct attempt to obtain x
ex = 3.56 so x = 1.27 A1 A1 for 1 solution only
[12]

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2011


48
UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS
International General Certificate of Secondary Education

MARK SCHEME for the October/November 2011 question paper


for the guidance of teachers

0606 ADDITIONAL MATHEMATICS


0606/21 Paper 2, maximum raw mark 80

49
Page 4 Mark Scheme: Teachers’ version Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – October/November 2011 0606 21

1 6.5 B1
4x – 5 = –21 or (4x – 5)2 = 212 M1
–4 A1
[3]
2 Eliminates y M1
x2 + 6x + k – c (= 0) A1
Uses b2 = 4ac or completes square M1
k=c+9 A1
[4]
OR
dy
= 2x + 9 B1
dx
Equate to 3 and solve for x (x = –3) M1
Substitute in both equations and equate M1
k=c+9 A1

3 cos θ =
4+ 2+ 3 −9 ( 2)
2

or 9 = 4 + 2 + 3 − 4 2 + 3 cos θ ( ) ( ) M1
4 2+ 3 ( )
(2 + 3 ) 2
=7+4 3 B1
2+4 3 A1
(
4 2+ 3 )
Multiply top and bottom by 2 – 3 M1
−4 3 3 A1
+ oe
2 2
[5]
kx
4 (i) M1
(x 2
+3 )
2

k = –2 A1

6 1
(ii) × 2 M1
(− 2) x + 3
C
Correct use of limits in 2 M1
x +3
0.5 A1
[5]
5 (a) f(15) evaluated or fg(x) = 2(x2 – 1) + 3 M1
33 A1

(b) (i) kh B1

(ii) h2 or hh B1

(iii) h–1k–1 or (kh)–1 B2


[6]

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2011


50
Page 5 Mark Scheme: Teachers’ version Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – October/November 2011 0606 21

6 mAB = 2 B1
Uses m1m2 = –1 and point A M1
1 1 9
AD: y − 4 = − ( x − 1) or x + 2y = 9 or y = − x + A1
2 2 2
CD: y – 13 = 2(x – 13) or y = 2x – 13 B1
Solve equation AD with equation CD M1
(7,1) A1
[6]
1
7 (a) cot 2 x = B1
tan 2 x
cosec x = 1 + cot2x
2
B1
1 p2 + 1 B1
= 1 + 2 or
p p2
OR Draw triangle with 1, p and p2 + 1 correct B1

p2 + 1 p2 + 1
cosec x = B1 cosec2 x = B1
p p2

1
(b) sec θ = B1
cos θ
Multiply out and correct use Pythagoras M1
sin 2 θ A1
cos θ
sin θ sin θ
= sin θ tan θ A1
cos θ
[7]
3 2
8 (i) OP = a + b oe M1 A1
5 5
3 2  A1
OX = µ a + b 
5 5 

3 2  B1
(ii) OX = a + λb or AX = µ a + b  − a
 5 5 
Equates a components M1
5
µ= A1
3
Equates b components M1
2
λ= A1
3 [8]

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2011


51
Page 6 Mark Scheme: Teachers’ version Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – October/November 2011 0606 21

9 (i) x x 1 2.83 5.20 8 11.18


B1
y x 3.40 4.13 5.07 6.20 7.47

(ii) Plot points on graph B2, 1, 0

(iii) Calculates gradient M1


b = 0.4 ± 0.001 A1
a = 3 ± 0.1 B1

(iv) 3.05 B1
[7]

5 0  B2, 1, 0
10 (i)  
 4 −13 

(ii) Matrix multiplication M1


 7 − 18  A1
 
 − 3 − 19 

1  − 5 − 2 1 5 2  B1+ B1
(iii) −   or  
17  − 1 3  17  1 − 3 

 23  M1
(iv) evaluate  
 19 
 x  9  A1
x = 9, y = –2 or   =  
 y   − 2 [8]
5 2 x +3
5  2 ( 2− x ) M1
11 (a)(i)Express in powers of 5.  4 x = 3 x 
 5 5 
Use rules of indices (2x + 3 – 4x = 2(2 – x) – 3x) M1
1 A1
3

(ii) LHS = lg y(y – 15) B1


2 = lg 100 B1
Solve 3 term quadratic M1
20 only A1

(b) log12 16 – log12 9 + log12 81 B1


Correctly combine 3 logarithms M1
2 A1
[10]

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2011


52
Page 7 Mark Scheme: Teachers’ version Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – October/November 2011 0606 21

dy 1 1 B1
12E (i) = −
dx x + 1 x
1 B1
gradient tangent = −
2
1 M1
y – ln 2 = – ( x − 1)
2
A(1 + 2 ln 2,0 ) A1
 1  A1
B 0, + ln 2 
 2 
Uses m1m2 = –1 in equation of line (y – ln 2 = 2(x – 1)) M1
 1  A1
C 1 − ln 2,0 
 2 
D(0,−2 + ln 2 ) A1

(ii) Valid method for area of triangle M1


1.25 or 1.25 × (ln 2)2 or 0.601 A1
k = (ln 2)2 A1
[11]
12O (i) Use product rule M1
(x + 1)ex A1
dy M1
Solve =0
dx
 1 A1
 − 1, − 
 e
Shows minimum B1

(ii) Gradient tangent = 2e B1


 1  M1
Use m1m2 = –1 in equation of line  y − e = − (x − 1)
 2e 
( 2
R 1 + 2e , 0) A1
 1 + 2e 2  A1
S  0, 

 2e 

Area of triangle =
(1 + 2e ) 2 2 M1 A1
4e [11]

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2011


53
UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS
International General Certificate of Secondary Education

MARK SCHEME for the October/November 2011 question paper


for the guidance of teachers

0606 ADDITIONAL MATHEMATICS


0606/22 Paper 2, maximum raw mark 80

54
Page 4 Mark Scheme: Teachers’ version Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – October/November 2011 0606 22

1 (a)

1 14 6
9

6 correctly positioned B1
14 correctly positioned B1
1 correctly positioned B1
9 correctly positioned B1√

(b)
B1

[5]

2 (i)
2. 5

1. 5

0. 5

0
0 1 2 3 4
-0. 5

Sine curve through (0, 0), (90, 1)(180, 0)


B1
Cosine curve
through (0, 2), (45, 1), (90, 0), (135, 1), (180, 2) M1
A1
(ii) 2 B1√

(iii) 2√ B1√
[5]

1 M1
3 f   = 0 or f(–2) = 25 (or f(–1) found)
2
1 1 11 1 A1
+ a − + b = 0 or a + b = 5 or a + 4b = 20
2 4 2 4
–32 + 4a + 22+ b = 25 or 4a + b = 35 A1

Solve simultaneous equations M1


a = 8, b = 3 A1

f(–1) = 18 A1√
[6]

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2011


55
Page 5 Mark Scheme: Teachers’ version Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – October/November 2011 0606 22

4 (i) Matrix multiplication M1


 9 − 22 6 
  A1
16 − 29 2 

(ii) Matrix multiplication M1


 − 18 
  A1
 −2

(iii) 1  − 5 2 1 5 − 2 B1+B1
−   or  
13  − 1 3  13  1 − 3 
[6]

5 (i) Evidence of 4 × 3 × 3 × 2 × 2(× 1 × 1) or 4 × 3 × 3 × 2 × 2(× 1 × 1) or 4! × 3! M1


144 A1

(ii) 4! (or 24) for boys and 3! (or 6) for girls M1


288 A1

(iii) Evidence of 4 × (120) × 3 or (4) × 5! × (3) M1


1440 A1
[6]

6 (i) 4x – 20 > 140 oe B1

(ii) x(x – 10) < 3000 B1

(iii) x > 40 B1
Factorise 3 term quadratic M1
–50 and 60 A1
40 < x < 60 A1
[6]

1
7 (i) (14 2 − 6 2 )θ = 32 M1A1
2
0.4 A1

CF
(ii) = 20 sin 0.2 or CF2 = 202 + 202 – 2 × 20 × 20 cos 0.4 M1
2
(CF=)7.95 A1
Uses s = rθ M1
Complete plan including s = rθ M1
25.5 or 25.6 A1
[8]

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2011


56
Page 6 Mark Scheme: Teachers’ version Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – October/November 2011 0606 22

t 2
8 (i) Solve cos  = M1
 3  12
4.21 or 4.2(0) A1

dv t
(ii) a= = k sin M1
dt 3
k = –4 A1
–3.36 or –3.37 A1√

(iii) Find t when v = 0 M1


t

s = vdt = 36 sin
3
B1
t
substitute t into k sin M1
3
36 A1√
[9]

9 (i) a = 2, b = –3, c = –8 or 2(x – 3)2 – 8 B1+B1+B1

(ii) graph with 3 distinct parts all above and touching x axis B1
quadratic shape for middle section reflected in x axis B1
cusp B1
completely correct B1

(iii) identifies 0 and 8 M1


0<k<8 A1
[9]

10 (i) 3x2 – 18x + 24 B1


Solves 3 term quadratic equals zero M1
x = 4 (and x = 2) A1 cso
Q(4, 18) A1

x4
(ii) − 3 x 3 + 12 x 2 + 2 x B2, 1, 0
4
Uses limits of 0 and xQ in integral (area under curve = 72) M1
Area under PQ = (32 + 8) B1
Plan for area including use of limits M1
32 A1
[10]

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2011


57
Page 7 Mark Scheme: Teachers’ version Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – October/November 2011 0606 22

11E (i) OX = a + µ (b-a) or (1 – µ)a + µ b M1A1


3
(ii) OS = a B1
5
7
OT = b B1
5
3 7 3  3 7
OX = a + λ b − a  or OX = (1 − λ) a + λ b
5 5 5  5 5 M1A1

(iii) Equate components or arrange to (α) a = (β) b and put α = β = 0 M1


Solve simultaneous equations DM1
1
λ= A1
2
7
µ= A1
10
[10]

11O (i) OP = 3c B1
3
OQ = d B1
2
DR = CD = d − c B1
OR = OD + DR = 2d − c M1A1

(ii) Finds two of PQ, QR, PR M1


3 1
Two of PQ = d − 3c, QR = d − c, PR = 2d − 4c A1+A1
2 2
Express one vector as multiple of another M1
3:1 A1
[10]

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2011


58
UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS
International General Certificate of Secondary Education

MARK SCHEME for the October/November 2011 question paper


for the guidance of teachers

0606 ADDITIONAL MATHEMATICS


0606/23 Paper 2, maximum raw mark 80

59
Page 4 Mark Scheme: Teachers’ version Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – October/November 2011 0606 23

1 Rearrange to 2 x 2 − x − 15(> 0 ) and solve 3 term quadratic M1

5
− ,3 A1
2
5
x<− ,x>3 A1
2
[3]

dy
2 (i) = k(12 – 4x)4 M1
dx
–20(12 – 4x)4 A1

dy
(ii) Uses ∂y = ×p M1
dx ( x =0.5 )
–200000p A1√
[4]

3 (i) –8 or 35 B1
–280 B1

(ii) –14 (x) B1

(–280) + (–14) × 3 M1
–322 A1√
[5]

4 Correct use of quadratic formula M1


(4 + 2 2 ) = 16 + 16
2
(
2 + 8 or 24 + 16 2 ) B1

(4 + 2 2 ) + 64
2(5 − 2 2 )
A1

Multiply top and bottom by 10 + 4 2 or 5 + 2 2 M1


( )
Numerator k 34 + 17 2 or denominator 17k A1
2 + 2 only A1
[6]

14 × 13 × 12 × 11 × 10 × 9 14!
5 (i) or M1
6 × 5 × 4 × 3 × 2 ×1 8!× 6!
3003 A1

(ii) Both 5 students + 1 teacher and 4 students + 2 teachers M1


56 × 6 or 70 × 15 B1
1386 A1

(iii) 30 B1
[6]

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2011


60
Page 5 Mark Scheme: Teachers’ version Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – October/November 2011 0606 23

6 (i) Completely correct idea of modulus B1


quadratic shape B1
cusps B1
correct position B1

(ii) complete method M1


2 A1
[6]

7 (i) Gradient = –2 B1
y intercept = 5 B1
y
= −2 x + 5 M1
x
y = −2 x 2 + 5 x A1√

(ii) x = 7 B1
y = –63 B1
[6]

8 (i) s = 200 – 2r or 2r + rθ = 200 B1


1 1
Use A = rs or A = r 2θ M1
2 2
2 A1
A = 100r − r oe

(ii) Differentiate non-linear function in r M1


dA
Solve =0 DM1
dr
A = 2500 A1
[6]

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2011


61
Page 6 Mark Scheme: Teachers’ version Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – October/November 2011 0606 23

9 (i)

OR
50
130
B1

350

V 2 = 50 2 + 350 2 − 2 × 50 × 350 cos 130 M1


V = 384 A1
480
T= M1
V
1.25 hours A1

sin α sin 130 sin β sin 130


(ii) = or = M1
350 V 50 V
α = 44.3 or β = 5.72 A1
135.7 or 136 A1√
[8]
OR
(i) Diagram B1
X = 350 sin 50(= 268)
Y = 50 + 350 cos 50(= 275)
V 2 = X 2 +Y2
Finds components and uses Pythagoras M1
V = 384 A1
480
T= M1
V
75 mins or 1.25 hours A1

Y
(ii) tan α = M1
X
α = 44.3 A1
135.7 or 136 A1√

10 Eliminate x or y M1
( ) ( )
k x 2 + 5 x − 14 = 0 or k y 2 − 10 y − 56 = 0 A1
Factorise 3 term quadratic M1
x = –7 and 2 A1
y = –4 and 14 B1√
 5 
Finds midpoint  − , 5  M1
 2 
mAB = 2 (may be implied) B1
Uses m1m2 = –1 in equation of line M1
1 5
y − 5 = −  x +  or 4y + 2x = 15 or y = –0.5x + 3.75 A1
2 2
[9]

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2011


62
Page 7 Mark Scheme: Teachers’ version Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – October/November 2011 0606 23

1
11 (i) tan x=4 B1
2
1 
 x = 76 B1
2 
151.9 or 152 B1√

(ii) tan y cos y = sin y and cos 2 y = 1 − sin 2 y B1


Solve quadratic M1
sin y = 0 ⇒ y = 180 A1
36.9 A1
143(.1) A1√

3 1 1 B1
(iii) cos z = ± or tan z = ± or sin z = ±
2 3 2
π 11π π 7π π 5π B1
and or and or and
6 6 6 6 6 6
5π 7π 5π 11π 7π 11π B1
and or and or and
6 6 6 6 6 6
[11]

dy 1
12E (i) = B1
dx x
Uses m1m2 = –1 DM1
y – 1 = –e(x – e) A1
 1  A1ag
Leading to Q e + , 0 
 e 

1
(ii) x × + ln x B1ag
x

(iii) ∫ ln xdx = x ln x − ∫ 1dx M1

∫ ln xdx = x ln x − x(+c) A1
Uses limits of 1 and e in correct order M1
Area under curve + Area triangle M1
1
1+ or 1.18 A1
2e
[10]

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2011


63
Page 8 Mark Scheme: Teachers’ version Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – October/November 2011 0606 23

12O (i) Uses product rule M1


dy A1
= e x cos x − e x sin x
dx
Uses m1m2 = –1 DM1
B(1, 0) A1

(ii) Uses product rule M1


e x cos x − e x sin x + e x cos x + e x sin x = 2e x cos x A1ag

1 x
(iii) ∫e
x
e (cos x + sin x )(+ c )
cos xdx = M1
2
π
Uses limits of 0 and in correct order M1
2
Area under curve – Area triangle M1
π
1
1.40 or 1.41 or e 2 − 1 A1
2
[10]

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2011


64
UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS
International General Certificate of Secondary Education

MARK SCHEME for the May/June 2012 question paper


for the guidance of teachers

0606 ADDITIONAL MATHEMATICS


0606/11 Paper 1, maximum raw mark 80

65
Page 4 Mark Scheme: Teachers’ version Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – May/June 2012 0606 11

1 (i) 6 y

4
B1 B1 for shape
3

B1 B1 for both intercepts


2

−2 −1 1 2 3 4

−1

(ii) 2x – 5 = ±3, leading to B1, B1


x = 1, 4 [4]

2 f (–2) : 4a – 2b = 46 M1 M1 for substitution of x = –2 and


equating to zero
1
f   : a + 2b = −21 M1 M1 for substitution of x = 0.5 and
2 equating to – 35

a = 5, b = –13 M1 M1 for solution of equations


A1 A1
[5]

3 x2 + x(k – 2) + (5 – k) = 0 M1 M1 for equating line and curve


DM1 DM1 for use of b2 > 4ac
Using 'b2 > 4ac', (k – 22) > 4(5 – k) A1 b = k –2 and c = 5 – k
k2 > 16 A1 Accept < = ≥ ≤ etc.
k > 4, k < –4 A1, A1 A1 for each
[6]

4 (a) (i) 15120 B1

(ii) 210 B1

(b) (i) 15504 B1


12
(ii) C10 × 8C5 B1, B1
= 3696 B1

(iii) 56 B1
[7]

5 (i) (0, 4) B1
dy
= 3x 2 + 4 x − 3 M1 M1 for differentiation
dx
dy
When x = 0, = −3 M1 M1 for attempt at line equation
dx
y – 4 = –3x A1

(ii) 4 – 3x = x3 + 2x2 – 3x + 4 M1 M1 for equating line and curve


leading to, 0 = x3 + 2x2, M1 M1 for solution of cubic
(–2, 10) A1 A1 need x and y
[7]

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2012


66
Page 5 Mark Scheme: Teachers’ version Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – May/June 2012 0606 11

sin 2 θ 7
6 (i) 15 + 2 = M1 M1 for dividing by cos2 θ
cos θ cos 2 θ
2
1
15 + 2tan2 θ = 7 sec2 θ M1 M1 for = sec 2 θ
cos 2 θ
15 + 2tan2 θ = 7(1 + tan2 θ) M1 M1 for sec2 θ = 1 + tan2 θ
8
leading to tan 2 θ = A1 A1 for rearrangement to get required
5 result
or
15cos2 θ + 2sin2 θ = 7(cos2 θ + sin2 θ) [M1] M1 for use of identity
8cos2 θ = 5sin2 θ [M1] M1 for simplification
8 sin θ
leading to tan 2 θ = [M1] M1 for use of tan θ =
5 [A1] cos θ

8
(ii) tan θ = ± M1 M1 for attempt to solve
5
leading to θ = 0.902, 2.24 A1, A1
8 5
(also, sin θ = ± , cos θ = ± ) [M1] M1 for attempt to solve
13 13 [7]

y
7 (i) = A + Bx B1
x

x 1 3 6 10 14 M1 M1 for attempt to calculate points and


y/x 2.5 1.5 0 –2 –4 plot
4 y

A2, 1, 0
1

2 4 6 8 10 12 14
x

16
–1 each error
−1

−2

−3

−4

−5

(ii) Grad = B = –0.5 M1, A1 M1 for grad = B


Intercept = A = 3 M1, A1 M1 for intercept = A
[8]

8 (a) 2lg x – lg(5x + 60) = lg10 B1 B1 for lg 10


x2 B1 B1 for dealing with ‘power’
= 10 M1 M1 for dealing with division
5 x + 60
leading to x2 – 50x – 600 = 0 DM1 DM1 for attempt to solve quadratic
x = 60 A1

4 log 5 5
(b) log5 y = M1 M1 for change of base
log 5 y
2
(log5 y) = 4 M1 M1 for valid attempt to solve
log5 y = ±2
1
y = 25, A1,A1
25 [9]

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2012


67
Page 6 Mark Scheme: Teachers’ version Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – May/June 2012 0606 11

9 120(p7q3) and (45)(p8q2) B3,2,1,0 –1 per element (of 4) incorrect

120p7q3 = 270p8q2 M1 M1 for equating and multiplying by 6

252p5q5 = 252 B1 B1 for 252p5q5

pq = 1 and 4q = 9p B1 B1 for pq = 1 OR 4p = 9q

2 3
leading to p = , q = A1, A1 A1 for each
3 2 [8]

dy
10 (i) = 2e 2 x − 2e −2 x B1,B1 One per term
dx

(ii) 3 = 2e2x – 2e–2x M1 M1 for attempt to obtain in ‘quadratic’


form
2e4x – 3e2x – 2 = 0 DM1 DM1 for attempt to solve
(2e2x + 1)(e2x – 2) = 0 M1 M1 for attempt to solve for y
5
e2x = 2, y = A1
2

dx
(iii) = −0.5,
dt
dy
= (2e 2 − 2e − 2 ) × (−0.5) M1, M1 M1 for substitution of x = 1
dt M1 for correct application of chain rule
= –7.25 A1
[9]

11 EITHER
dy
(i) = 18 x − 3 x 2 M1 M1 for differentiation
dx
dy
When = 0, 0 = 3 x(6 − x) M1 M1 for equating to zero and attempt to
dx solve
Turning points when x = 0, 6 M1 M1 for finding y
When x = 6, y = 108 A1
9
 x4 
(ii) Area 3 x 3 −  M1, A1 M1 for attempt to integrate
 4 0
= 546.75 DM1,A1 DM1 for correct application of limits
B(0, –18)
Area of triangle = 81 B1 B1 for area of triangle
Total Area = 628 A1
9

∫ 9x
2
Or: Area = − x 3 − 2 x + 18 dx [M1]
0 [A3,2,1,0]
9
 3 x4 
2
3 x − − x + 18 x  = 628 [DM1,A1]
 4 0 [10]

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2012


68
Page 7 Mark Scheme: Teachers’ version Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – May/June 2012 0606 11

11 OR
dy
(i) = 6 cos 3 x B1 B1 for differentiation
dx
π dy
When x = , = 3, y = 3 B1 For y
9 dx
Equation of normal
1 π M1 Use of m1m2 = –1
y− 3 = − x− 
3 9 M1 M1 for equation of normal and attempt to
solve when x = 0
When x = 0, y = 1.85 A1
π
(ii)
1
2
( 3 + 1.85 )π9 − ∫ 0
9 2 sin 3 xdx B1 B1 for trapezium – allow unsimplified
π
 2 9
0.6251 − − cos 3 x  M1 M1 for attempt to integrate
 3 0 A1 A1 correct integration
1
0.6251 −   = 0.292 M1, A1 M1 for correct application of limits
 3
Alt method:
π
1 π
Area = ∫ 0
9 3 −  x −  − 2 sin 3 xdx
3 9
[M1]
[A2,1,0]
π
 x 2 πx 2 9
 3x − + + cos 3 x  = 0.292 [DM1]
 6 27 3 0 [A1]
[10]

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2012


69
UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS
International General Certificate of Secondary Education

MARK SCHEME for the May/June 2012 question paper


for the guidance of teachers

0606 ADDITIONAL MATHEMATICS


0606/12 Paper 1, maximum raw mark 80

70
Page 4 Mark Scheme: Teachers’ version Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – May/June 2012 0606 12

3
2 2 3
1 (i) (7 x − 5) 2 (+ c) B1 B1 for multiplication by , or division by
21 3 2
3
1
B1, B1 B1 for (7 x − 5) 2 , B1 for
7

2  2 
3 3
2
(ii) 16 − 9 2  ( = (64 − 27) ) M1 M1 for correct use of limits, must have

21   21
 attempted integration, must be using their
2 n +1
74 11
= or awrt 3.52 or 3 A1 (7 x − 5) 2 from (i)
21 21 [5]

2 4u2 – 5u + 1 = 0 B1, M1 B1 for 22x + 2 = 4u2 or 4 × 22x or 22 × 22x or 22u2


(4u – 1) (u – 1) = 0 M1 for attempt to obtain a 3 term quadratic
equation in terms of either or, equated to zero.
or (4.2x – 1)(2x – 1) = 0 DM1 DM1 for solution of quadratic equation
1
2x = , 2x = 1 A1 A1 for both
4
leading to x = –2, 0 A1 A1 for both

Alternate scheme for one correct factor:


1
2x = , leading to x = –2 [A1]
4
2x = 1, leading to x = 0 [A1]
[5]

cos A sin A cos A


3 + B1 B1 for cot A =
sin A 1 + cos A sin A
cos A + cos 2 A + sin 2 A
= M1 M1 for obtaining as a single fraction
sin A(1 + cos A)
(1 + cos A)
= M1 M1 for use of cos2 A + sin2 A = 1
sin A(1 + cos A)
1
= = cosecA A1 A1 for correct simplification – answer given.
sin A

Alternate solution:

sin A(1 − cos A)


cot A + [M1] M1 for multiplying by (1 – cos A)
(1 + cos A)(1 − cos A)
sin A(1 − cos A)
= cot A + [M1] M1 for use of cos2 A + sin2 A = 1 anywhere
sin 2 A)
1 − cos A
= cot A + [M1] M1 for cancelling sin A
sin A
1
= cot A − cot A + leading to cosecA [A1] A1 for subtraction and simplification
sin A
[4]

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2012


71
Page 5 Mark Scheme: Teachers’ version Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – May/June 2012 0606 12

2 − 5x 2 − 3y
4 Using y = or, using x = M1 M1 for substitution to get an equation in terms
3 5 of one variable
5x2 – 21x + 4 = 0 or 3y2 + 17y – 6 = 0 M1 M1 for attempt to form a 3 term quadratic
equation = 0
(5x – 1)(x – 4) = 0 or (3y – 1)(y + 6) = 0 DM1 DM1 for solution of quadratic equation
1 1
x= , y= x = 4, y = –6 A1, A1 A1 for each ‘pair’
5 3 [5]
Alternate substitutions:
2y 3x
x= or y =
3+ y 2− x

3
5 (i) (2 − x 2 ) − 2 x ln(3 x + 1) B1 B1 for differentiating ln(3x + 1) correctly
(3 x + 1) M1 M1 for correct attempt at product
A1 A1 for all else correct

5 x(−2 sec 2 2 x) − 5(4 − tan 2 x)


(ii) B1 B1 for differentiating tan(4 – 2x) correctly
25 x 2 M1 M1 for correct attempt at quotient or product
A1 A1 for all else correct
5 x(−2 sec 2 2 x) − 5(4 − tan 2 x) [6]
or
(5 x) 2

8( 3 − 1)
6 (i) = 4( 3 − 1) M1 M1 for rationalisation or attempt to form
( 3 + 1)( 3 − 1) equation
8
or = a ( 3 − 1),
3 +1
8 = a ( 3 − 1)( 3 + 1)
a=4 A1

3 h
(ii) sin 60 = = M1 M1 for use of sine or tangent and their value
2 4( 3 − 1) 8
h of a from (i) or
tan 60 = 3 = 3 +1
2( 3 − 1)
or Pythagoras,
Or (4( 3 − 1)) 2 = h 2 + (2( 3 − 1)) 2 A1 A1 for rearranging and simplifying correctly
to obtain given answer.
h = 6 − 2 3 ANSWER GIVEN

1
(iii) Area = 4( 3 − 1)(6 − 2 3 ) M1 M1 for valid method for area using their
2 8
1 a from (i) or
or 4( 3 − 1)4( 3 − 1) sin 60° 3 +1
2
= 16 3 − 24 A1 A1 working must be seen
[6]

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2012


72
Page 6 Mark Scheme: Teachers’ version Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – May/June 2012 0606 12

7 (i)
B1 B1 for shape
7 y

4
B1 B1 for x = –2, 3
3

B1 B1 for y = 6
2

−3 −2 −1 1 2 3 4

−1

(ii) x2 – x – 6 = 6, leading to B1 B1 for one correct answer


x = –3, 4 (www) B1 B1 for a second correct answer
x2 – x – 6 = –6, leading to B1 B1 for a third and fourth correct answer
x = 0, 1 (www) [6]

20 π
8 (i) arc AB = or 20.94, 20.9 B1 B1 for arc length correct
3
π AX
tan = , AX = 10 3 , 17.3 (or XB) B1 B1 for AX/XB
3 10
20 π B1 B1 for final answer
Perimeter = awrt 55.6 or 20 3 +
3

1 2π
(ii) Area of sector AOB = 10 2 or 104.7 B1 B1 for sector area correct
2 3
or 105
Area of OAXB = 100 3 or 173.2 M1 M1 for valid attempt at area OAXB, using their
BX from part (i) (10 × their BX )
100 π
Shaded area = awrt 68.5 or 100 3 − M1 M1 for area OAXB – sector area used
3 (independent)
A1 Must be considering a quadrilateral, not a
[7] triangle.

9 (i) 250 B1 B1 for 250


x x
(ii) 8 = e 100
B1 B1 for 8 = e 100

x
= ln ‘their 8’ or x = 100 ln their 8 M1 M1 for dealing with e correctly, using ln
100
x = 208 or awrt 208 A1 A1 for awrt 208
x x x x
dN 1 100 1 100 50 100
(iii) = e B1, B1 B1 for e 100 , B1 for e or e
dx 2 2 100
x
1 100 dN
45 = e M1 M1 for equating their to 45 and attempt
2 dx
x to solve
e 100 = 90 , so N = 4700 A1 A1 for 4700
(awrt 4700) [8]

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2012


73
Page 7 Mark Scheme: Teachers’ version Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – May/June 2012 0606 12

10 (a) (i) f ' (x) = –(2 + x)–2 B1 First B1 may be implied by a correct answer
for f '' (x)
f '' (x) = 2(2 + x)–3 B1 If done by quotient rule, allow unsimplified

1 1
(ii) y= , x = −2 M1 M1 for a valid attempt at the inverse
2+ x y
1 1− 2 x
f–1 (x) = – 2 or A1 A1 must be in correct form, allow y = …
x x

 
 1  2+ x
(iii) f 2 (x) =  = M1 M1 for correct attempt at f 2 (x)
 2 + 1  5 + 2x
 
 2+ x  DM1 DM1 for attempt at solution of f 2 (x) = –1
7 7
Equating to – 1 leads to x = − or –2.33 A1 A1 for x = − or equivalent
3 3

(b) (i) gh (x) or gh B1 B1 for either form

(ii) kg (x) or kg B1 B1 for either form


[9]

11 (i) P (3, 1) B1, B1 B1 for each coordinate


18
Grad AB = B1 B1 for gradient of AB
12
2
⊥ grad − B1 B1 for perpendicular gradient
3
2
PQ: y – 1 = – ( x − 3) (2x + 3y = 9) B1 B1 on their perp gradient and their point P
3 Must be y = …
(ii) Q (–15, 13) M1 M1 for use of y = 13 and their PQ equation.
A1 A1 for both coordinates (can be implied)
1 1
(iii) Area = 182 + 12 2 82 + 12 2 M1 M1 for a valid attempt at area × PQ × PB
2 2
1 3 11 − 15 3
or Area = Matrix method using their coordinates
2 1 13 13 1 correctly
1 1
or Area = × 26 × 12 × QB × vertical perp height
2 2
= 156 A1
[9]

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2012


74
Page 8 Mark Scheme: Teachers’ version Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – May/June 2012 0606 12

12 EITHER
(i) velocity = 12i + 16j M1 M1 for
position = ( 54i + 16j) + ( 36i + 48j) (3 × their velocity ( must in numeric vector
= 90i + 64j ANSWER GIVEN A1 form)) + (54i + 16j)

(ii) (54i + 16j) + (12ti + 16tj) M1, A1 M1 for position vector + (their numeric
velocity vector × time)
(iii) At 16 00,
ship has ‘travelled’ (102i + 80j) B1 B1 for (102i + 80j)

boat needs to do this in 2 hours M1 M1 for attempt at velocity of boat and speed
so velocity of boat (51i + 40j)
speed 512 + 40 2
= 64.8 A1

(iv) (51i + 40j) – (12i + 16j) B1 B1, allow unsimplified but must be correct

= 39i +24j

51
(v) tan α = M1 M1 for use of tan and their velocity vector
40
angle = 51.9 A1
[10]

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2012


75
Page 9 Mark Scheme: Teachers’ version Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – May/June 2012 0606 12

12 OR
1
(i) OQ a + (b – a) B1 Allow unsimplified
3
2 1
= a+ b
3 3
5 1
PQ = − b + a + (b – a) B1 Follow through on their OQ , allow
4 3
unsimplified
2 11
= a– b
3 12

1
(ii) QR = λ a – (a + (b – a)) M1 M1 for λa – their OQ
3
2 1
=λa– a– b A1 A1 – allow unsimplified
3 3

(iii) QR = µ ( PQ + QR ) M1 M1 for attempt to obtain QR in terms of PQ


(1 − µ )QR = µ PQ M1 M1 for attempt to simplifiy

µ 2 11 
QR =  a − b A1
1− µ  3 12 

11 µ 1
(iv) Equating b’s − =− M1 M1 for equating like vectors and attempt to
12 1 − µ 3 solve
4
µ= A1 A1 for each
15
10
λ= A1
11 [10]

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2012


76
UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS
International General Certificate of Secondary Education

MARK SCHEME for the May/June 2012 question paper


for the guidance of teachers

0606 ADDITIONAL MATHEMATICS


0606/13 Paper 1, maximum raw mark 80

77
Page 4 Mark Scheme: Teachers’ version Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – May/June 2012 0606 13

1 (i) 6 y

4
B1 B1 for shape
3

B1 B1 for both intercepts


2

−2 −1 1 2 3 4

−1

(ii) 2x – 5 = ±3, leading to B1, B1


x = 1, 4 [4]

2 f (–2) : 4a – 2b = 46 M1 M1 for substitution of x = –2 and


equating to zero
1
f   : a + 2b = −21 M1 M1 for substitution of x = 0.5 and
2 equating to – 35

a = 5, b = –13 M1 M1 for solution of equations


A1 A1
[5]

3 x2 + x(k – 2) + (5 – k) = 0 M1 M1 for equating line and curve


DM1 DM1 for use of b2 > 4ac
Using 'b2 > 4ac', (k – 22) > 4(5 – k) A1 b = k –2 and c = 5 – k
k2 > 16 A1 Accept < = ≥ ≤ etc.
k > 4, k < –4 A1, A1 A1 for each
[6]

4 (a) (i) 15120 B1

(ii) 210 B1

(b) (i) 15504 B1


12
(ii) C10 × 8C5 B1, B1
= 3696 B1

(iii) 56 B1
[7]

5 (i) (0, 4) B1
dy
= 3x 2 + 4 x − 3 M1 M1 for differentiation
dx
dy
When x = 0, = −3 M1 M1 for attempt at line equation
dx
y – 4 = –3x A1

(ii) 4 – 3x = x3 + 2x2 – 3x + 4 M1 M1 for equating line and curve


leading to, 0 = x3 + 2x2, M1 M1 for solution of cubic
(–2, 10) A1 A1 need x and y
[7]

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2012


78
Page 5 Mark Scheme: Teachers’ version Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – May/June 2012 0606 13

sin 2 θ 7
6 (i) 15 + 2 = M1 M1 for dividing by cos2 θ
cos θ cos 2 θ
2
1
15 + 2tan2 θ = 7 sec2 θ M1 M1 for = sec 2 θ
cos 2 θ
15 + 2tan2 θ = 7(1 + tan2 θ) M1 M1 for sec2 θ = 1 + tan2 θ
8
leading to tan 2 θ = A1 A1 for rearrangement to get required
5 result
or
15cos2 θ + 2sin2 θ = 7(cos2 θ + sin2 θ) [M1] M1 for use of identity
8cos2 θ = 5sin2 θ [M1] M1 for simplification
8 sin θ
leading to tan 2 θ = [M1] M1 for use of tan θ =
5 [A1] cos θ

8
(ii) tan θ = ± M1 M1 for attempt to solve
5
leading to θ = 0.902, 2.24 A1, A1
8 5
(also, sin θ = ± , cos θ = ± ) [M1] M1 for attempt to solve
13 13 [7]

y
7 (i) = A + Bx B1
x

x 1 3 6 10 14 M1 M1 for attempt to calculate points and


y/x 2.5 1.5 0 –2 –4 plot
4 y

A2, 1, 0
1

2 4 6 8 10 12 14
x

16
–1 each error
−1

−2

−3

−4

−5

(ii) Grad = B = –0.5 M1, A1 M1 for grad = B


Intercept = A = 3 M1, A1 M1 for intercept = A
[8]

8 (a) 2lg x – lg(5x + 60) = lg10 B1 B1 for lg 10


x2 B1 B1 for dealing with ‘power’
= 10 M1 M1 for dealing with division
5 x + 60
leading to x2 – 50x – 600 = 0 DM1 DM1 for attempt to solve quadratic
x = 60 A1

4 log 5 5
(b) log5 y = M1 M1 for change of base
log 5 y
2
(log5 y) = 4 M1 M1 for valid attempt to solve
log5 y = ±2
1
y = 25, A1,A1
25 [9]

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2012


79
Page 6 Mark Scheme: Teachers’ version Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – May/June 2012 0606 13

9 120(p7q3) and (45)(p8q2) B3,2,1,0 –1 per element (of 4) incorrect

120p7q3 = 270p8q2 M1 M1 for equating and multiplying by 6

252p5q5 = 252 B1 B1 for 252p5q5

pq = 1 and 4q = 9p B1 B1 for pq = 1 OR 4p = 9q

2 3
leading to p = , q = A1, A1 A1 for each
3 2 [8]

dy
10 (i) = 2e 2 x − 2e −2 x B1,B1 One per term
dx

(ii) 3 = 2e2x – 2e–2x M1 M1 for attempt to obtain in ‘quadratic’


form
2e4x – 3e2x – 2 = 0 DM1 DM1 for attempt to solve
(2e2x + 1)(e2x – 2) = 0 M1 M1 for attempt to solve for y
5
e2x = 2, y = A1
2

dx
(iii) = −0.5,
dt
dy
= (2e 2 − 2e − 2 ) × (−0.5) M1, M1 M1 for substitution of x = 1
dt M1 for correct application of chain rule
= –7.25 A1
[9]

11 EITHER
dy
(i) = 18 x − 3 x 2 M1 M1 for differentiation
dx
dy
When = 0, 0 = 3 x(6 − x) M1 M1 for equating to zero and attempt to
dx solve
Turning points when x = 0, 6 M1 M1 for finding y
When x = 6, y = 108 A1
9
 x4 
(ii) Area 3 x 3 −  M1, A1 M1 for attempt to integrate
 4 0
= 546.75 DM1,A1 DM1 for correct application of limits
B(0, –18)
Area of triangle = 81 B1 B1 for area of triangle
Total Area = 628 A1
9

∫ 9x
2
Or: Area = − x 3 − 2 x + 18 dx [M1]
0 [A3,2,1,0]
9
 3 x4 
2
3 x − − x + 18 x  = 628 [DM1,A1]
 4 0 [10]

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2012


80
Page 7 Mark Scheme: Teachers’ version Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – May/June 2012 0606 13

11 OR
dy
(i) = 6 cos 3 x B1 B1 for differentiation
dx
π dy
When x = , = 3, y = 3 B1 For y
9 dx
Equation of normal
1 π M1 Use of m1m2 = –1
y− 3 = − x− 
3 9 M1 M1 for equation of normal and attempt to
solve when x = 0
When x = 0, y = 1.85 A1
π
(ii)
1
2
( 3 + 1.85 )π9 − ∫ 0
9 2 sin 3 xdx B1 B1 for trapezium – allow unsimplified
π
 2 9
0.6251 − − cos 3 x  M1 M1 for attempt to integrate
 3 0 A1 A1 correct integration
1
0.6251 −   = 0.292 M1, A1 M1 for correct application of limits
 3
Alt method:
π
1 π
Area = ∫ 0
9 3 −  x −  − 2 sin 3 xdx
3 9
[M1]
[A2,1,0]
π
 x 2 πx 2 9
 3x − + + cos 3 x  = 0.292 [DM1]
 6 27 3 0 [A1]
[10]

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2012


81
UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS
International General Certificate of Secondary Education

MARK SCHEME for the May/June 2012 question paper


for the guidance of teachers

0606 ADDITIONAL MATHEMATICS


0606/21 Paper 2, maximum raw mark 80

82
Page 4 Mark Scheme: Teachers’ version Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – May/June 2012 0606 21

1  5 3
1 (i)   B1 + B1
26  − 2 4 

 − 10 
(ii) A −1   M1
 21 
x = 0.5, y = 4 A1
[4]

2 Calculates 2 + 3( )
2
M1

7 + 4 3 oe A1

 16 + 9 3 7 − 4 3 
Rationalise denominator  × 
 M1
 7+4 3 7−4 3

4− 3 A1
[4]

3 (a) a = 3, b = 8, c = 7 B1 + B1 + B1


(b) (i) or 120 B1
3

(ii) 5 B1
[5]

1
4 (i) 2 x ln x + x 2 × B1 + B1
x

∫ (2 x ln x + x )dx = x ln x(+ c )
2
(ii) M1

∫ x ln xdx = 2 (x )
1 2
ln x(+ c ) − xdx
∫ M1

1 2 1
x ln x − x 2 (+ c ) A1
2 4 [5]

5 (a) 2 x log 3 = log 1000 M1


3.14 cao A1

(b) Express in powers of 6 M1


6 4 y −10 6 2 y −1 A1
= 3 y +18
63 y 6
Uses rules of indices (4 y − 10 − 3 y = 2 y − 1 − 3 y − 18) M1
y = –4.5 A1
[6]

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2012


83
Page 5 Mark Scheme: Teachers’ version Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – May/June 2012 0606 21

6
(i)

B1 + B1

(ii)
B1 + B1

(iii)

B1 + B1

[6]

1
648 −
7 Writes as 648 x 2 . B1
x

Differentiate M1

−3
f ′(x) = 2 x + 324 x 2 A1

−5
f ′′(x) = 2 − 486 x 2 A1

Solve f ′′(x) = 0 M1

x=9 A1
[6]

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2012


84
Page 6 Mark Scheme: Teachers’ version Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – May/June 2012 0606 21

8 (i) AB = OB − OA M1

9i + 45j A1

1
(ii) OC = OA + AB M1
3

OC = 5i + 12j A1

OC − 52 + 12 2 M1

13 A1

2  2λ  12 + 3λ 42
(iii) OD = (2i – 3j) OD =   and solve = M1
3  − 3λ  5 − 2λ 11
4 4
i – 2j i – 2j
3 3 A1
[8]

9 Rearrange to form quadratic equation M1


2t 2 − 9t − 5 = 0 A1
Solve 3 term quadratic for v = 0 M1
t=5 A1

dv 6
= 2− M1
dt (t + 1)2 A1
11
6 A1
[7]

1
10 mCB = B1
2

1
(AD) y − 4 = (x − 11) or x − 2 y = 3 M1 A1
2

Uses m1m2 = −1 M1

(CD) y − 2 = −2(x + 3) or 2 x + y = −4 A1

Solves equation AD with equation CD M1


D(–1, –2) A1

Completely correct method for area M1


55 A1
[9]

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2012


85
Page 7 Mark Scheme: Teachers’ version Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – May/June 2012 0606 21

11 (i) AB = 12 sin 1 = 10.1 AG B1

(ii) AC = 12 cos1 = 6.48 or 6.5 oe B1


∠BCD = 2.14 or (π − 1) B1
Use s = rθ (25.7) M1
Use complete plan M1
54.3 A1

1
(iii) Area ACB = × base × height M1
2
1 M1
Area BCD = r 2θ
2
154 or 32.7 (or 33) A1
187 A1
[10]

y = 2(x − 5) − 13 or a = 2, b = –5, c = –13 B1+B1+B1


2
12E (i)

(ii) (5, –13) B1

(iii) 5 B1

(iv) B1+B1
25

20

15

10

0
-20 -10 0 10 20
-5

-10

-15

(v) Method for inverse M1

5+
(x + 13)
A2, 1, 0
2
[10]

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2012


86
Page 8 Mark Scheme: Teachers’ version Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – May/June 2012 0606 21

12O (i) ( )
5 x 2 − 8 x + 16 + q and equate M1
p = –40 A1
q = –8 A1

(ii) g(x) > –8 B1

(iii) B1
140 B1
120

100

80

60

40

20

0
-2 0 2 4 6 8 10
-20

positive quadratic curve


correct position

(iv) 5(ln x − 4 ) − 8 = 12 5(ln x ) − 40 ln x + 60 = 0 B1


2 2

solve for (ln x − 4 ) solve 3 term quadratic M1


ln x = 2, 6 ln x = 2, 6 A1
x = 7.39 or e2, x = 403 or e6 x = 7.39 or e2, x = 403 or e6 A1
[10]

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2012


87
UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS
International General Certificate of Secondary Education

MARK SCHEME for the May/June 2012 question paper


for the guidance of teachers

0606 ADDITIONAL MATHEMATICS


0606/22 Paper 2, maximum raw mark 80

88
Page 4 Mark Scheme: Teachers’ version Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – May/June 2012 0606 22

1 (i) 7 ∈ P B1

(ii) 8 ∉ S B1

(iii) n ( N ∩ S ) = 6 B1

2 (i) k 4 x + 1 oe M1
k = 6 allow unsimplified A1

dy M1
(ii) Use ∂y = ×p
dx ( x = 6)
A1√
30 p

3 OR
Eliminate y Eliminate y and m M1
x2 + (3 − m ) x + 9 = 0 ( ( 2 x + 3) x − 5 = x 2 + 3 x + 4 ) A1
Use m = −3 or 9b2 – 4ac ≈ 0 Solve quadratic for x M1
Solve for 2 values of m Solve for 2 values of m M1

Solve for 2 values of m A1

5
 4 1 7  
4 (i)   3 or transpose B1
 2 5 1 1
 
8
 2 5 2 
+   4  or transpose B1+B1
 4 3 6  2
 

 30   40   30   40   x  x
(ii)   or   or  y  and  y  or  26  and  56  from correct part (i) B1
 26   56         
Claire 70 and Denise 82 B1

5 (i) f (2) ( = 8 + 4k − 16 − 8 ) = 0 M1
k=4 A1

(ii) Find quadratic factor M1


x2 + 6 x + 4 A1
Use quadratic formula or completing square M1
−6 ± 62 − 4 × (1) × 4
A1
2
−3 ± 5 B1√

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2012


89
Page 5 Mark Scheme: Teachers’ version Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – May/June 2012 0606 22

( −2 )
3 B1
6 (a) (i) or 35
B1
−280

(ii) 22 × 21( x 2 ) B1
3 × ( −280 ) + 4 × ( 84 ) M1
–504 A1

2
 3 
(b) Identify x 4 ×  2  B1
x 
×15 only with x 0 B1
135 x ( )
0
B1

7 (i) ln y = ln a + b ln x OR lg y = lg a + b lg x may be implied B1


Plot ln y / lg y against ln x / lg x with attempt at linear scale M1
ln x 1.61 3.40 5.01 5.99
A2, 1, 0
ln y 2.19 3.09 3.89 4.39

lg x 0.70 1.48 2.18 2.60


lg y 0.95 1.34 1.69 1.91

(Marks for points and line on graph NOT for table)

(ii) Calculates gradient of straight line log graph M1


b = 0.5 ± 0.03 A1
Intercept is ln a or lg a on straight line log graph M1
a = 4 ± 0.3 A1

(iii) Uses suitable graph or formula M1


32 to 49 A1

8 x 2 h = 256 OR B1
M1
A = x 2 + 4 xh
256
1024 A= + 64 h
A = x2 + h A1
x
dA −256 32
dA 1024 = 2 + A1√
= 2x − 2 oe dh h h
dx x
h=4 M1
Equate to 0 and solve
x =8 x =8 A1
h=4 A1

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2012


90
Page 6 Mark Scheme: Teachers’ version Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – May/June 2012 0606 22

5
9 (a) (i) tan x = B1
3
x = 59(.0) B1
x = 239(.0) and no others B1√

(ii) Use sin2 y = 1 – cos2 y B1


5cos 2 y − 9cos y − 2 = 0 B1
Solve 3 term quadratic (in cosy) M1
101.5 A1
258.5 and no others B1√

(b) (3 − z ) = 0.927 or 0.93 B1


2.07 B1
( 3 − z ) = π − 0.927  M1
0.786 or 0.785 or 0.79 and no others A1

10 (a) (i) 792 B1

(ii) 4W, 3M and 5W, 2M M1


5 × 35 or (1) × 21 B1
196 A1

(b) (i) 4× 5× 4× 3 or 2 × 6×5× 4×3 M1


3
240 A1

1
(ii) 4 × 4 × 3 × 1 or × ( 240 ) M1
5
48 A1

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2012


91
Page 7 Mark Scheme: Teachers’ version Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – May/June 2012 0606 22

dy 1 1 1 
11 E (i) = k cos x  cos x  M1
dx 2 2 2 
1
Gradient tangent − 2 or –0.35… A1
4
2 1  3π 
y− =− 2x−
2 
M1
2 4 

y = 0, x = + 2 or 6.71 A1
2

(ii) METHOD A

1 1 B1
∫ sin 2 xdx = −2cos 2 x
Identify 2π B1
1
Use limits of 1.5π and ( 2π ) on k cos
2
x (2 − 2 or 0.586 ) M1

 2 
Attempt at area of triangle  = = 0.707  M1
 2 
Idea of area of triangle subtract area under curve. M1
Plan completely correct M1
3 2
− 2 or 0.121
2 A1

METHOD B

Using integral of (equation of line − equation of curve) M1


1 1
∫ sin xdx = −2cos x
2 2
B1
Identify 2π B1
1
Use limits of 1.5π and ( 2π ) on k cos x M1
2
( )
Use limits of 1.5π and xQ on integral of equation of line M1
Plan completely correct M1
3 2
− 2 or 0.121 A1
2

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2012


92
Page 8 Mark Scheme: Teachers’ version Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – May/June 2012 0606 22

11 O (i) Uses product rule M1


(1 − x ) e− x A1

∫ (1 − x ) e dx = xe
−x −x
M1

∫ xe dx = − xe + ∫ e dx = = − xe − x − e − x
−x −x −x
A1ag

1
(ii) gradient tangent = − or = −0.135 B1
e2
2 1
y− 2
= − 2 ( x − 2) M1
e e
4
Uses line cuts y-axis at or 0.541 A1
e2
 6 
Area trapezium  = 2 or 0.812  M1
 e 
3
Uses limits of 2 and 0 on − xe − x − e − x (= 1 − or 0.594) M1
e2
Evaluate area of trapezium subtract area under curve M1
9
− 1 or 0.218
e2 A1

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2012


93
UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS
International General Certificate of Secondary Education

MARK SCHEME for the May/June 2012 question paper


for the guidance of teachers

0606 ADDITIONAL MATHEMATICS


0606/23 Paper 2, maximum raw mark 80

94
Page 4 Mark Scheme: Teachers’ version Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – May/June 2012 0606 23

1 (i) 7 ∈ P B1

(ii) 8 ∉ S B1

(iii) n ( N ∩ S ) = 6 B1

2 (i) k 4 x + 1 oe M1
k = 6 allow unsimplified A1

dy M1
(ii) Use ∂y = ×p
dx ( x = 6)
A1√
30 p

3 OR
Eliminate y Eliminate y and m M1
x2 + (3 − m ) x + 9 = 0 ( ( 2 x + 3) x − 5 = x 2 + 3 x + 4 ) A1
Use m = −3 or 9b2 – 4ac ≈ 0 Solve quadratic for x M1
Solve for 2 values of m Solve for 2 values of m M1

Solve for 2 values of m A1

5
 4 1 7  
4 (i)   3 or transpose B1
 2 5 1 1
 
8
 2 5 2 
+   4  or transpose B1+B1
 4 3 6  2
 

 30   40   30   40   x  x
(ii)   or   or  y  and  y  or  26  and  56  from correct part (i) B1
 26   56         
Claire 70 and Denise 82 B1

5 (i) f (2) ( = 8 + 4k − 16 − 8 ) = 0 M1
k=4 A1

(ii) Find quadratic factor M1


x2 + 6 x + 4 A1
Use quadratic formula or completing square M1
−6 ± 62 − 4 × (1) × 4
A1
2
−3 ± 5 B1√

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2012


95
Page 5 Mark Scheme: Teachers’ version Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – May/June 2012 0606 23

( −2 )
3 B1
6 (a) (i) or 35
B1
−280

(ii) 22 × 21( x 2 ) B1
3 × ( −280 ) + 4 × ( 84 ) M1
–504 A1

2
 3 
(b) Identify x 4 ×  2  B1
x 
×15 only with x 0 B1
135 x ( )
0
B1

7 (i) ln y = ln a + b ln x OR lg y = lg a + b lg x may be implied B1


Plot ln y / lg y against ln x / lg x with attempt at linear scale M1
ln x 1.61 3.40 5.01 5.99
A2, 1, 0
ln y 2.19 3.09 3.89 4.39

lg x 0.70 1.48 2.18 2.60


lg y 0.95 1.34 1.69 1.91

(Marks for points and line on graph NOT for table)

(ii) Calculates gradient of straight line log graph M1


b = 0.5 ± 0.03 A1
Intercept is ln a or lg a on straight line log graph M1
a = 4 ± 0.3 A1

(iii) Uses suitable graph or formula M1


32 to 49 A1

8 x 2 h = 256 OR B1
M1
A = x 2 + 4 xh
256
1024 A= + 64 h
A = x2 + h A1
x
dA −256 32
dA 1024 = 2 + A1√
= 2x − 2 oe dh h h
dx x
h=4 M1
Equate to 0 and solve
x =8 x =8 A1
h=4 A1

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2012


96
Page 6 Mark Scheme: Teachers’ version Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – May/June 2012 0606 23

5
9 (a) (i) tan x = B1
3
x = 59(.0) B1
x = 239(.0) and no others B1√

(ii) Use sin2 y = 1 – cos2 y B1


5cos 2 y − 9cos y − 2 = 0 B1
Solve 3 term quadratic (in cosy) M1
101.5 A1
258.5 and no others B1√

(b) (3 − z ) = 0.927 or 0.93 B1


2.07 B1
( 3 − z ) = π − 0.927  M1
0.786 or 0.785 or 0.79 and no others A1

10 (a) (i) 792 B1

(ii) 4W, 3M and 5W, 2M M1


5 × 35 or (1) × 21 B1
196 A1

(b) (i) 4× 5× 4× 3 or 2 × 6×5× 4×3 M1


3
240 A1

1
(ii) 4 × 4 × 3 × 1 or × ( 240 ) M1
5
48 A1

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2012


97
Page 7 Mark Scheme: Teachers’ version Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – May/June 2012 0606 23

dy 1 1 1 
11 E (i) = k cos x  cos x  M1
dx 2 2 2 
1
Gradient tangent − 2 or –0.35… A1
4
2 1  3π 
y− =− 2x−
2 
M1
2 4 

y = 0, x = + 2 or 6.71 A1
2

(ii) METHOD A

1 1 B1
∫ sin 2 xdx = −2cos 2 x
Identify 2π B1
1
Use limits of 1.5π and ( 2π ) on k cos
2
x (2 − 2 or 0.586 ) M1

 2 
Attempt at area of triangle  = = 0.707  M1
 2 
Idea of area of triangle subtract area under curve. M1
Plan completely correct M1
3 2
− 2 or 0.121
2 A1

METHOD B

Using integral of (equation of line − equation of curve) M1


1 1
∫ sin xdx = −2cos x
2 2
B1
Identify 2π B1
1
Use limits of 1.5π and ( 2π ) on k cos x M1
2
( )
Use limits of 1.5π and xQ on integral of equation of line M1
Plan completely correct M1
3 2
− 2 or 0.121 A1
2

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2012


98
Page 8 Mark Scheme: Teachers’ version Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – May/June 2012 0606 23

11 O (i) Uses product rule M1


(1 − x ) e− x A1

∫ (1 − x ) e dx = xe
−x −x
M1

∫ xe dx = − xe + ∫ e dx = = − xe − x − e − x
−x −x −x
A1ag

1
(ii) gradient tangent = − or = −0.135 B1
e2
2 1
y− 2
= − 2 ( x − 2) M1
e e
4
Uses line cuts y-axis at or 0.541 A1
e2
 6 
Area trapezium  = 2 or 0.812  M1
 e 
3
Uses limits of 2 and 0 on − xe − x − e − x (= 1 − or 0.594) M1
e2
Evaluate area of trapezium subtract area under curve M1
9
− 1 or 0.218
e2 A1

© University of Cambridge International Examinations 2012


99
CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS
International General Certificate of Secondary Education

MARK SCHEME for the October/November 2012 series

0606 ADDITIONAL MATHEMATICS


0606/11 Paper 1, maximum raw mark 80

100
Page 4 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – October/November 2012 0606 11

1 (i) B1 B1 for shape


3
4 y

B1
B1 for 3 and −
3

2
[2] 5
1

–2 – 1.5 –1 – 0.5 0.5


x

B1, B1 B1 for each


[2]
–1

1
(ii) 3 + 5 x = ± 2 , x = − , − 1
5

2 k − 6 x = 2 x 2 + xk
M1 M1 for attempt to equate and obtain a
2 x 2 + x(k + 6 ) − k = 0 3 term quadratic
for a tangent b 2 = 4ac M1 M1 for use of b 2 = 4ac
2
leading to k + 20k + 36 = 0 DM1 DM1 for solution of resulting
quadratic
(k + 18)(k + 2 ) = 0 , so k = –2, –18 A1
[4]
M1 for equating gradients
Alternative: –6 = 4x + k
M1 −k − 6
− k −6 − k −6  − k −6  M1 for substitution of x =
k − 6 =   2   + k  4
 4   4    4   M1
2
leading to k + 20k + 36 = 0 DM1 DM1 for solution of resulting
quadratic
(k + 18) (k + 2) = 0, so k = −2, −18 A1

1
3 (i) log q 2 = p or equivalent M1 M1 for attempt to obtain 32 in terms of
5 2 or 4
2p
log q 4 = A1
5 [2]

(ii) logq 16q = logq 16 + logq q


4p B1, B1 B1 for each
= +1
5 [2]

4 5 (u2) –7 (u) +2 = 0 M1 M1 for attempt to obtain a quadratic


equation in terms of u or 5 x
(5u – 2) (u – 1) = 0 DM1 DM1 for attempt to solve quadratic

5x = 1, x = 0, B1 B1 for x = 0 (could be ‘spotted’)


M1 for correct attempt to use
logarithms to obtain x.
2
5 x = , x = − 0.569 M1, A1
5 [5]

© Cambridge International Examinations 2012


101
Page 5 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – October/November 2012 0606 11

dy 2 x cos 4 x − x 2 (− 4 sin 4 x ) B1,M1 B1 for differentiation of cos 4x


5 (i) = A1 M1 for attempt at differentiation of a
dx cos 2 4 x
quotient
[3] A1 all else correct
π
(ii) ∂y ≈ p, − 1.57 p M1 M1 for attempt to use small changes
2 A1 A1 for correct solution only – must
[2] have 2nd term in (i) correct.

6
 2  6 3
6 (i)  x + 2  = x + 12 x + 60... B3 B1 for each correct term
 x 
[3]
(ii) Independent term = M1 M1 for sum of 2 products
(2 × '60 ') + (−4 × '12 ') = 72 A1 (2 × their 60)+(–4 × their 12)
[2] A1 for 72

7 (a) (i) (3 5 −2 2 )
2
= 45 − 12 10 + 8 B1 Must be convincing
= 53 − 12 10
(ii) (− 3 5+2 2 ) B1
[2]
6 3 +7 2 4 3 −5 2
(b) ×
4 3 +5 2 4 3 −5 2 M1 M1 for attempt to rationalise,
DM1 DM1 for attempt to simplify
= −1 + 6 A1, A1 A1 for each correct
[4]
8 (i) C (13, −2 ) B1, B1
[2]
1
(ii) grad AC = − ∴ perp grad 2 M1 M1 for attempt to find grad of
2 perpendicular
perp. equation y + 2 = 2 ( x − 13) M1 M1 for attempt to find equation of
perpendicular and hence D
∴ D ( 0, −28 )
A1

1
Area = 16 2 + 8 2 13 2 + 26 2 M1 M1 for attempt to find area of triangle
2
= 260 A1
[5]
1 −3 13 0 −3
Or = 260
2 6 −2 −28 6

© Cambridge International Examinations 2012


102
Page 6 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – October/November 2012 0606 11

9 (i) 0.2 Y=y Y=1 B1 Must be using correct notation


[1]
1+ x
(ii) g −1 ( x ) = M1 M1 for a valid method to find inverse
2x A1 A1 must have correct notation
[2]
(iii) 0.2 Y=x Y=1 √B1 Follow through on their (i)
[1]
1
(iv) g 2 = =3 M1 M1 for correct attempt to find g 2
 1 
2  −1 DM1 DM1 for equating to 3 and attempt to
 2x −1  solve.
2x −1
= 3 leading to x = 1.25 A1
3 − 2x [3]
10 (i)
sinx 0.17 0.5 0.71 0.87 0.98
B2,1,0 Can be implied by graph
y 3.35 4 4.42 4.73 4.97

5 y

M1 M1 for attempt to plot


A1 y against sin x
2

0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9


x

1
[4]

(ii) gradient A = 2 allow (1.8 – 2.2) M1,A1 M1 for attempt to calculate the
gradient and equate to A
vertical axis intercept B = 3, B1 B1 for B
allow (2.8 – 3.2) [3]

(iii) sin x = 0.77 , y = 20.5 M1,A1 M1 for valid attempt to obtain y


allow (20 – 22) [2]

(iv) y = 3.5 , x = 14.5o M1,A1 M1 for a complete method to find x


allow (12.5 – 16.5) [2]

© Cambridge International Examinations 2012


103
Page 7 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – October/November 2012 0606 11

 π 1
11 (a) sin  2 x − = M1 M1 for dealing with cosec
 3 2
π π 3π
2x − = , M1 M1 for a correct order of operations
3 4 4
7π 13π
x= , A1, A1
24 24 [4]
(0.916, 1.70)

(b) (i)
10 cos2 y + 5sin y cos y − 5sin 2 y = 7 M1 M1 for expansion
10 + 5 tan y − 5 tan 2 y = 7 sec 2 y M1 M1 for division by cos2
(
10 + 5 tan y − 5 tan 2 y = 7 tan 2 y + 1 ) M1 M1 for use of correct identity
12 tan 2 y − 5 tan y − 3 = 0 A1
Or [4]
10 − 15sin 2 y + 5sin y cos y = 7 M1 for expansion and use of identity
2 2
3sec y − 15 tan y + 5 tan y = 0 M1 for division by cos2
( )
3 1 + tan 2 y − 15 tan 2 y + 5 tan y = 0 M1 for use of correct identity
Or
15cos2 y + 5sin y cos y − 5 = 7 M1 for expansion and use of identity
15 + 15 tan y − 12sec 2 y = 0 M1 for division by cos2
(
15 + 5 tan y − 12 1 + tan 2 y = 0 ) M1 for use of correct identity

(ii) ( 4 tan y − 3)( 3tan y + 1) = 0 M1 M1 for attempt to solve quadratic


3
tan y = , y = 36.9o A1
4
1
tan y = − , y = 161.6o A1
3 [3]

© Cambridge International Examinations 2012


104
Page 8 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – October/November 2012 0606 11

12 EITHER
(i) A (–1, 0) and B (2, 0) B1, B1
dy
= (12 − 6 x ) 2 (1 + x ) + (1 + x ) ( −6 )
2

dx
= 2 (1 + x )( 9 − 9 x ) M1, A1 M1 for attempt to differentiate a
dy product
When = 0 , x = 1 (max)
dx M1 M1 for attempt to find stationary point
∴C (1, 24)
A1
2 [6]
∫ (12 − 6 x)(1 + x)
2
(ii) Area = dx
−1

6∫ (2 + 3x − x )dx
2
3
−1
M1 M1 for attempt to expand out
2
 3x  4
= 12 x + 9 x 2 − 
 2  −1
DM1, A1 DM1 for attempt to integrate an
  3  expanded out form
= (24 + 36 − 24 ) −  − 12 + 9 −  
  2  DM1 DM1 for correct use of limits
= 40.5 A1
[5]
OR
(i) y = x3 − 3x 2 − 9 x ( +c ) M1, A1 M1 for attempt to integrate
condone omission of c
Passes through (0, 30) leading to
c = 30 M1 M1 for attempt to find c
3
y = x − 3x − 9 x + 302 A1 Allow here
[4]
dy
(ii) When = 0 , 3x 2 − 6 x − 9 = 0 M1
dx M1 for attempt to set to 0 and solve
leading to x = −1 and x = 3 A1, A1
[3] A1 for each
3
(iii) Area = ∫ −1
x 3 − 3x 2 −9 x + 30 dx
3
 x4 9x2  M1, A1 M1 for attempt to integrate
=  − x3 − + 30 x 
4 2  −1
 81 81  1 9  DM1 DM1 for correct use of limits
=  − 27 − + 90  −  + 1 − − 30 
4 2  4 2 
= 76 A1

[4]

© Cambridge International Examinations 2012


105
CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS
International General Certificate of Secondary Education

MARK SCHEME for the October/November 2012 series

0606 ADDITIONAL MATHEMATICS


0606/12 Paper 1, maximum raw mark 80

106
Page 4 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – October/November 2012 0606 12

 24  M1 M1 for a complete method to find the sum


1 (i)   = 25 A1 and the modulus
 7 
[2]

(ii) 4λ – µ = 21 M1 M1 for equating like vectors once


3λ + 2µ = 2 DM1 DM1 for solving simultaneous equations
λ = 4 and µ = –5 A1
[3]

B1 B1 for reciprocal of determinant


2 (i) B1 B1 for matrix
[2]
-1
 2 − 1  1 6
(ii) A =     M1 M1 for correct use of inverse matrix –
 − 1 1.5   − 0. 5 4  must be using pre-multiplication with
their inverse, must see an attempt to
1 1.5 1  1 6 multiply out.
=   
2  1 2   − 0.5 4 

1  1 13   0.5 6.5  A2,1,0 –1 each error


=   or  
2  0 14   0 7  [3]

© Cambridge International Examinations 2012


107
Page 5 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – October/November 2012 0606 12

3 (i)
cosθ
B1 B1 for cot θ =
sin θ

M1 M1 for attempt to add fractions

M1 M1 for use of identity

M1 M1 for algebra/simplification
A1 Must see cosec θ for A1
Alternative scheme: [5]

M1 M1 for attempting to add fractions

sin θ
B1 B1 for tan θ =
cosθ

M1 M1 for use of identity

M1 M1 for algebra/simplification
A1 Must see cosec θ for A1

(ii) Gives cosec θ = 0.5, leads to sin θ = 2 B1 Needs an explanation


which has no solutions. [1]

© Cambridge International Examinations 2012


108
Page 6 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – October/November 2012 0606 12

4 (i) log a p + log a q = 9 B1


2 log a p + log a q = 15 B1
M1 M1 for solution of the two equations
log a p = 6 and log a q = 3 A1 A1 for both
[4]
Or
a9 = pq B1
a15 = p2q B1
a6 = p which leads to log a p = 6 M1 M1 for complete solution of the two
equations

a3 = q which leads to log a q = 3 A1 A1 for obtaining both in correct log form

Or
log a p2q – log a pq = 6 M1 M1 for log a p2q – log a pq = 6
p 2q p 2q
log a = 6, log a p = 6 B1 B1 for log a =6
pq pq

log a pq = log a p + log a q = 9 B1 B1 for log a pq = log a p + log a q = 9


so log a q = 3 A1 A1 for both

(ii) log p a + log q a =


1 1 M1, A1 M1 for change of both to base a logarithm
+ , = 0.5
log a p log a q [2]

x−6
5 Using x = 6 + 2y or y = M1 M1 for attempt to obtain an equation in
2 one variable.
y2 + 4y – 12 = 0 or x2 – 4x – 60 = 0 M1 M1 for reducing to a three term quadratic
equated to zero

(y + 6)(y – 2) = 0 or (x + 6)(x – 10) = 0 DM1 DM1 for correct attempt to solve, must be
from points of intersection

leading to y = – 6, y = 2 A1 A1 for each correct pair


and x = – 6, x = 10 A1

AB = M1 M1 for correct attempt to use Pythag.


= , or 17.9 A1 A1 Allow in any of these forms
[7]

© Cambridge International Examinations 2012


109
Page 7 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – October/November 2012 0606 12

6 If is not used, then no marks are


available
B1 B1 for correct statement of the sine rule

or equivalent
M1 M1 for correct manipulation to obtain
sin u = an expression in surd form

M1 M1for attempt to obtain 2 , or


reasonable attempt at simplification of
their numerator
M1 M1 for attempt to rationalise, must see an
attempt at simplification.

A1
[5]

=6–4

7 (i) BC, BE, EC: y – 4 = m(x – 8) M1 M1 for attempt to obtain the equation of
or y – 8 = m(x – 6) BC, BE, EC, (gives y = 20 – 2x)

1
AD, AE: y – 4 = – M1 M1 for attempt to obtain the equation of
m AD, AE, (gives 2y = x + 13)
For D, y = 8 and x = 3 B1, A1 B1 for y = 8, allow anywhere
A1 for x = 3

For E, 40 – 4x = x + 13 or equivalent M1 M1 for attempt at the point of intersection


leading to x = 5.4, y = 9.2 of BE with AD, not dependent.

A1 A1 for both
[6]
1
(ii) Area = (13 + 3) × 4
2

1 3 6 8 −5 3 M1 M1 for a correct attempt at the area –


or = allow odd arithmetic slip
26 8 4 4 8

= 32
A1
[2]

© Cambridge International Examinations 2012


110
Page 8 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – October/November 2012 0606 12

1 1
8 (i) Area = 182 sin 1.5 – 102(1.5) M1 M1 for attempt at area of a sector with
2 2 r = 10

= 161.594 – 75 M1 M1 for attempt at area of triangle with


correct lengths used
= 86.6 A1
[3]
1
(or area of triangle = × 24.539 × 13.170)
2

(ii) AC = 15 or 10 × 1.5 B1 B1 for AC


LBD = 36 sin 0.75 M1 M1 for correct attempt at BD – can be
given if seen in (i)
BD = 18 2 + 18 2 − (2 × 18 × 18 cos 1.5)
= 24.5

Perimeter = 15 + 24.5 + 16 M1 M1 for attempt to obtain perimeter


= 55.5 A1
[4]

9 (a) (i)
3 y

B1 B1 for either correct amplitude or period


for y = sin2x
2

B1 for y = sin2x all correct


1

x
B1
B1 for translation of +1 parallel to y-axis
1 2 3

−1
B1
−2
or correct period for y = 1 + cos2x
B1 B1 for y = 1 + cos2x all correct
[4]

π π
(ii) x = , B1, B1 Allow in degrees
4 2
[2]

π
(b) (i) Amplitude = 5, Period = or 90° B1,B1 B1 for each
2
[2]

π
(ii) Period = or 60° B1
3
[1]

© Cambridge International Examinations 2012


111
Page 9 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – October/November 2012 0606 12

1 3 a 1
10 (i) f : + +b = 0 M1 M1 for use of x = and equating to zero
2 2 2 2

f ´(x) = 12 x2 + 8x + a M1 M1 for differentiation


1
f ′  : 3 + 4 + a = 0 M1 M1 for attempt to obtain a = –7 from
2
1
f ′ 
2
Leading to a = –7 A1
and b = 2 A1
[5]

(ii) f (–3) = – 49 M1 M1 for use of x = –3 in either the


A1 remainder theorem or algebraic long
[2] division.

(iii) f (x) = (2x – 1)(2x2 + 3x – 2) M1, A1 M1 for attempt to obtain quadratic factor
[2]

(iv) f (x) = (2x – 1)(2x – 1)(x + 2) B1 B1 for each – must be correct from work
Leading to x = 0.5, –2 B1
[2]

© Cambridge International Examinations 2012


112
Page 10 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – October/November 2012 0606 12

11 EITHER

(i)
M1 M1 for attempt to differentiate a quotient
A2,1,0 –1 each error

A1
[4]

or
dy 2
5x (–2x(1 + x2)–2) + (1 + x2)–1 10x
dx

(ii) Stationary point at (0, 0) B1

M1 M1 for a correct attempt to determine


the nature of the turning point (allow
change of sign method) – just finding
the second derivative is not enough.

Must have attempted to solve =0


If using second derivative, must be
d2 y either a product or quotient for M1
When x = 0, is +ve, minimum together with some sort of conclusion.
dx 2 A1
[3]
(iii)
x 1 x2
∫ (1 + x 2 ) 2
d x =
2 (1 + 2 x )
(+ c )
B1 xx 2 1 x2
B1 for , B1 for
B1 (1 + x 2 ) 2 (1 + x 2 )
2 x 1 4 1
∫ −1 (1 + 2 2
x )
dx =  − 
2 5 2 M1 M1 for correct use of limits in an
attempt at integration
= 0.15
A1
[4]

© Cambridge International Examinations 2012


113
Page 11 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – October/November 2012 0606 12

11 OR

(i)

dy ( x 2 − 2)2 Ax − ( Ax 2 + B)2 x M1 M1 for attempt to differentiate a


=
dx ( x 2 − 2) 2 A2,1,0 quotient –1 each error

2 x( Ax 2 − 2 A − Ax 2 − B)
=
( x 2 − 2) 2
2 x(2 A + B)
= A1 Answer given
( x 2 − 2) 2 [4]

dy
= (x2 – 2)–1 2Ax +(–2x)(x2 – 2)–2 (Ax2 + B)
dx

(ii) 5 = 2A + B M1 M1 for use of conditions once


3=A+B M1 M1 for use of conditions a second time
and attempt to solve resulting equations
Leading to A = 2, B = 1 A1
[3]

dy
(iii) when = 0, x = 0 B1 B1 for correct x
dx
1 B
y=– B1 B1 for y = −
2 2

d 2 y ( x 2 − 2) 2 (−10) − (−10 x) 4 x( x 2 − 2) M1 M1 for a correct attempt to determine


=
dx 2 ( x 2 − 2) 4 the nature of the turning point (allow
change of sign method) – just finding
the second derivative is not enough.
dy
Must have attempted to solve =0
dx
If using second derivative, must be
either a product or a quotient for M1
together with some sort of conclusion.

A1 A1 for a correct conclusion from


[4] completely correct work.
d2 y
When x = 0, is –ve ∴max
dx 2

© Cambridge International Examinations 2012


114
CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS
International General Certificate of Secondary Education

MARK SCHEME for the October/November 2012 series

0606 ADDITIONAL MATHEMATICS


0606/13 Paper 1, maximum raw mark 80

115
Page 4 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – October/November 2012 0606 13

1 (a)

B1

B1
[2]

(b) (i) F ⊂ B, B ⊃ F, F ⊆ B and B ⊇ F, B1


F ∩ B = F or F ∪ B = B [1]

(ii) S ∩ F = ∅, S ∩ F = {} or B1
n(S ∩ F) = 0 [1]

3 B1
2 (i) 3 or [1]
1

dy 3 sin t  3 sin t  dy dy dt
(ii) = =  M1 M1 correct substitution in = × o.e.
dx 4 cos 2 t  3  dx dt dx
π
3 sin
= 6
3 DM1
= 0.5 π
A1 DM1 for use of their ‘3’ and substitution of .
[3] 6

15
3 (i) C 7 = 6435 B1
[1]
6
(ii) C 2 × 9C 5 = 1890 M1,A1 M1 for a correct method
[2]

(iii) No women: 9 C 7 = 36 B1 B1 for 9 C 7 = 36


6435 – 36 M1 M1 for a complete, correct method
= 6399 A1
[3]

4 (i) 4 y
B1 B1 for y = tan x
3

2 B1, B1 y = 1 + 3sin 2 x
1

–1
45 90 135
x
180

B1 for shape of curve


–2

–3
B1 for a ‘curve’ starting at 1 and finishing at 1
–4

and going between 4 and –2.


[3]

π   3π 
(ii)  , 4  and  , − 2  B1, B1 B1 for each or B1 for both x coordinates
4   4 
correct
[2]

(iii) 3 B1ft Ft from their (i) or correct


[1]

© Cambridge International Examinations 2012


116
Page 5 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – October/November 2012 0606 13

5 (i) 80 β B1 B1 for correct triangle


80 α Could be implied by subsequent working.

α 320 or 320

β
80
320 80
= M1 M1 for complete method (sine rule and/or
sin 120° sin α cosine rule) to find α or β

α = 12.5° (or β = 47.5°) A1 A1 for α (or β )

Bearing = 042.5° or 043° A1 A1 for bearing


[4]

vr 320
(ii) = , v r = 272.4 M1 M1 for use of complete method (sine rule
sin 47.5° sin 120°
and/or cosine rule) to find vr
or x
x 450
or = A1 For either v = 272 or x = 529
sin 120° sin 47.5°

450 528.6 450


Time = or DM1 DM1 for
272.4 320 their velocity
x
or their
320
= 1.65 A1
[4]

6 ( p + x )6 = p 6 + 6 p 5 x + 15 p 4 x 2 + 20 p 3 x 3 ...
3
(i) 15 p 4 = × 20 p 3 , B1, B1 B1 for 15 p 4 , B1 for 20 p 3
2
M1 M1 for correct attempt to equate
p=2 A1
[4]

(ii) need p 6 ( 1 ) + 6 p 5 ( − 2 ) + 15 p 4 ( 1 ) B1 B1 for both p 6 , 6 p 5 (allow in (i))


2
 1
M1 M1 for attempt using 3 terms for 1 −  and
= – 80 A1  x
identifying and adding at least two terms
independent of x
[3]

© Cambridge International Examinations 2012


117
Page 6 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – October/November 2012 0606 13

7 (i) =
( )
dx t 2 + 1 − t ( 2t ) M1 M1 for attempt to differentiate a quotient or
dt (
t 2 +1
2
) A1
product
A1 all correct, allow unsimplified
dx 1
When = 0, t = 1 so x =
dt 2 DM1 DM1 for equating to zero and attempt to solve
to find t.
1
A1 A1 for x =
[4] 2

(ii)
d x 2
=
t 2 +1 ( ) 2
( − 2t ) − (1 − t 2 ) 4t ( t 2 + 1 ) M1 M1 for attempt to differentiate a quotient or
dt 2 (t 2
+1 )
4

A1
product to find acceleration
A1 correct unsimplified
When t = 1, acceleration = – 0.5 A1
[3]

8 (i) f(2) = 24 + 20 + 2p + 8 = 0 M1 M1 for use of 2 and equating to zero, or use of


comparing coefficients or algebraic long
division
p = – 26 A1

a = 3, b = 11, c = −4 B3 B1 for each of a, b and c


[5]

(ii) ( x – 2 ) ( 3x – 1 ) ( x + 4 ) M1 M1 for attempt to obtain 3 factors


A1
[2]


9 (i) AD 2 = 20 2 + 10 2 − 2 ( 20 )( 10 ) cos M1 M1 finding AD using cosine rule including
6
square root.
B1 B1 for either arc length
10 π 20 π
Perimeter = + + 2 ( 29.1 ) DM1 DM1 for correct plan before evaluation using
6 6 correct arc lengths and AD
= 73.9 A1 Awrt 73.9
[4]

(ii) Area =
1 2 π 1 2 π 1 5π 
10   + 20   + 2  ( 10 )( 20 ) sin  M1 M1 for area of triangle using the sine rule, or
2 6 2 6 2 6 
complete correct method
B1 B1 for ½ 102(π/6) or ½ 202(π/6)
DM1 DM1 for correct plan before evaluation using
correct sector and triangle areas.
= 231 A1 Awrt 231
[4]

© Cambridge International Examinations 2012


118
Page 7 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – October/November 2012 0606 13

10 (i) (sec2 x – 1) – 2sec x + 1 = 0 M1 M1 for use of correct identity


sec x (sec x – 2) = 0 M1 M1 for solution of quadratic in sec or cos
cos x = 0.5, x = 60°, 300° A1, A1 A1 for one correct solution
[4]
Alt scheme:
sin 2 x 2
2
− +1= 0 M1 for dealing with tan and sec correctly and
cos x cos x
for use of correct identity
sin2 x – 2 cos x + cos 2 x = 0, M1 for solution to obtain cos x
cos x = 0.5, x = 60°, 300°

1 1
(ii) tan 2 3 y = , tan 3 y = ( ± ) M1 M1 for correctly obtaining in terms of 1 trig
5 5 ratio and square rooting
1 5
(or sin 3 y = ( ± ) , cos 3 y = ( ± ) )
6 6
3y = 0.42, 2.72, etc. M1 M1 for dealing with ‘3’ correctly
y = 0.140, 0.907, 1.19, 1.95 A1, A1 A1 for first A1 for others
[4]

 π 2
(iii) sin  z +  = M1 M1 for dealing with ‘2’ and cosec correctly
 4 5
π π
z + = 0.4115, 2.730, 6.695 DM1 DM1 for dealing with correctly
4 4
z = 1.94, 5.91 A1,A1
[4]

11 EITHER
dy
(i) = 5e x − 3e − x B1 B1 For correct derivative
dx
3 dy
When x = 1n , =− 2 B1 B1 for grad = –2 from correct working
5 dx
3
When x = 1n , y = 8 B1 B1 for y = 8
5
 3
Tangent: y − 8 = − 2  x − 1n  M1 Equation of a tangent using their gradient and
 5 their 8
3
When y = 0, x = 4 + 1n (3.49) A1
5 [5]
a
∫ 5e + 3e
x −x
(ii) dx = 12 B1 B1 for correct integration
0

[5e − 3e ]
x −x
a

o
= 12

5e a − 3e −a − 2 = 12 M1 M1 for correct use of limits


5e 2 a − 14e a − 3 = 0 A1 Answer given so need to see some
manipulation
[3]

(iii) ( 5e a
)
+ 1 ) (e a − 3 = 0 M1 M1 for recognising and dealing with quadratic
M1 M1 for correct method of solution to obtain a
a = ln 3 , 1.1 or 1.10 A1
[3]

© Cambridge International Examinations 2012


119
Page 8 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – October/November 2012 0606 13

11 OR
(i)
( )
dy 1 + e 2 x 6e 2 x − 3e 2 x 2e 2 x
=
( ) M1 M1 for attempt to differentiate a quotient or
dx 1+ e 2x ( 2
) A2,1,0 product
–1 each error
6e 2 x
(1 + e )2x 2

∴A=6 A1 For 6 obtained from correct working.


[4]

3 3
(ii) When x = 0, y = B1 B1 for y =
2 2
dy 3 A
= B1ft B1 for grad =
dx 2 4
3 3 A
∴ y− = x B1ft Ft their y0 and
2 2 4
[3]

(iii)
e 2x 1  e 2x 
∫ (1 + e ) dx =   ( + c)
2x 2 2  1+ e 2x( ) 

M1 M1 for attempt at ‘reverse differentiation’
3
A1ft Ft on their A, i.e. for a correct statement
1n 3
A
1  e 2x  1 9 1
=  − 

( 2x 
2  1+ e  0 )
2  10 2  M1 M1 for correct use of limits
= 0.2 A
A1ft Ft
30
[4]

© Cambridge International Examinations 2012


120
CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS
International General Certificate of Secondary Education

MARK SCHEME for the October/November 2012 series

0606 ADDITIONAL MATHEMATICS


0606/21 Paper 2, maximum raw mark 80

121
Page 4 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – October/November 2012 0606 21

1 Rearranges to form ax2 + bx + c M1


Solves 3 term quadratic M1
1 9
x = − or A1
2 2
1 9
x < − ,x> A1
2 2 [4]

2 (a) (i) n (P ) = 11 B1
(ii) 18∉ F or 18∉ F ’ B1
(iii) T ⊂ F or F ⊃ T or F ∪ T = F or F ∩ T = T o.e. B1
[3]
(b) (i)

B1

(ii)

B1

[2]

3 (i) Sine curve from –3 to 3 or with two cycles M1


Completely correct A1

Correct Cosine curve B2,1,0


4
3
2
1
0
-1

-2
-3
-4
[4]

(ii) 4 B1√
[1]

4 (i) a = 20 B1
b = –4 B1
(4, 20) B1√
[3]

(ii) Negative quadratic shape M1


Correct position with turning point in first quadrant and 4 marked on y-axis A1
[2]

© Cambridge International Examinations 2012


122
Page 5 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – October/November 2012 0606 21

5 (i) Matrix multiplication M1


− 2 2 8   22 
AB =  or BC =
 1 3 20    A1
   39 
Matrix multiplication M1
 10 
  A1
 59  [4]

1  − 3 2 − 0.75 0.5  B1+B1


(ii)   or  
4  − 8 4  1 
 −2
Matrix multiplication M1
1 4 − 2 − 4  1 − 0.5 − 1  A1
  or  
4  4 − 4 − 16  1 − 1 − 4 
[4]

 dy  2
6  =  3 x + 12 x − 34 B1
 dx 
Uses m1m2 = −1 after differentiation M1
1
Gradient normal = − A1
2
 1 
Finds equation of normal  y − 8 = − (x − 2) or y = − 1 x + 9 DM1
 2  2
(18, 0) B1
(0, 9) B1
Midpoint (9, 4.5) B1√

Shows midpoint lies on 4y = x + 9 M1


[8]

7 (i) 10sin60 or 10cos30 or 5tan60 or 10 2 − 5 2 M1

5 3 or 8.66 A1
[2]
 16 − 5t 
(ii)   o.e. M1A1
 12 + 8.66t  [2]

(iii) Equate x component to 0 M1


1512 (when t = 3.2) A1
[2]
(iv) Substitute t into y component M1
39.7 km A1
[2]

© Cambridge International Examinations 2012


123
Page 6 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – October/November 2012 0606 21

8 (i) Uses s = rθ M1
y = 3x – 20 A1
[2]

1 M1
(ii) Uses A = r 2θ
2 A1
y2 = x2 – 32 [2]

(iii) Eliminate y or x M1
x2 – 15x + 54 = 0 or y2 – 5y – 14 = 0 A1
Solve 3 term quadratic M1
x = 9 and y =7 A1
[4]

9 (a) (i) 3628800 B1

(ii) Evidence of 5! (=120) and 4! =(24) B1


Evidence of 3! B1
17280 B1
6 × 5 (× 4 × 3) 5× 4 [4]
(b) (i) Evidence of (=15) or (= 10)
(4 × 3)× 2 (×1) 2 (×1) B1
Multiplies M1
150 A1
(ii) No cousins in 30 ways B1
Older cousin only in 60 ways or younger cousin only in 20 ways B1
110 B1
(or both cousins in 40 ways B1, subtract from 150 B1 answer 110 B1) [6]

10 (i) Finds f(2) or f(1) M1


f (2) = 8 + 36 + 2b + c A1
f (1) = 1 + 9 + b + c A1
Solves f(2) = 2f(1) M1
c = 24 A1
[5]
(ii) Finds quadratic factor M1
(x2 + x + 3) A1
Uses quadratic formula or finds b 2 − 4ac or completes square M1
b 2 − 4ac = −11 oe A1
[4]

© Cambridge International Examinations 2012


124
Page 7 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – October/November 2012 0606 21

11 EITHER
(i) s12 = 49.6 or 24 + 101n 13 B1
distance is 13.8 B1
[2]
10
(ii) v = (2t − 10 ) + B1,B1
1+ t
Equate to 0 and collect terms M1
2
2t − 8t = 0 A1
t = 4 (or 0) A1
[5]
(iii) Differentiates v to find a M1
10
2− A1
( 1 + t )2
1.9 A1
[3]

11 OR
(i) v=4 B1
[1]
(ii) s = 2e 2 t − 12t 2 B1+B1
Uses limits on ∫ vd t M1
638 A1
[4]
(iii) Differentiates v to find a M1
8e 2t − 24 A1
Equate to 0 and solve M1
1
t = 1n 3 (or 0.549) (or e 2t = 3 ) A1
2
–1.18 or 12 (1 – 1n 3) A1
[5]

© Cambridge International Examinations 2012


125
CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS
International General Certificate of Secondary Education

MARK SCHEME for the October/November 2012 series

0606 ADDITIONAL MATHEMATICS


0606/22 Paper 2, maximum raw mark 80

126
Page 4 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – October/November 2012 0606 22

1 7x + 5 = 3x – 13 M1 Equate and attempt to solve


x = – 4.5 o.e. A1
7x + 5 = 3x + 13 M1 Equate
x = 0.8 o.e. A1 Mark final answers
OR [4]
Square and Equate M1 Both expressions must have 3 terms
10x2 + 37x – 36(= 0) o.e. A1 Three terms
(5x – 4)(2x + 9)[= 0] M1 Factorise or formula of three term
x = 0.8 and x = –4.5 A1 quadratic.
OR
Plot y = 7x + 5 M1 Shape and intercepts must be correct
Plot y = 3x – 13 M1 Shape and intercepts must be correct
x = 0.8 A1
x = –4.5 A1

 dA  B1,B1
2  = 4π r + 10π
 dr  M1 dA
Their
dA dA dr dr
Use = × with r = 6
dt dr dt
6.8 A1 Rounds to 6.8
[4]

3 Rearrange to ax2 + bx + c [= 0] M1
(2x – 1)(2x – 7)[< 0] M1 Factorise or formula
0.5 and 3.5 A1
0.5 < x < 3.5 A1 not Y mark final statement.
[4]

4 (i) 8 (23) or 56 B1
–448(x5) B1 Mark final answer
[2]
(ii) 1120(x4) B1
2 × their 1120 and their –448 used M1
1792(x5) A1
[3]

5 (i) Evidence of 6, 5, 4, and 3 only M1 Numbers listed but not added.


360 A1
[2]
(ii) Evidence of 2 × 3 for outside digits B1
4
Evidence of 4 × 3 for inside digits B1 P2 used correctly.
72 B1
[3]

6 (i) Express as powers of 2 M1 At least one : 2 6 y −9 or 2 4 x −4 y o.e.


Correctly reaches 3x + 2y = 6 A1 AG
[2]
(ii) Express as powers of 5 M1 Both correct 5 2 and 5 3 x −6 o.e.
y = 3x – 4 o.e. A1 Three terms
Attempt to solve simultaneous equations M1 Equations must be linear
14 2
x = and y = A1 Accept decimals that round to correct 3sf
9 3 [4]

© Cambridge International Examinations 2012


127
Page 5 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – October/November 2012 0606 22

7 (i) sec24x M1 One term only


×4 A1
[2]
(ii) x + B1
tan4x M1 No additional terms
÷4 A1 isw
[3]
(iii) Correct use of limits M1 Expression must have 2 integrated terms
in x from (ii).
1 π
k= A1 Rounds to 0.125. Accept or 0.125π
8 [2] 8

( b =) 7 − 4 =  1 
B1 Finding gradient
8 (i) M1 Finding y intercept
8− 2 2
(lg a ) = 3 M1 lgy = c + mlgx is sufficient
lgy = lga + blgx or lgy – 4 = b(lgx –2)
or lgy = 3 + 0.5lgx

a = 1000 or 103 A1
y = 1000x0.5 or 1000 x A1
[5]
(ii) m = 1 B1
[1]
(iii) c=6 B1
[1]

9 (i) 80 B1 Correct triangle


40
α
420
OR
α 420
40
80

sin α sin 40 M1 Use of sine or cosine rule in any triangle


=
80 420 with some of 80,420, their v and an angle.
A1
α = 7.03 or 7 A1
Bearing 223 (230 – α) [4]

(ii) v 420
= M1 Use of sine or cosine rule in any triangle
sin their133 sin 40 with 80 or 420 or both.

v = 478 A1
1000
Use time M1 v calculated from a triangle
v
2.09 hours or 2 hours 5minutes A1 Units required
[4]

© Cambridge International Examinations 2012


128
Page 6 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – October/November 2012 0606 22

10 (i) Integrate to find v M1 Increase of powers seen at least once


v = 4t – t2(+ c) A1
Use t = 0, v = 12 to find c =12 B1
v = 4t – t2 + 12 M1 Solve three term quadratic
t=6 A1 Do not penalize t = –2.
[5]
(ii) Integrate to find s M1 Increase of powers on at least 2 terms
t3 A1 3 terms
s = 2t 2 − + 12t
3 A1 cao
s = 72 [3]

11 (a) tan x = –2.25 B1


114 B1 Rounds to 114.0 isw
294 B1 Their 114 + 180 from tan function isw
[3]
(b) 1 B1 Seen anywhere
Uses cosec y =
sin y
Forms quadratic in sin y : 12sin2y + sin y – 1 M1 Must be 3 terms
[= 0]
(4sin y –1)(2sin y + 1)[= 0] M1 Factorise or formula of 3 term quadratic.
14.5 and 199.5 A1 Any 2 values isw
165.5 and 340.5 A1 The other 2 values isw
[5]
(c)
z 3
cos   = B1
3 5
z
= 0.927 M1 Solves their equation in radians
3
z =2.78 to 2.79 inc A1 isw
z = 16.1 A1 Rounds to isw
[4]

12 EITHER x

1
− x M1 Integrate : e 4 seen
(i) y Ae 4 (+ c ) A1
A = –4 DM1
Substitute (0, 10)
1
− x
y = 14 − 4e 4 A1
14 – 4e A1
[5]
(ii) Tangent at A is y – 10 = x B1
Gradient tangent at B is e B1

Tangent at B is y + 4e − 14 = ex + 4e B1 With their gradient and answer to (i)


Solve equations of tangents M1 Two linear equations
4
x= o.e. A1
1− e
[5]

© Cambridge International Examinations 2012


129
Page 7 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – October/November 2012 0606 22

12 OR
x
(i) dy 1 − x
1 −
=− e 3 M1 Ae 3 only one term
dx 3
dy 1
at (0, 9 ) =− A1
dx 3
Grad normal = 3 M1 Use of m1 m2 = –1
Point Q is (–3 , 0) A1 Condone x = –3
[4]
(ii) Area rectangle 24 + 3e (32.1) M1 Their 3 × their (8 + e )
x x
0 − −
∫ −3
8 + e dx
3
M1 Integrate: 8 x and e 3 seen
0
 − 
x
= 8 x − 3e 3  A1
  −3
21+3e (29.1) M1 Correct use of limits their –3 and 0
Shaded area =3 A1
A1
[6]

© Cambridge International Examinations 2012


130
CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS
International General Certificate of Secondary Education

MARK SCHEME for the October/November 2012 series

0606 ADDITIONAL MATHEMATICS


0606/23 Paper 2, maximum raw mark 80

131
Page 4 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – October/November 2012 0606 23

1 1.2 B1 correct positive value


5x + 7 = −13 or 25x2 + 70x + 49 = 169
5(5x − 6)(x + 4) = 0 M1 correct method to find second value
−4 A1 correct final answer
[3]

1  6 − 8
2 (i)   B1B1 B1 for each part of the inverse
6 × 7 − 8 × 4  − 4 7  [2]

 x  1  6 − 8  39 
(ii)   =    M1  39 
pre-multiply   by their inverse
 y  10  − 4 7  23 
 23 
 5 
=   A1 correct answers, correctly associated
 0 .5  [2]

3 (3 3 − 1)2 = 27 − 6 3 + 1 M1 multiplication, including a 3 × b 3 =3ab


or (3 3 − 1)( 2 3 + 3 ) = 18 + 7 3 – 3 A1 a correct expansion
2 3 +3 a 3 +b
× or 28 − 6 3 = (2 − 3) M1 valid method to obtain a value for a or b
2 3 +3 3
38 3 + 48
or a = 38, b = 48 A1 correct answers
3 [4]

© Cambridge International Examinations 2012


132
Page 5 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – October/November 2012 0606 23

4
 16 
XZ =   B1 correct vector for XZ
 20 
 4  3  16   20  1  − 16 
OY =   +   or   +   M1 valid method for OY
 − 27  4  20   − 7  4  − 20 
 16 
=   A1 correct vector for OY
 − 12 
OY = 16 2 + (− 12 ) oe uses Pythagoras to find length of OY
2
M1
 0.8 
unit vector in direction of OY =   oe A1 correct vector expression
 − 0.6 
[5]

OR OY − OX = 3OZ = 3OY B1 correct vector equation

 4   20   64  collect OY s and substitute for OX and OZ


4OY =   + 3  =   M1
 − 27   − 7   − 48 
 16 
OY =   etc. A1 correct vector for OY
 − 12 
OX + 3OZ correct use of intercept theorem
OR OY = B1
4
 4   20 
  + 3  substitute for OX and OZ and divide
M1
 − 27   − 7 
=
4
4
 16 
=   etc. A1 correct vector for OY
 − 12 

© Cambridge International Examinations 2012


133
Page 6 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – October/November 2012 0606 23

5 mx + 2 = mx2 + 7x + 11 M1* eliminates either y or x


mx2 + 7x − mx + 9 = 0 A1 correct equation
(7 − m)2 − 4 × m × 9 ~ 0 M1dep* compares discriminant with 0
m2 − 50m + 49 ~ 0 A1 correct quadratic
(m − 1)(m − 49), m = 1, 49 M1 solves 3-term quadratic for m
1 < m < 49 A1 correct answer
[6]

6 (a)
1 B1 correct expression for sec2x in terms of p
sec 2 x =
p2
1 M1 substitution in correct formula (ps only)
tan 2 x = sec 2 x − 1 = −1
p2 A1 correct answer, oe
[3]
OR sin 2 x = 1 − p 2
sin 2 x 1 − p 2 B1 correct expression for sin2x in terms of p
2
tan x = = M1 substitution in correct formula (ps only)
cos 2 x p2 A1 correct answer, oe

1
OR 1− p 2 B1 ‘opposite’ is 1 − p 2
p
1 − p2
tan x = M1 tanx = their opposite ÷ their adjacent
p
1 − p2
tan 2 x = A1 correct answer, oe
p2

(b) cot2θ + 2(cotθ tanθ) + tan2θ B1 correct squaring of bracket


cot2θ = cosec2θ – 1 or tan2θ = sec2θ – 1 B1 use of a correct relevant formula
completion “AG” B1 correct completion
[3]

© Cambridge International Examinations 2012


134
Page 7 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – October/November 2012 0606 23

7 (a)
 3 1

 x 2 + 3x 2 dx
∫ 



B1
M1
correct expression in terms of indices
increase fractional power by 1
5 3
2 2
x + 2 x 2 (+ c ) A1 correct answer, ISW
5 [3]
(b)
k M1 integral of correct form, k a constant
oe
2x + 5
− 10
oe A1 correct integral, ignore ‘+ c’
2x + 5
k k
− M1 their integral with x =10 subtract their integral
2 × 10 + 5 5 with x = 0
 −4 
1.6 A1√ correct answer, ft their k  = k
 25 
[4]

9−3
8 gradient (= 2) B1 correct gradient
1 − (− 2 )
(AD) y − 5 = 2 ( x − 4 ) or y = 2 x − 3 B1√ correct equation for AD, ft their mAD
1 M1 uses m1m2 = −1 and x = 1 and y = 9 in equation of line
(CD) y − 9 = − (x − 1) or x + 2 y = 19
2 A1 correct equation for CD

solves equation for AD with equation for CD M1 solving equations for a value of x or y
D is (5, 7) A1 x = 5, y = 7

1 4 −2 1 5 4 1
area = = 26 − 66 M1 a correct method to calculate the area of the trapezium
25 3 9 7 5 2

or =
1
2
( 5 + 45 ) 20

= 20 A1 correct answer
[8]

OR (X on BC, AX//DC)
9−3
gradient = (= 2) B1 correct gradient
1 − (− 2 )
(BC ) y − 9 = 2(x − 1) or y = 2 x + 7 B1 correct equation for BC
1
( AX ) y −5=− (x − 4) or 2 y = − x + 14 M1 uses m1m2 = −1 and x = 4 and y = 5 in equation of line
2 A1 correct equation for AX
solves equation BC with equation AX M1 solving equations for a value of x or y
X(0, 7) A1 x = 0, y = 7
area∆ + area rectangle M1
1
= 20 × 20 + 20 × 5 a correct method to calculate the area
2
= 20 A1 correct answer

© Cambridge International Examinations 2012


135
Page 8 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – October/November 2012 0606 23

9 (i) x3 B1 correct answer


[1]
(ii)
x3 1 8 27 64 M1 graph of x2y against x3, linear axes
A2,1,0 4, 1–3, 0 points plotted correctly
x 2y 9.41 5.16 –6.21 –28.32
[3]
(iii) a = 9.5 to 10.5 B1 correct answer
y − y1 M1 finding numerical value for the gradient
gradient = 2
x2 − x1
A1 correct answer
b = –0.6 ± 0.01
[3]
a
(iv) y = + 3.7b or 13.69y = a + 50.653b M1 appropriate substitutions or read graph at 50.653 and
13.69 divide value by 13.69
= −1.48 ± 0.04 A1 correct answer
[2]

10 (i) x2 + 802 seen B1


distance
time = , oe B1
speed [2]

(ii)
 dT  − 1 x
 = + M1* attempt to differentiate given expression
 dx  10 6 x 2 + 6400 A1A1 A1 each correct unsimplified term
x 1 dT
= oe M1dep* attempt to solve = 0 , to include squaring both
2
6 x + 6400 10 dx
sides

x = 60 A1 correct answer for x


2
T = 30 (30.7) A1 correct answer for T
3 [6]

© Cambridge International Examinations 2012


136
Page 9 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – October/November 2012 0606 23

11 (a)
x−2
2 x −2 = 100 2 , = log 2 100 B1 correct expression
2
x 
 −1 
or 2  2 
= 100
4
x=2+ M1 valid attempt to obtain value for x
0.301...
= 15.3 A1 correct answer
[3]
(b)
log y 512 = 3 or 3 = log y y 3 B1 correct relevant use of rule for logarithms
log k
or log y k = (twice)
log y
y3
y 3 = 512 or 2 = M1 attempt to solve
256
y =8 A1 correct answer
[3]

(c)
6 5 z −2 6 3( z −1) M1 attempt to express at least two elements in terms of 6z
= 2 (3− z ) or log6
62 z 6
(5 z − 2 )
or log 6 − log 6 2 z = log 6 3( z −1) − log 6 2 (3− z ) A1 correct expression
5 z − 2 − 2 z = 3 z − 3 − (6 − 2 z ) oe
M1 uses rule of indices or logarithms correctly, accept
index/log format
z = 3.5 A1 correct answer
[4]

12E (i) (2x + 8)2 − 9 or a = 2, b = 8, c = −9 B1B1B1 B1 for each correct value


[3]

(x + 9) − 8 (x ± c ) ± b
(ii) f −1 (x ) = oe M1 inverse of form
2 a
A2,1,0√ 3, 1 – 2, 0 correct values, ft their a, b and c
(iii) [3]
2
2  4 32 1
 + 8  − 9 = 135 or 2 + + 55 = 135 M1 apply fg (not gf) or replace x by
x  x x x
2
+ 8 = 12(or − 12 ) or 80 x 2 − 32 x − 4 = 0 A1 correct equation
x
M1 valid method for solving their equation
x = 0.5 oe, only A1 correct answer
[4]

© Cambridge International Examinations 2012


137
Page 10 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – October/November 2012 0606 23

12O (i) 3.5 B1 correct answer


[1]

(ii) y2 + 7 = 2x M1 attempt at inverse, involving squaring


x2 + 7
h −1 (x ) = A1 correct inverse
2 [2]

3x − 4
(iii) = x, x 2 − 5 x + 4 = 0 M1 equate k(x) with x and obtain quadratic equation
x−2

(x − 4)(x − 1) M1 solve three term quadratic


x = 4 only A1 correct answer
[3]

(iv)
 3x − 4  substitute to obtain expression for k2
3 −4 M1
 x−2 
 3x − 4  A1 correct unsimplified expression
 −2
 x−2 
3(3 x − 4 ) − 4(x − 2 ) M1 multiply numerator and denominator by (x − 2), oe
3 x − 4 − 2( x − 2 )
4
5− A1 correct answer
x
[4]

© Cambridge International Examinations 2012


138
CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS
International General Certificate of Secondary Education

MARK SCHEME for the May/June 2013 series

0606 ADDITIONAL MATHEMATICS


0606/11 Paper 1, maximum raw mark 80

139
Page 4 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – May/June 2013 0606 11

1 (i) 2 y

B1 correct shape for y = cos x – 1

(ii) B1 all correct


1

B1
x

2 4 6

correct shape for y = sin 2x

B1 all correct
−1

−2

−3

(iii) 3 B1

2 Either gradient = 1 B1

intercept = 2 B1

ln b = gradient or ln A = intercept M1 M1, need to equate either gradient


to ln b or intercept to ln A

b = e or 2.72 A1

A = e2, A = 7.39 A1

Or e4 = Ab2 and e10 = Ab8 [B1 B1 B1 for each equation

leading to b6 = e6 or e4 = e2 A or e10 = e8A M1 M1 for attempt to solve for either A


or b

b = e or 2.72 A1

A = e2, A = 7.39 A1]

Or 10 = 8 ln b + ln A [B1

4 = 2 ln b + ln A B1

leading to ln b = 1 or 6 = 3 ln A M1 M1 for attempt to solve for either A


or b

b = e or 2.72 A1

A = e2, A = 7.39 A1]

© Cambridge International Examinations 2013


140
Page 5 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – May/June 2013 0606 11

3 (i) 14
C6 = 3003 B1

(ii) 5
C3 × 9C3 = 840 M1 A1 M1 for product of 2 combinations

(iii) Either 3003 – 9C6 = 2919 M1 B1 M1 for 3003 – number of


A1 committees containing no men
B1 for 9C6

Or 1M + 5W: 5 × 9C5 = 630 [B2 1 0


2M + 4W: 5C2 × 9C4 = 1260
3M + 3W: 840 (part (ii)) –1 each error
4M + 2W: 5C4 ×9C2 = 180
5M + 1W: 1 × 9C1 = 9
Total: 2919 B1] B1 for correct final answer

4 (i) 2 B1

(ii) log4 y2 – log4 (5y – 12) (=log4 2) B1 B1 for power

 2

log4  y  = (=log4 2) M1 correct division
 5 y −12 
 

y2 – 10y + 24 = 0 M1 attempt at solution of a 3 term


quadratic

y = 4, 6 A1 A1 for both

5 (i) 6
x+ (+ c ) B1 B1 B1 for each term
x

(ii)  6   6
3k +  –  k +  (=2) M1 correct use of limits
 3k   k

2k2 – 2k – 4 = 0 M1 attempt to obtain a 3 term quadratic


from 2 brackets equated to 2

DM1 DM1 or solution of quadratic


dependent on 2nd M1
leading to k = 2 A1

© Cambridge International Examinations 2013


141
Page 6 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – May/June 2013 0606 11

6 (i) 1  5 1
A–1 =   B1 B1 B1 for matrix, B1 for multiplying
13  − 3 2 
by a correct determinant

(ii) Either
a b  1  5 1  7 5  M1 evidence of multiplication of both
  =    sides by A-1
 c −1 13  − 3 2 17 d 

1  52 25 + d 
=  
13  13 − 15 + 2 d 

leading to a = 4, c = 1 DM1 DM1 for attempt to equate like


elements

and b = 2, d = 1 A3,2,1,0 –1 each error

Or
 2 − 1  a b   7 5 
    =   [M1 M1 for evidence of matrix
 3 5   c −1 17 d  multiplication

2a – c = 7, 3a + 5c = 17, a = 4, c = 1 DM1 DM1 for attempt to equate like


elements –1 each error
2b + 1 = 5, 3b – 5 = d, b = 2, d = 1 A3,2,1,0]

7 (i) 5 +1
tan B = B1
5−2

5 +1 5+2
= × M1 attempt at rationalisation (Allow if
5−2 5+2
inverse is used)

=7+3 5 A1

(ii) (7 + 3 5 )2 + 1 = sec2 B M1 M1 M1 for attempt to use the correct


identity
M1 for simplification to give 3 or
4 terms

sec2 B = 95 + 42 5 √A1 cao A1 for 95, A1 for 42 5


√A1

Or
2
sec B =
1
=
( 5 +1 + ) (
2
5 −2 )
2
[M1 M1 for attempt to use to find BC2
cos 2 B ( 5 −2 )
2

15 − 2 5 9+4 5 1
sec2 B = × M1 M1 for use of sec B =
9−4 5 9+4 5 cos B

sec2 B = 95 + 42 5 A1 A1] A1 for 95, A1 for 52 5

© Cambridge International Examinations 2013


142
Page 7 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – May/June 2013 0606 11

8 (i) θ 8 M1 M1 for use of trig to obtain half


Either tan = angle
2 6

θ
= 0.927...
2 θ 8 θ 6
Can use sin = or cos =
2 10 2 10

θ = 1.855 A1 A1 Allow if done in degrees and


converted

Or Area of triangle MEF = 48 [M1 M1 for a complete method to find


the obtuse angle

1
× 10 2 × sin θ = 48
2

θ = 1.287 , π − 1.287

θ = 1.855 A1]

Or 162 = 102 + 102 – (2 × 10 × cos θ) [M1 M1 for use of the cosine rule, need
to see working as answer given

θ =1.855 A1]

(ii) radius = 10 B1 B1 for the radius, allow anywhere

P = (10 × 1.855) + 10 + 10 + 16 M1 M1 M1 for use of arc length


M1 for method, must be arc +3
sides

= 54.6 or 54.5 or 54.55 A1

1  1
(iii) A =256 – 2  × 8 × 6  − 10 2 (1.855 ) M1 M1 for area of sector
2  2 M1 M1 for a correct plan to obtain the
required area

= 115.25 or 115.3 or 115 A1

awrt 115

© Cambridge International Examinations 2013


143
Page 8 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – May/June 2013 0606 11

9 (i) 3
AP = (b − a ) B1
4

3
OP = a + (b − a ) , or M1 M1 for attempt at vector addition
4

1
OP = a − (b − a ) ,
4

1
= (a + 3b ) A1 Answer given
4

(ii) 2 3 3
OQ = c , or QC = c or CQ = − c B1 B1 for OQ , QC or CQ
5 5 5

PQ = OQ – OP M1 M1 for correct vector


addition/subtraction

2 a 3b
= c− − A1
5 4 4

(iii) 5a 15b
2c − − = 6(c − b ) M1 M1 for use of their vectors and
4 4 attempt to get k c

9b − 5a
c=
16 A1

10 (i) When x = 2, y = –5 B1 B1 for y = –5

dy
= 3x 2 − 8 x + 1 M1 M1 for attempt to differentiate
dx

dy
when x = 2, = −3 DM1 DM1 for attempt at tangent equation
dx – must be tangent with use of x = 2

Tangent: y + 5 = –3 (x – 2) A1 allow unsimplified


(y = 1 –3x)

(ii) 1 – 3x = x3 – 4x2 + x + 1 M1 M1 for equating tangent and curve


equations

x (x – 2)2 = 0 DM1 DM1 for attempt to solve resulting


cubic equation

Meets at (0, 1) A1 A1 A1 for each coordinate

© Cambridge International Examinations 2013


144
Page 9 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – May/June 2013 0606 11

(iii) 1
Grad of perp = √B1 √B1 on their gradient in (i) only
3

Midpoint (1, –2) M1 M1 for attempt to find the midpoint

1
Perp bisector y + 2 = (x – 1) M1 A1 M1 for attempt at line equation –
3 must be perp bisector
A1 allow unsimplified

11 (a)  π 1
sin  x +  = − B1
 3 2

π 7 π 11π 7π 11π
x+ = , B1 B1 for and
3 6 6 6 6

5π 3π
x= , B1 B1 B1 for first correct solution
6 2 B1 for a second correct solution with
all solutions in radians and with no
excess solutions within the range

(b) 1
tan y – 2 = B1 B1 for a correct equation
tan y

tan2 y – 2 tan y – 1 = 0 M1 A1 M1 for attempt to obtain a 3 term


quadratic equation
A1 for a correct equation equated to
zero

tan y = 1 ± 2 DM1 DM1 for solution of quadratic

y = 67.5°, 157.5° A1 A1 A1 for first correct solution


A1 for a second correct solution with
all solutions in degrees and with no
excess solutions within the range.

© Cambridge International Examinations 2013


145
CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS
International General Certificate of Secondary Education

MARK SCHEME for the May/June 2013 series

0606 ADDITIONAL MATHEMATICS


0606/12 Paper 1, maximum raw mark 80

146
Page 4 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – May/June 2013 0606 12

1 (i) n(A∩B) = 5 B1

(ii) n(A) = 16 B1

(iii) n (B´∩A) B1

2 (i) 6 × 5 × 4 × 3 = 360 or 6P4 = 360 B1 B1 unsimplified/evaluated

(ii)

Position 1 2 3 4

Number
5 4 3 1
of ways

1
or (i) or 5P3 or 5C3 × 6C1 M1 M1 for a correct attempt
6
unsimplified
Number of 4 digit numbers = 60 A1

(iii)

Position 1 2 3 4

Number
3 4 3 1
of ways

or 3P1 × 4P2 M1 M1 for a correct attempt


Number of 4 digit numbers = 36 A1 unsimplified

3 EITHER

1 – 2sinθ – 2cosθ + sin2θ + cos2θ + 2sinθ cosθ B1 B1 for correct expansion of


(1 – cosθ – sinθ )2

Use of sin2θ + cos2θ = 1 in simplification = 0 M1 M1 for use of sin2θ + cos2θ = 1 in


this form
A1 A1 must be convinced as AG

OR (1 – cosθ – sinθ )2 =
1 – 2sinθ – 2cosθ + sin2θ + cos2θ + 2sinθ cosθ [B1 B1 for correct expansion of
(1 – cosθ – sinθ )2

= 2 – 2sinθ – 2cosθ + 2sinθ cosθ M1 M1 for use of sin2θ + cos2θ = 1 in


this form

= 2 (1 – sinθ ) (1 – cosθ ) A1] A1 for simplification and


factorising

© Cambridge International Examinations 2013


147
Page 5 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – May/June 2013 0606 12

4 EITHER
2x2 + kx + 2k – 6 = 0 has no real roots M1 M1 for attempted use of b2 – 4ac
k2 – 16k + 48 I 0 DM1 DM1 for attempt to obtain critical
(k – 4) (k – 12) I 0 values from a 3 term quadratic

Critical values 4 and 12 A1 A1 for both critical values


4 I k I 12 or k K=4 and k I=12 A1 A1 for correct final answer

2
 k k2 [M1] M1 for attempting to complete the
OR  x +  − + k −3=0
 4 16 square and obtain a 3 term
quadratic

k2
− + k − 3 K 0 so k2 – 16k + 48 I 0= Then as EITHER
16

dy
OR = 4x + k [M1 M1 for differentiation, equating to
dx
zero and obtaining a quadratic
equation in x
dy
When = 0 , k = −4 x DM1 DM1 for attempt to obtain critical
dx values of k from a 3 term
By substitution x2 + 4x + 3 I 0 quadratic in x followed by
leading to x = –1, k = 4 substitution to obtain a value for k

and x = –3, k = 12 A1 A1 for both critical values


4 I k I 12 or k K 4 and k I 12 A1] A1 for correct final answer

dy
OR = 4x + k [M1] M1 for differentiation, equating to
dx zero and obtaining a quadratic
equation in k

dy k
When =0,x= − Then as EITHER
dx 4
2
leading to k – 16k + 48 I 0

© Cambridge International Examinations 2013


148
Page 6 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – May/June 2013 0606 12

5  15 − 4 y   15 − 3 x 
2  y = 9 or 2 x =9 M1 M1 for attempt to obtain equation
 3   4  in one variable

8y2 – 30y + 27 = 0 or 3x2 – 15x + 18 = 0 DM1 DM1 for attempt to solve a 3 term
(4y – 9) (2y – 3) = 0 or (x – 3) (x – 2) = 0 quadratic in that variable

9 3
x = 2, y = and x = 3, y = A1, A1 A1 for each ‘pair’, x values must
4 2
be simplified to single integer
form

AB2 = 12 + (0.75)2, AB = 1.25 M1, A1 M1 for a correct attempt to find


AB, must have non zero
differences and be using points
calculated previously.

6 dy
= 3sec2x B1 B1 for 3sec2x
dx
3π dy dy
When x = , =6 B1 B1 for = 6, may be implied by
4 dx dx
later work
y=5 B1 B1 for y

1
Perpendicular gradient = − M1 M1 for perpendicular gradient
6
dy
from
dx

1 3π 
Equation of normal y + 5 = − x −  M1 M1 for attempt at the normal
6 4 
using their y value correctly and

x= and substitution of x = 0
4

π
When x = 0, y = – 5 o.e.
8

or –4.61 or –4.6 but not –4.60 A1 A1 for obtaining y value

© Cambridge International Examinations 2013


149
Page 7 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – May/June 2013 0606 12

7 (i) f (–2) leads to 68 = b – 2a M1 attempt at f (–2) = 0


allow unsimplified

f(1) leads to 26 = a + b M1 attempt at f (1) = 27


allow unsimplified

a = –14, b = 40 A1, B1 A1 for b = 40, B1 for a = –14

(ii) f (x) = (x + 2) (6x2 – 17x + 20) B2, 1, 0 –1 each error

(iii) 6x2 – 17x + 20 = 0 has no real roots B1 B1 for dealing with quadratic
factor either by use of formula,
completing the square or use of
b2 – 4ac to show that there are no
real solutions

x = –2 B1

8 (a) (i)  22 − 2
  B2, 1, 0
31 
–1 each element error
−3

(ii) 16 6 
  B2, 1, 0
−11
–1 each element error
9

(b) (i) 1  3 − 1 1
  B1, B1 B1 for
18 + 9  9 6  determinant
(allow unsimplified),
B1 for matrix

(ii)  x  1  3 − 1 5 
  =   ' M1 M1 for correct use of inverse
 y  27  9 6 1.5  matrix, including correct
multiplication to solve equation

1 13.5 
=  
27  54 

x = 0.5, y = 2 A1, A1 A1 for each

© Cambridge International Examinations 2013


150
Page 8 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – May/June 2013 0606 12

 x  n(n − 1)  x 
9 (i) n 2
 1 
 1 + x  = 1 + n  +   B1, B1 B1 for 1 + second term, B1 for
 2  2 2 2
3rd term
Allow unsimplified

(1 − x )1 + n x  + n(n− 1)  x 


(ii)  2

 M1 dealing with 2 terms involving x2
 2 2  2  

Multiply x and
n
2
x to get
n 2
2
x ( ) DM1 attempt to obtain one term

n(n − 1)x 2 n(n − 1)x 2


Multiply 1 and or DM1 attempt to obtain a second term
8 4

n 2 − n n 25
− =
8 2 4

n2 – 5n – 50 = 0 A1 correct quadratic equation

n = 10 A1 A1 for n = 10 only

10 (a) (i) 3
1 3
(2x – 5) 2 B1, B1 B1 for k(2x – 5) 2 , B1 for
3
1 3
(2 x − 5) 2
3

(ii) 125 1 124


− = M1, A1 M1 for correct use of limits
3 3 3
Allow awrt 41.3

(b) (i) 1
x3 + 3 x 2 ln x B1, B1 B1 for each term, allow
x
unsimplified

∫ 3x ∫
2
(ii) ln xdx = x 3 ln x − x 2 dx o.e. M1 for a use of answer to (i)

x3
∫ x 2 dx =
3
or A1 A1 for intergrating x2 or dividing
by 3

∫x
2
ln xdx =
3
(
1 3

x ln x − x 2 dx o.e. )
1 x3 
∫ x 2 ln xdx =  x 3 ln x −
3
 (+c)
3 
A1

© Cambridge International Examinations 2013


151
Page 9 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – May/June 2013 0606 12

11 (a) 2
cos 2 x + +3= 0 M1 dealing with sec or cos
cos 2 x

leading to cos2 2x + 3 cos 2x + 2 = 0 A1 simplification to correct 3 term


2 sec2 2x + 3 sec 2x + 1 = 0 quadratic in sec 2x or cos 2x (does
not have to be equated to zero)

(cos 2x + 2) (cos 2x + 1) = 0 M1 attempt to solve a 3 term


or (2 sec 2x +1) (sec 2x + 1) = 0 quadratic, must obtain solutions in
terms of cos 2x

leading to cos 2x = –1 or sec 2x = –1 only


2x = 180°, 540°
x = 90°, 270° A1, A1

(b)  π 1
sin 2  y −  = so
 6 2
 π 1
sin  y −  = M1 division by 2 and square root
 6 2
 π  π 3π
y− = , DM1 correct order of operation and
 6 4 4 attempt to solve
5π 11π
y= , A1, A1
12 12
Allow awrt 1.31, 2.88

12 (i) dy
= 36 − 6 t M1 attempt to differentiate and equate
dt to zero

dy
When = 0, t = 6 A1
dt

(ii) When v = 0, t = 12 M1, A1 M1 for equating v to zero and


attempt to solve

(iii) s = 18t2 – t3 (+c) M1, A1 M1 for a correct attempt to


integrate at least one term, allow
unsimplified
A1 for all correct
When t = 12, s = 864 A1 for s = 864

(iv) When s = 0, t = 18 M1 M1 for substitution of s = 0 into


their s equation
√A1 √A1 on their s

v = –324 DM1 DM1 for substitution of their t


back into v equation
So speed is 324 A1 for 324 only

© Cambridge International Examinations 2013


152
CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS
International General Certificate of Secondary Education

MARK SCHEME for the May/June 2013 series

0606 ADDITIONAL MATHEMATICS


0606/13 Paper 1, maximum raw mark 80

153
Page 4 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – May/June 2013 0606 13

1 (i) 2 y

B1 correct shape for y = cos x – 1

(ii) B1 all correct


1

B1
x

2 4 6

correct shape for y = sin 2x

B1 all correct
−1

−2

−3

(iii) 3 B1

2 Either gradient = 1 B1

intercept = 2 B1

ln b = gradient or ln A = intercept M1 M1, need to equate either gradient


to ln b or intercept to ln A

b = e or 2.72 A1

A = e2, A = 7.39 A1

Or e4 = Ab2 and e10 = Ab8 [B1 B1 B1 for each equation

leading to b6 = e6 or e4 = e2 A or e10 = e8A M1 M1 for attempt to solve for either A


or b

b = e or 2.72 A1

A = e2, A = 7.39 A1]

Or 10 = 8 ln b + ln A [B1

4 = 2 ln b + ln A B1

leading to ln b = 1 or 6 = 3 ln A M1 M1 for attempt to solve for either A


or b

b = e or 2.72 A1

A = e2, A = 7.39 A1]

© Cambridge International Examinations 2013


154
Page 5 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – May/June 2013 0606 13

3 (i) 14
C6 = 3003 B1

(ii) 5
C3 × 9C3 = 840 M1 A1 M1 for product of 2 combinations

(iii) Either 3003 – 9C6 = 2919 M1 B1 M1 for 3003 – number of


A1 committees containing no men
B1 for 9C6

Or 1M + 5W: 5 × 9C5 = 630 [B2 1 0


2M + 4W: 5C2 × 9C4 = 1260
3M + 3W: 840 (part (ii)) –1 each error
4M + 2W: 5C4 ×9C2 = 180
5M + 1W: 1 × 9C1 = 9
Total: 2919 B1] B1 for correct final answer

4 (i) 2 B1

(ii) log4 y2 – log4 (5y – 12) (=log4 2) B1 B1 for power

 2

log4  y  = (=log4 2) M1 correct division
 5 y −12 
 

y2 – 10y + 24 = 0 M1 attempt at solution of a 3 term


quadratic

y = 4, 6 A1 A1 for both

5 (i) 6
x+ (+ c ) B1 B1 B1 for each term
x

(ii)  6   6
3k +  –  k +  (=2) M1 correct use of limits
 3k   k

2k2 – 2k – 4 = 0 M1 attempt to obtain a 3 term quadratic


from 2 brackets equated to 2

DM1 DM1 or solution of quadratic


dependent on 2nd M1
leading to k = 2 A1

© Cambridge International Examinations 2013


155
Page 6 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – May/June 2013 0606 13

6 (i) 1  5 1
A–1 =   B1 B1 B1 for matrix, B1 for multiplying
13  − 3 2 
by a correct determinant

(ii) Either
a b  1  5 1  7 5  M1 evidence of multiplication of both
  =    sides by A-1
 c −1 13  − 3 2 17 d 

1  52 25 + d 
=  
13  13 − 15 + 2 d 

leading to a = 4, c = 1 DM1 DM1 for attempt to equate like


elements

and b = 2, d = 1 A3,2,1,0 –1 each error

Or
 2 − 1  a b   7 5 
    =   [M1 M1 for evidence of matrix
 3 5   c −1 17 d  multiplication

2a – c = 7, 3a + 5c = 17, a = 4, c = 1 DM1 DM1 for attempt to equate like


elements –1 each error
2b + 1 = 5, 3b – 5 = d, b = 2, d = 1 A3,2,1,0]

7 (i) 5 +1
tan B = B1
5−2

5 +1 5+2
= × M1 attempt at rationalisation (Allow if
5−2 5+2
inverse is used)

=7+3 5 A1

(ii) (7 + 3 5 )2 + 1 = sec2 B M1 M1 M1 for attempt to use the correct


identity
M1 for simplification to give 3 or
4 terms

sec2 B = 95 + 42 5 √A1 cao A1 for 95, A1 for 42 5


√A1

Or
2
sec B =
1
=
( 5 +1 + ) (
2
5 −2 )
2
[M1 M1 for attempt to use to find BC2
cos 2 B ( 5 −2 )
2

15 − 2 5 9+4 5 1
sec2 B = × M1 M1 for use of sec B =
9−4 5 9+4 5 cos B

sec2 B = 95 + 42 5 A1 A1] A1 for 95, A1 for 52 5

© Cambridge International Examinations 2013


156
Page 7 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – May/June 2013 0606 13

8 (i) θ 8 M1 M1 for use of trig to obtain half


Either tan = angle
2 6

θ
= 0.927...
2 θ 8 θ 6
Can use sin = or cos =
2 10 2 10

θ = 1.855 A1 A1 Allow if done in degrees and


converted

Or Area of triangle MEF = 48 [M1 M1 for a complete method to find


the obtuse angle

1
× 10 2 × sin θ = 48
2

θ = 1.287 , π − 1.287

θ = 1.855 A1]

Or 162 = 102 + 102 – (2 × 10 × cos θ) [M1 M1 for use of the cosine rule, need
to see working as answer given

θ =1.855 A1]

(ii) radius = 10 B1 B1 for the radius, allow anywhere

P = (10 × 1.855) + 10 + 10 + 16 M1 M1 M1 for use of arc length


M1 for method, must be arc +3
sides

= 54.6 or 54.5 or 54.55 A1

1  1
(iii) A =256 – 2  × 8 × 6  − 10 2 (1.855 ) M1 M1 for area of sector
2  2 M1 M1 for a correct plan to obtain the
required area

= 115.25 or 115.3 or 115 A1

awrt 115

© Cambridge International Examinations 2013


157
Page 8 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – May/June 2013 0606 13

9 (i) 3
AP = (b − a ) B1
4

3
OP = a + (b − a ) , or M1 M1 for attempt at vector addition
4

1
OP = a − (b − a ) ,
4

1
= (a + 3b ) A1 Answer given
4

(ii) 2 3 3
OQ = c , or QC = c or CQ = − c B1 B1 for OQ , QC or CQ
5 5 5

PQ = OQ – OP M1 M1 for correct vector


addition/subtraction

2 a 3b
= c− − A1
5 4 4

(iii) 5a 15b
2c − − = 6(c − b ) M1 M1 for use of their vectors and
4 4 attempt to get k c

9b − 5a
c=
16 A1

10 (i) When x = 2, y = –5 B1 B1 for y = –5

dy
= 3x 2 − 8 x + 1 M1 M1 for attempt to differentiate
dx

dy
when x = 2, = −3 DM1 DM1 for attempt at tangent equation
dx – must be tangent with use of x = 2

Tangent: y + 5 = –3 (x – 2) A1 allow unsimplified


(y = 1 –3x)

(ii) 1 – 3x = x3 – 4x2 + x + 1 M1 M1 for equating tangent and curve


equations

x (x – 2)2 = 0 DM1 DM1 for attempt to solve resulting


cubic equation

Meets at (0, 1) A1 A1 A1 for each coordinate

© Cambridge International Examinations 2013


158
Page 9 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – May/June 2013 0606 13

(iii) 1
Grad of perp = √B1 √B1 on their gradient in (i) only
3

Midpoint (1, –2) M1 M1 for attempt to find the midpoint

1
Perp bisector y + 2 = (x – 1) M1 A1 M1 for attempt at line equation –
3 must be perp bisector
A1 allow unsimplified

11 (a)  π 1
sin  x +  = − B1
 3 2

π 7 π 11π 7π 11π
x+ = , B1 B1 for and
3 6 6 6 6

5π 3π
x= , B1 B1 B1 for first correct solution
6 2 B1 for a second correct solution with
all solutions in radians and with no
excess solutions within the range

(b) 1
tan y – 2 = B1 B1 for a correct equation
tan y

tan2 y – 2 tan y – 1 = 0 M1 A1 M1 for attempt to obtain a 3 term


quadratic equation
A1 for a correct equation equated to
zero

tan y = 1 ± 2 DM1 DM1 for solution of quadratic

y = 67.5°, 157.5° A1 A1 A1 for first correct solution


A1 for a second correct solution with
all solutions in degrees and with no
excess solutions within the range.

© Cambridge International Examinations 2013


159
CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS
International General Certificate of Secondary Education

MARK SCHEME for the May/June 2013 series

0606 ADDITIONAL MATHEMATICS


0606/21 Paper 2, maximum raw mark 80

160
Page 4 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – May/June 2013 0606 21

1 2 + 2 sin 2 θ For all methods look for:


B1
cos 2 θ
– correct simplified expression
– correct use of Pythagoras
2
= 2 sec θ B1 sin
cos 2 θ – use of tan =
cos
1
sin 2 θ – use of = sec
= 2 tan 2 θ B1 cos
cos 2 θ
Award first 3 then last B1 for
2 sec 2 θ = 2 + 2 tan 2 θ and completion B1 final expression from fully
correct method.

Inconsistent no angle used then


–1 (can recover).

If start from RHS award


similarly.

Or
(sec θ + tan θ )2 + (sec θ − tan θ )2 [B1, B1

2 sec 2 θ + 2 tan 2 θ B1

( )
2 1 + tan 2 θ + 2 tan 2 θ and completion B1]

Or
2 + 2 sin 2 θ
[B1
cos 2 θ

( )
2 sin 2 θ + cos 2 θ + 2 sin 2 θ
B1
2
cos θ

4 sin 2 θ
2
= 4 tan 2 θ B1
cos θ

2 cos 2 θ
= 2 and completion B1]
cos 2 θ

2 (i) 3.2 B1

(ii) 15 B1

(iii) uses area to find distance M1 If split 2 or 3 correct formulae


and must be attempting total
area

two of 40, 240 and 32 A1

312 A1 or A2 for 312 from trapezium

© Cambridge International Examinations 2013


161
Page 5 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – May/June 2013 0606 21

3 dy
= k sinx cos x M1
dx

k = –8 A1

Attempt to find x when y = 8 M1 Must get to x = numerical value

π
x= (0.785) A1 45° = A0 (but can still gain next
4 2 marks)

d y d y dx
Uses = × M1 Must use numerical value for x
dt dx dt dx
and 0.2 for
dt

–0.8 (not rounded) A1 (condone poor notation if


correct terms multiplied)

4 (i) Idea of modulus correct B1 Two straight lines above and


touching x-axis

1
indicated on x-axis B1 Must be a sketch
2

2 indicated on y-axis B1 Must be a sketch

(ii) 2
(0.667) B1 0.67 is B0
3

Solve 4x – 2 = –x or (4x – 2)2 = x2 M1 As far as x = numerical value

2
A1 SC: If drawn then B1, B2 for
5 exact answers only

5 (i) 96 − 3 x Can be implied by next


(QR = PS =) B1
2 statement

 96 − 3 x 
Area =  × x B1 AG
 2 

(ii) d A 96 − 6 x
= or 48 – 3x o.e. B1
dx 2

d A 96 − 6 x
Solving = =0 M1 As far as x = numerical value
dx 2

x = 16 A1

A = 384 and state maximum A1

© Cambridge International Examinations 2013


162
Page 6 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – May/June 2013 0606 21

6 Applies quotient rule correctly M1 or product rule

(x− 2) 2 x− (x 2 + 8)
A1 2x (x – 2)–1 – (x2 + 8) (x – 2)–2
(x− 2)2
y = 12 B1

Uses m1m2 = –1 M1

1
(Gradient normal = )
2

Uses equation of line for normal M1 If uses y = mx + c must find c


for M1

1 1
y − 12 = (x − 4) or y= x + 10 A1
2 2

7 (i) 64 + 192x + 240x2 + 160x3 mark final answer B3, 2, 1, 3 terms correct earn B2;
0 2 terms correct earn B1
Can be earned in (ii);
SC2 correct but unsimplified

(ii) Multiply out (1 + 3x) (1 – x) M1

1 + 2x – 3x2 o.e. A1

(1) × (160) + (2) × (240) + (–3) ×(192) o.e. M1 3 terms

64 A1

Or
Multiply out (1 – x) (64 + 192x + 240x2 + 160x3) [M1 May be other variations:
for first M1 find x2 term or x3
term

...48x2 – 80x3...o.e. A1

Multiply by 1 + 3x M1 for second M1 must produce all


relevant terms

64 A1]

Or
(1 + 3x) (64 + 192x + 240x2 + 160x3) [M1

...816x2 + 880x3...o.e. A1

Multiply by 1 – x M1

64 A1]

© Cambridge International Examinations 2013


163
Page 7 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – May/June 2013 0606 21

8 Eliminates y (or x) and full attempt at M1


expansion

4x2 – 8x – 96 = 0 or y2 + 12y – 64 = 0 A1

Factorise 3 term relevant quadratic M1 Or use correct formula

x = –4 and 6 or y = –16 and 4 A1

y = –16 and 4 or x = –4 and 6 A1√

Uses Pythagoras for relevant points M1

22.4 or 500 or 10 5 A1 cao

9 (i) Attempt to solve 3 term quadratic M1

–3 and 8 A1

–3 I x I 8 A1 Condone –3 I x AND x I 8

(ii) 4 I x (I 12) B1

S ∪ T = –3 I x I 12 B1

(iii) S ∩ T = 4 I x I8 or B1 Penalise confusion over I=and


S′ = –5 I x Y –3, 8 Y x I 12 and Y (or K and [) once only
T ′ = –5 I x Y=4

–5 I x Y 4 B1√ their 4

8 Y x I 12 B1√ their 8 (Ignore AND/OR etc.)

© Cambridge International Examinations 2013


164
Page 8 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – May/June 2013 0606 21

10 (i) sin α sin 58


= M1 A1 Use of sin rule/cosine
50 240 rule/resolving with 50, 240 and
58/32/122/148.
Must be correct for A1

α = 10.2 A1

Bearing (0)21.8 or (0)22 A1√ √ for 32 – α

(ii) V 2 = 2402 + 502 – 2 × 240 × 50 × cos (122 – α ) M1 Correct use of sin rule/cosine
rule/resolving

V = 263 awt A1 Can be in (i)

500 M1 Only allow if V calculated from


T= non right-angled triangle
V

114 or 1 hour 54 mins A1 Do not allow incorrect units

Or
500 cos 32
T= [M1 Alternative for part (ii) only
240 cos 21.8 Also can find distance for 240
(457) then 457/240

500 cos 32 B1

240 cos 21.8 B1

114 or 1 hour 54 mins A1]

11 (i) 1 B1 Not a range for k, but condone


x = 1 and x [=1

(ii) f [ –5 B1 Not x, but condone y

(iii) Method of inverse M1 Do not reward poor algebra but


allow slips

1 + x+ 5 A1 Must be f–1 = ...or y = ...

(iv) f: Positive quadratic curve correct range and B1 Must cross x-axis
domain

f–1: Reflection of f in y = x B1√ √their f(x) sketch


Condone slight inaccuracies
unless clear contradiction.

(v) Arrange f (x) = x or f–1 (x) = x to 3 term M1


quadratic = 0

4 only www A1 Allow x = 4 with no working.


Condone (4, 4).
Do not allow final A mark if –1
also given in answer

© Cambridge International Examinations 2013


165
Page 9 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – May/June 2013 0606 21

12 (i) f(3) = (27 + 9 + 3a + b) = 0 or 3a + b = –36 M1 Equate f(3) to 0

f(–1) = (–1 + 1 – a + b) = 20 or –a + b = 20 M1 Equate f(–1) to 20

Solve equations M1

a = –14, b = 6 A1 If uses b = 6 then M0, A0


Need both values for A1

(ii) Find quadratic factor M1 If division, must be complete


with first 2 terms correct
If writes down, must be
(x2 + kx – 2)

x2 – 4x – 2 A1

Use quadratic formula or completing square on M1 If completing square, must reach


relevant 3 term quadratic 2 2
 k k
 x+  = 2 ±  
 2 2

− 4 ± 16 + 8
or better A1√
2

− 2 ± 6 isw A1 cao

© Cambridge International Examinations 2013


166
CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS
International General Certificate of Secondary Education

MARK SCHEME for the May/June 2013 series

0606 ADDITIONAL MATHEMATICS


0606/22 Paper 2, maximum raw mark 80

167
Page 4 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – May/June 2013 0606 22

18 − 3
1 m= or 5 soi M1 or 18 = 4m + c and 3 = m + c
4 −1 subtracting/substituting to solve
for m or c, condone one error
Y – 3 = their 5(X – 1) or Y – 18 = their 5(X – 4)

or 3 = their 5 + c or 18 = their 5 × 4 + c M1 or using their m or their c to find


their c or their m, without further
y = (their m) x2 + (their c) or error
y = (their m) (x2 – 1) + 3 or
y = (their m) (x2 – 4) + 18 M1 their m and c must be validly
obtained
y = (5x2 – 2)2 or y = (5(x2 – 1) + 3)2 or
y = (5(x2 – 4) + 18)2 cao, isw A1

2 (a) (p + 1) ln 3 = ln 0.7 M1 or p + 1 = log3 0.7 or


 0.7 
p ln 3 = ln 
 3 
ln 0.7 lg 0.7
p= − 1 or p = −1 M1 or p = log3 0.7 – 1
ln 3 lg 3
 0.7 
or p ln 3 = ln  ÷ ln 3
 3 

–1.32 cao A1 allow M2 for p = log3  0.7 


 3 
correct answer only scores B3
5 1
6
− 5 1
(b) 22 ×x ×y 2 or a = , b = 6, c = − B3 B1 for each component
2 2

3 (a) (i) A and E B2 1 mark for each


B1 for 1 extra, B0 if 2 or more
extras

(ii) C and D B2 1 mark for each


B1 if 1 extra, B0 if 2 or more
extras

(b) y B2 (–1, 0), (1, 3), (3, 4)


5 or B1 for two points correct and
joined or for three points correct
but clearly not joined

5 x

© Cambridge International Examinations 2013


168
Page 5 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – May/June 2013 0606 22

uuur uuur uuur uuur


4 (i) OC = OA + AC or B1 or 3 AC = 3(c1 − 4)i + 3(c2 + 21) j
uuur uuur uuur uuur
OB − OA = 3 ( OC − OA ) soi o.e. soi
uuur 2 uuur 1 uuur
± (18i − 9 j) o.e. or OC = OA + OB B1
3 3

1
4i − 21j + (their (18i − 9 j) ) o.e. or M1 or 3(c1 – 4) = their 18 and
3 3(c2 + 21) = their (–9)
2 1
(4i − 21j) + (22i − 30 j)
3 3
10i − 24 j cao A1

(ii) OC = their10 2 + their (−24) 2 soi M1 condone


OC = their10 2 + their (24) 2
1 1
( 5i − 12 j) or (10i − 24 j) isw A1 FT FT their xi + yj o.e.
13 26

5 AX = 45 B1 may be implied by 3 5
AX = 3 5 B1 may be seen later
1
2
( )
4 + 5 + 2 + x × their 45 soi M1 may be implied by e.g.
summation of rectangle and two
1 triangles
15( 5 + 2) =
2
( )
4 + 5 + 2 + x × their 45 or M1
better
Correctly divide their equation by their 5 or M1 or correctly multiply both sides
their 45 and rationalise denominator of their equation by their 5 or
their 45 and obtain a rational
coefficient of x soi

completion to 4 + 3 5 www A1 answer only does not score

© Cambridge International Examinations 2013


169
Page 6 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – May/June 2013 0606 22

6 (i) π 
arc AB = r   B1
3
chord AB = r with justification and summation 3+π 
B1 r 
and completion to given answer  3 

(ii) r = 12.7 B1 must be seen; accept awrt 12.7


1 π  π 
× their r 2 ×  − sin    M3 may be implied for example
2 3  3  84.45…– 69.84…
1 π
or M1 for × their r 2 × or
2 3
84.45... and
1 π
M1 for × their r 2 × sin o.e.
2 3
or 69.84…
and
M1 for Area Sector – Area
awrt 14.6 A1 triangle attempted

7 (i) k (3 − 5 x)11 M1
11
5 × 12(3 − 5 x ) or better, isw A1

(ii) x2(their cos x) + (their 2x) sin x M1 clearly applies correct form of
product rule
x2 cos x + 2x sin x isw A1

(iii) Quotient rule attempt: Product rule attempt:


d d
( tan x ) = sec2 x B1 ( tan x ) = sec2 x
dx dx
d
dx
(1 + e2 x ) = 2e2 x B1
d
dx
(1 + e 2 x ) −1 = −2e 2 x (1 + e 2 x ) −2
clearly applies correct form of quotient rule
(1 + e 2 x )(their sec 2 x) − (their 2e 2 x ) tan x tan x (their – 2e2x (1 + e2x)–2) +
M1
(1 + e 2 x ) 2 (1 + e2x)–1(their sec2x)
(1 + e 2 x ) sec 2 x − 2e 2 x tan x
isw A1 tan x (–2e2x(1 + e2x)–2) +
(1 + e 2 x ) 2 (1 + e2x)–1(sec2x)

© Cambridge International Examinations 2013


170
Page 7 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – May/June 2013 0606 22

8 (i)  6 − 2 ( 6−2
y−2=  x + 6 ) o.e. soi M1 or y – 6 =  ( x − 2 )
2+6 2+6
1
y = x + 5 isw A1
2

(ii) Use of m1m2 = –1 M1


y – 6 = (their –2)(x – 2) or better, isw A1 FT or y = (their – 2) x + c,
c = their 10, isw

(iii) (x + 6)2 + ( y − 2)2 = 10 2 o.e. B1 or (x – 2)2 + (y – 6)2 = ( 20 )2


o.e. or ( 80 )2 +
(( x − 2) 2
)
+ ( y − 6) 2 = 102

Substitute y = their (–2x + 10) M1* or identifying one point by


inspection from the length
equation and testing it in the
equation of BC or vice versa

Solve their quadratic M1 dep* or identifying the second point


by inspection from the length
equation and testing it in the
equation of BC or vice versa

(0, 10) and (4, 2) o.e. only A1 answer only does not score

k
9 (a) 14 = k + c and 6 = + c o.e. M1 for two equations in k and c; may
9 be unsimplified; condone one
slip in one equation
c=5 A1
k=9 A1

(b) (i) 79.2 or 79.158574 … rot to 4 or more sf B1

(ii) e2x + 5ex – 24(= 0) or M1 condone one error, but must be


(ex)2 + 5ex – 24(= 0) o.e. three terms
factorise their 3 term quadratic M1 or correct/correct ft use of
formula or completing the square

ex = 3 A1 ignore ex = –8
x = ln 3 or 1.1(0) or 1.0986122 … A1 do not allow final mark if value
rot to 3 or more sf as only answer from fully given from ex = –8
correct working
if M0M0 then SC2 if ex = 3 is
seen www and leads to x = ln3 or
1.1(0) or 1.0986122… rot to 3 or
more sf

© Cambridge International Examinations 2013


171
Page 8 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – May/June 2013 0606 22

10 (a) (i) y B1 shape; cosine curve – ends must


be approaching a turning point

B1 be centred on y = 1
B1 clear intent to have min at –2 and
max at 4
90 180 270 360x B1 2 cycles

(ii) 3 B1

(iii) 180 B1

1 1
(b) cosec x = soi B1 or 1 + tan2 x =
sin x cos 2 x
1
sin x = 1 − cos 2 x or 1 − p 2 B1 or cosec2x = 1 + soi
1− p2
p2
−1 p2
o.e. B1 or – 1 + or better
1 − p2 1− p2

© Cambridge International Examinations 2013


172
Page 9 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – May/June 2013 0606 22

11 (i) dy
= 3 − 3( x − 4) −4 o.e. isw B1 + B1
dx
d2 y
= (their 12)(x – 4)their (–5) o.e. M1
dx 2
d2 y
= 12(x – 4)–5 o.e. isw A1 if M0 then SC1 for 12(x – 4)–5 +
dx 2 one other term

dy
(ii) Verifies = 0 when x = 3 and x = 5 M1 if M0 then SC1 for verifying or
dx correctly solving to find one x
3 coordinate and showing that it
or solves 3 − = 0 to obtain 3 and 5
( x − 4) 4 gives rise to the corresponding y
coordinate
Shows that x = 3 ⇒ y = 8 and x = 5 ⇒ y = 16 A1

(iii) d2 y
x=5 (=12) > 0 ⇒ min or M1 or, using first derivative e.g.
dx 2 x – 5 +
d2 y dy 0
x = 3 2 (= –12) < 0 ⇒ max
dx dx
min at x = 5
or
x – 3 +
dy 0
dx
max at x = 3
Both correct cao A1

(iv) 3x 2 ( x − 4) −2
− (+c) o.e. isw B1 + B1 may be unsimplified
2 2

(v) their
 3(6) 2 1   3(5) 2 1 
 −  −  −  M1
 2 2(6 − 4) 2   2 2(5 − 4) 2 
135 7
16.875 to 3 or more sf or or 16 cao A1
8 8

© Cambridge International Examinations 2013


173
CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS
International General Certificate of Secondary Education

MARK SCHEME for the May/June 2013 series

0606 ADDITIONAL MATHEMATICS


0606/23 Paper 2, maximum raw mark 80

174
Page 4 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – May/June 2013 0606 23

1 2 + 2 sin 2 θ For all methods look for:


B1
cos 2 θ
– correct simplified expression
– correct use of Pythagoras
2
= 2 sec θ B1 sin
cos 2 θ – use of tan =
cos
1
sin 2 θ – use of = sec
= 2 tan 2 θ B1 cos
cos 2 θ
Award first 3 then last B1 for
2 sec 2 θ = 2 + 2 tan 2 θ and completion B1 final expression from fully
correct method.

Inconsistent no angle used then


–1 (can recover).

If start from RHS award


similarly.

Or
(sec θ + tan θ )2 + (sec θ − tan θ )2 [B1, B1

2 sec 2 θ + 2 tan 2 θ B1

( )
2 1 + tan 2 θ + 2 tan 2 θ and completion B1]

Or
2 + 2 sin 2 θ
[B1
cos 2 θ

( )
2 sin 2 θ + cos 2 θ + 2 sin 2 θ
B1
2
cos θ

4 sin 2 θ
2
= 4 tan 2 θ B1
cos θ

2 cos 2 θ
= 2 and completion B1]
cos 2 θ

2 (i) 3.2 B1

(ii) 15 B1

(iii) uses area to find distance M1 If split 2 or 3 correct formulae


and must be attempting total
area

two of 40, 240 and 32 A1

312 A1 or A2 for 312 from trapezium

© Cambridge International Examinations 2013


175
Page 5 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – May/June 2013 0606 23

3 dy
= k sinx cos x M1
dx

k = –8 A1

Attempt to find x when y = 8 M1 Must get to x = numerical value

π
x= (0.785) A1 45° = A0 (but can still gain next
4 2 marks)

d y d y dx
Uses = × M1 Must use numerical value for x
dt dx dt dx
and 0.2 for
dt

–0.8 (not rounded) A1 (condone poor notation if


correct terms multiplied)

4 (i) Idea of modulus correct B1 Two straight lines above and


touching x-axis

1
indicated on x-axis B1 Must be a sketch
2

2 indicated on y-axis B1 Must be a sketch

(ii) 2
(0.667) B1 0.67 is B0
3

Solve 4x – 2 = –x or (4x – 2)2 = x2 M1 As far as x = numerical value

2
A1 SC: If drawn then B1, B2 for
5 exact answers only

5 (i) 96 − 3 x Can be implied by next


(QR = PS =) B1
2 statement

 96 − 3 x 
Area =  × x B1 AG
 2 

(ii) d A 96 − 6 x
= or 48 – 3x o.e. B1
dx 2

d A 96 − 6 x
Solving = =0 M1 As far as x = numerical value
dx 2

x = 16 A1

A = 384 and state maximum A1

© Cambridge International Examinations 2013


176
Page 6 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – May/June 2013 0606 23

6 Applies quotient rule correctly M1 or product rule

(x− 2) 2 x− (x 2 + 8)
A1 2x (x – 2)–1 – (x2 + 8) (x – 2)–2
(x− 2)2
y = 12 B1

Uses m1m2 = –1 M1

1
(Gradient normal = )
2

Uses equation of line for normal M1 If uses y = mx + c must find c


for M1

1 1
y − 12 = (x − 4) or y= x + 10 A1
2 2

7 (i) 64 + 192x + 240x2 + 160x3 mark final answer B3, 2, 1, 3 terms correct earn B2;
0 2 terms correct earn B1
Can be earned in (ii);
SC2 correct but unsimplified

(ii) Multiply out (1 + 3x) (1 – x) M1

1 + 2x – 3x2 o.e. A1

(1) × (160) + (2) × (240) + (–3) ×(192) o.e. M1 3 terms

64 A1

Or
Multiply out (1 – x) (64 + 192x + 240x2 + 160x3) [M1 May be other variations:
for first M1 find x2 term or x3
term

...48x2 – 80x3...o.e. A1

Multiply by 1 + 3x M1 for second M1 must produce all


relevant terms

64 A1]

Or
(1 + 3x) (64 + 192x + 240x2 + 160x3) [M1

...816x2 + 880x3...o.e. A1

Multiply by 1 – x M1

64 A1]

© Cambridge International Examinations 2013


177
Page 7 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – May/June 2013 0606 23

8 Eliminates y (or x) and full attempt at M1


expansion

4x2 – 8x – 96 = 0 or y2 + 12y – 64 = 0 A1

Factorise 3 term relevant quadratic M1 Or use correct formula

x = –4 and 6 or y = –16 and 4 A1

y = –16 and 4 or x = –4 and 6 A1√

Uses Pythagoras for relevant points M1

22.4 or 500 or 10 5 A1 cao

9 (i) Attempt to solve 3 term quadratic M1

–3 and 8 A1

–3 x 8 A1 Condone –3 x AND x 8

(ii) 4 x( 12) B1

S ∪ T = –3 x 12 B1

(iii) S ∩ T = 4 x 8 or B1 Penalise confusion over and


S′ = –5 x –3, 8 x 12 and (or and ) once only
T ′ = –5 x 4

–5 x 4 B1√ their 4

8 x 12 B1√ their 8 (Ignore AND/OR etc.)

© Cambridge International Examinations 2013


178
Page 8 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – May/June 2013 0606 23

10 (i) sin α sin 58


= M1 A1 Use of sin rule/cosine
50 240 rule/resolving with 50, 240 and
58/32/122/148.
Must be correct for A1

α = 10.2 A1

Bearing (0)21.8 or (0)22 A1√ √ for 32 – α

(ii) V 2 = 2402 + 502 – 2 × 240 × 50 × cos (122 – α ) M1 Correct use of sin rule/cosine
rule/resolving

V = 263 awt A1 Can be in (i)

500 M1 Only allow if V calculated from


T= non right-angled triangle
V

114 or 1 hour 54 mins A1 Do not allow incorrect units

Or
500 cos 32
T= [M1 Alternative for part (ii) only
240 cos 21.8 Also can find distance for 240
(457) then 457/240

500 cos 32 B1

240 cos 21.8 B1

114 or 1 hour 54 mins A1]

11 (i) 1 B1 Not a range for k, but condone


x = 1 and x 1

(ii) f –5 B1 Not x, but condone y

(iii) Method of inverse M1 Do not reward poor algebra but


allow slips

1 + x+ 5 A1 Must be f–1 = ...or y = ...

(iv) f: Positive quadratic curve correct range and B1 Must cross x-axis
domain

f–1: Reflection of f in y = x B1√ √their f(x) sketch


Condone slight inaccuracies
unless clear contradiction.

(v) Arrange f (x) = x or f–1 (x) = x to 3 term M1


quadratic = 0

4 only www A1 Allow x = 4 with no working.


Condone (4, 4).
Do not allow final A mark if –1
also given in answer

© Cambridge International Examinations 2013


179
Page 9 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – May/June 2013 0606 23

12 (i) f(3) = (27 + 9 + 3a + b) = 0 or 3a + b = –36 M1 Equate f(3) to 0

f(–1) = (–1 + 1 – a + b) = 20 or –a + b = 20 M1 Equate f(–1) to 20

Solve equations M1

a = –14, b = 6 A1 If uses b = 6 then M0, A0


Need both values for A1

(ii) Find quadratic factor M1 If division, must be complete


with first 2 terms correct
If writes down, must be
(x2 + kx – 2)

x2 – 4x – 2 A1

Use quadratic formula or completing square on M1 If completing square, must reach


relevant 3 term quadratic 2 2
 k k
 x+  = 2 ±  
 2 2

− 4 ± 16 + 8
or better A1√
2

− 2 ± 6 isw A1 cao

© Cambridge International Examinations 2013


180
CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS
International General Certificate of Secondary Education

MARK SCHEME for the October/November 2013 series

0606 ADDITIONAL MATHEMATICS


0606/11 Paper 1, maximum raw mark 80

181
Page 3 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – October/November 2013 0606 11

1 a = 3, b = 2, c = 1 B1, B1, B1 for each


B1
[3]

2 Using b2 – 4ac, 9 = 4 (k + 1)2 M1 M1 for any use of b2 – 4ac


4k2 + 8k – 5 = 0 DM1 DM1 for solution of their quadratic in k

5 1 1
k=− ,   A1 A1 for critical value(s), not necessary
2 2 2

5 5
To be below the x-axis k < − A1 A1 for k < − only
2 [4] 2

dy
Or: = 2 (k + 1) x − 3
dx
dy 3
when = 0, x =
dx 2 (k + 1)
9 9
∴ y = (k + 1) − + (k + 1)
4 (k + 1)
2
2 (k + 1)
To lie under the x-axis, y < 0
9 9
∴(k + 1) − + (k + 1) < 0 M1 M1 for a complete method to this point.
4 (k + 1)
2
2 (k + 1)
leading to 9 = 4(k + 1)2 or equivalent
then as for previous method

© Cambridge International Examinations 2013


182
Page 4 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – October/November 2013 0606 11

3
1 + sin θ
+
cos θ
+
(1 + sin θ ) + cos 2 θ
2

cos θ 1 + sin θ cos θ (1 + sin θ ) M1 M1 for dealing with the fractions,


denominator must be correct, be generous
1 + 2 sin θ + sin 2 θ + cos 2 θ with numerator
=
cos θ (1 + sin θ )
2 + 2 sin θ
= DM1 M1 for expansion and use of
cos θ (1 + sin θ )
cos2 θ + sin 2 θ = 1
2(1 + sin θ )
= DM1 M1 for attempt to factorise
cos θ (1 + sin θ )
= 2 sec θ A1 A1 for obtaining final answer correctly
[4]

Alternative solution:
1
sec θ + tan θ +
sec θ + tan θ

=
(secθ + tan θ )2 + 1 M1 M1 for dealing with the fractions
sec θ + tan θ
sec 2 θ + 2 sec θ tan θ + tan 2 θ + 1
=
sec θ + tan θ
2 sec 2 θ + 2 sec θ tan θ
= DM1 M1 for expansion and use of
sec θ + tan θ
tan 2 θ + 1 = sec2 θ
2 sec θ (sec θ + tan θ ) DM1
= DM1 for attempt to factorise
sec θ + tan θ
= 2 sec θ A1 A1 for obtaining final answer correctly

4 (i) n (A) = 3 B1 If elements listed for (i), then they must be


[1] correct elements to get B1 leading to
n (A) = 3. If they are not listed and correct
answer given then B1.

(ii) n (B) = 4 B1 If elements listed for (ii), then they must be


[1] correct elements leading to n (B) = 4 to get
B1. If they are not listed and correct answer
given then B1.

(iii) A ∪ B = {60°, 240°, 300, 420°, 600°} √B1 Follow through on any sets listed in (i) and
[1] (ii). Do not allow any repetitions.

(iv) A ∩ B = {60°, 420°} √B1 Follow through on any sets listed in (i) and
[1] (ii).

© Cambridge International Examinations 2013


183
Page 5 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – October/November 2013 0606 11

1 1
5 (i) 9 x − cos 3x (+c) B1, B1, B1 for 9x, B1 for or cos3x
3 B1 3
[3] 1
B1 for – cos3x
3
Condone omission of + c
π
 1 
(ii) 9 x − 3 cos 3x  π
 
9

 1   1 π
=  9π − cos 3π  −  π − cos  M1 M1 for correct use of limits in their answer
 3   3 3 to (i)
1
= 8π + A1, A1 A1 for each term
2 [3]

1 a b 1
6 f  = +1+ − 2 M1 M1 for substitution of x = into f (x)
2 8 2 2

leading to a + 4b – 8 = 0 A1 A1 for correct equation in any form

f(2) = 2f(–1) M1 M1 for attempt to substitute x = 2 or


x = –1 into f(x) and use f(2) = ±2f(–1) or
2f(2) = ±f(–1)
8a + 16 + 2b – 2 = 2(–a + 4 – b –2) A1 A1 for a correct equation in any form

leading to 10a + 4b + 10 = 0 or equivalent


5 DM1 DM1 (on both previous M marks) for
∴ a = −2, b =
2 A1 attempt to solve simultaneous equations to
[6] obtain either a or b
A1 for both correct

© Cambridge International Examinations 2013


184
Page 6 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – October/November 2013 0606 11

7 (a) (i) 360 B1


[1]
(ii) 120 B1
[1]
(b) (i) 924 B1
[1]
(ii) 28 B1
[1]

(iii) (
924 − 8C3 ×4 C3 − 8C2 ×4 C4 ) ( ) M1 M1 for 3 terms, at least 2 of which must be
correct in terms of C notation or evaluated.
(i.e. 924 – 3M 3W – 2M 4W)
(i.e. 924 – 224 – 28 A1 A1 for any pair (must be evaluated)
= 672 A1 A1 for final answer
[3]

8
Or: 4M 2W C4 ×4 C2 = 420 M1 M1 for 3 terms, at least 2 of which must be
correct in terms of C notation or evaluated.
8
Or: 5M 1W C5 ×4 C1 = 224 A1 A1 for any pair (must be evaluated)
8
Or: 6M C6 = 28

Total = 672 A1 A1 for final answer

8 (i)
B1 B1 for correct shape
7 y

5
B1 B1 for (–3, 0) or –3 seen on graph
4

2
B1 B1 for (2, 0) or 2 seen on graph
1

x
B1 B1 for (0, 6) or 6 seen on graph or in a table
−5 −4 −3 −2 −1 1 2 3 4

−1

[4]

 1 25 
(ii) − ,  B1, B1 B1 for each
 2 4  [2]

25 25
(iii) k> or < k (≤ 14) B1
4 4 [1]

© Cambridge International Examinations 2013


185
Page 7 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – October/November 2013 0606 11

 2 
9 (a) 12 x 21n (2 x + 1) + 4 x 3   M1 M1 for differentiation of a correct product
 2x + 1  A2, 1, 0 –1 for each error
[3]
1 1
− 1
dy
( x + 2 ) 2 2 − 2 x( x + 2 ) 2

(b) (i) = 2 M1, A1 M1 for differentiation of a quotient


dx x+2 1
involving (x + 2 ) 2
1
− A1 all correct unsimplified
=
(x + 2) (2(x + 2) − x )
2
DM1 DM1 for attempt to simplify
(x + 2)
x+4
= 3
A1 A1 for correct simplification to obtain the
(x + 2) 2 [4] given answer

Or:
3 1
dy  1 − −
= 2 x − (x + 2 ) 2 + (x + 2 ) 2 (2 ) M1, A1 M1 for differentiation of a product
dx  2 1
involving (x + 2 )

2

3

= (x + 2) 2 (2(x + 2) − x ) A1 all correct unsimplified
x+4 DM1 DM1 for attempt to simplify
= 3
A1 A1 for correct simplification to obtain the
(x + 2) 2
given answer

10 x 1 2x 2x
(ii) (+ c ) M1,A1 M1 for
5
× or 5 ×
x+2 x+2 x+2
[2]
A1 correct only, allow unsimplified.
Condone omission of + c
7
 10 x  70 20 M1 for correct application of limits in their
(iii)   = 3 − 2 M1
 x + 2 2 answer to (b)(ii)
40
= A1
3 [2]

© Cambridge International Examinations 2013


186
Page 8 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – October/November 2013 0606 11

10 (i) 20 or 4.47 B1
[1]
1
(ii) Grad AB = , ⊥ grad = –2 M1 M1 for attempt at a perp gradient
2
⊥ line y – 4 = –2(x – 1) M1, A1 M1 for attempt at straight line equation,
must be perpendicular and passing through
B.
(y = –2x + 6) [3] A1 allow unsimplified

(iii) Coords of C (x, y) and BC 2 = 20 M1 M1 for attempt to obtain relationship using


(x – 1)2 + (y – 4)2 = 20 or an appropriate length and the point (1, 4) or
Coords of C (x, y) and AC 2 = 40 (–3, 2)
(x + 3)2 + (y – 2)2 = 40 A1 A1 for a correct equation

Need intersection with y = –2x + 6, DM1 DM1 for attempt to solve with y = –2x + 6
and obtain a quadratic equation in terms of
one variable only
leads to 5x2 – 10x – 15 = 0 or
leads to 5y2 – 40y – = 0

giving x = 3, –1 DM1 M1 for attempt to solve quadratic


and y = 0, 8 A1, A1 A1 for each ‘pair’
[6]

Or, using vector approach:


 4
AB =   B1 May be implied
 2
 1   − 2   − 1
OC =   +  =   M1 M1 for correct approach
 4  4   8  A1, A1 A1 for each element correct
 1  2   3
OC =   +   =  A1,A1 A1 for each element correct
 4  − 4  0

© Cambridge International Examinations 2013


187
Page 9 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – October/November 2013 0606 11

4 3
11 (a) (i)   B1
4 3  [1]

16 9 
(ii) A2 =   B1, B1 B1 for any 2 correct elements
12 13  [2] B1 for all correct

(iii) B is the inverse matrix of A2 B1, Follow through on their A2


1  13 − 9  B1
=  
100  − 12 16  [2]

(b) det C = x(x – 1) – (–1)(x2 – x + 1) M1 M1 for attempt to obtain det C


det C = 2x2 – 2x + 1 A1 A1 for this correct quadratic expression
from a correct det C

b2 – 4ac < 0, 4 – 8 < 0 DM1 DM1 for use of discriminant or attempt to


solve using the formula, or attempt to
complete the square in order to show there
are no real roots.

No real solutions (so det C ≠ 0) A1 A1 for correct reasoning or statement that


[4] there are no real roots.

© Cambridge International Examinations 2013


188
Page 10 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – October/November 2013 0606 11

12 (a) (i) f(–10) = 299, f(8) = 191 M1 M1 for substitution of either x = –10 or
Min point at (0, –1) or when y = –1 B1 x = 8, may be seen on diagram
B1 May be implied from final answer, may
be seen on diagram
∴ range –1 ≤ y ≤ 299 A1 Must have ≤ for A1, do not allow x
[3]

(ii) x ≥ 0 or equivalent B1 Allow any domain which will make f a


[1] one-one function
Assume upper and lower bound when
necessary.
 x + 2
(b) (i) g −1 (x ) = 1n   M1 M1 for complete method to find the form
 4  inverse function, must involve ln or lg if
appropriate. May still be in terms of y.
 x + 2
1g 
 4  A1 A1 must be in terms of x
or [2]
1g e

(ii) gh(x) = g(1n5x) M1 M1 for correct order


gh(x) = 4e1n5x – 2 A1 A1 for correct expression 4e1n5x – 2

20x – 2 = 18, x = 1 A1 A1 for correct solution from correct


[3] working

Or h(x) = g–1(18) M1 M1 for correct order


1n5x = 1n5 A1 A1 for correct equation

leading to x = 1 A1 A1 for correct solution from correct


working

© Cambridge International Examinations 2013


189
CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS
International General Certificate of Secondary Education

MARK SCHEME for the October/November 2013 series

0606 ADDITIONAL MATHEMATICS


0606/12 Paper 1, maximum raw mark 80

190
Page 3 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – October/November 2013 0606 12

1 a = 3, b = 2, c = 1 B1, B1, B1 for each


B1
[3]

2 Using b2 – 4ac, 9 = 4 (k + 1)2 M1 M1 for any use of b2 – 4ac


4k2 + 8k – 5 = 0 DM1 DM1 for solution of their quadratic in k

5 1 1
k=− ,   A1 A1 for critical value(s), not necessary
2 2 2

5 5
To be below the x-axis k < − A1 A1 for k < − only
2 [4] 2

dy
Or: = 2 (k + 1) x − 3
dx
dy 3
when = 0, x =
dx 2 (k + 1)
9 9
∴ y = (k + 1) − + (k + 1)
4 (k + 1)
2
2 (k + 1)
To lie under the x-axis, y < 0
9 9
∴(k + 1) − + (k + 1) < 0 M1 M1 for a complete method to this point.
4 (k + 1)
2
2 (k + 1)
leading to 9 = 4(k + 1)2 or equivalent
then as for previous method

© Cambridge International Examinations 2013


191
Page 4 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – October/November 2013 0606 12

3
1 + sin θ
+
cos θ
+
(1 + sin θ ) + cos 2 θ
2

cos θ 1 + sin θ cos θ (1 + sin θ ) M1 M1 for dealing with the fractions,


denominator must be correct, be generous
1 + 2 sin θ + sin 2 θ + cos 2 θ with numerator
=
cos θ (1 + sin θ )
2 + 2 sin θ
= DM1 M1 for expansion and use of
cos θ (1 + sin θ )
cos2 θ + sin 2 θ = 1
2(1 + sin θ )
= DM1 M1 for attempt to factorise
cos θ (1 + sin θ )
= 2 sec θ A1 A1 for obtaining final answer correctly
[4]

Alternative solution:
1
sec θ + tan θ +
sec θ + tan θ

=
(secθ + tan θ )2 + 1 M1 M1 for dealing with the fractions
sec θ + tan θ
sec 2 θ + 2 sec θ tan θ + tan 2 θ + 1
=
sec θ + tan θ
2 sec 2 θ + 2 sec θ tan θ
= DM1 M1 for expansion and use of
sec θ + tan θ
tan 2 θ + 1 = sec2 θ
2 sec θ (sec θ + tan θ ) DM1
= DM1 for attempt to factorise
sec θ + tan θ
= 2 sec θ A1 A1 for obtaining final answer correctly

4 (i) n (A) = 3 B1 If elements listed for (i), then they must be


[1] correct elements to get B1 leading to
n (A) = 3. If they are not listed and correct
answer given then B1.

(ii) n (B) = 4 B1 If elements listed for (ii), then they must be


[1] correct elements leading to n (B) = 4 to get
B1. If they are not listed and correct answer
given then B1.

(iii) A ∪ B = {60°, 240°, 300, 420°, 600°} √B1 Follow through on any sets listed in (i) and
[1] (ii). Do not allow any repetitions.

(iv) A ∩ B = {60°, 420°} √B1 Follow through on any sets listed in (i) and
[1] (ii).

© Cambridge International Examinations 2013


192
Page 5 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – October/November 2013 0606 12

1 1
5 (i) 9 x − cos 3x (+c) B1, B1, B1 for 9x, B1 for or cos3x
3 B1 3
[3] 1
B1 for – cos3x
3
Condone omission of + c
π
 1 
(ii) 9 x − 3 cos 3x  π
 
9

 1   1 π
=  9π − cos 3π  −  π − cos  M1 M1 for correct use of limits in their answer
 3   3 3 to (i)
1
= 8π + A1, A1 A1 for each term
2 [3]

1 a b 1
6 f  = +1+ − 2 M1 M1 for substitution of x = into f (x)
2 8 2 2

leading to a + 4b – 8 = 0 A1 A1 for correct equation in any form

f(2) = 2f(–1) M1 M1 for attempt to substitute x = 2 or


x = –1 into f(x) and use f(2) = ±2f(–1) or
2f(2) = ±f(–1)
8a + 16 + 2b – 2 = 2(–a + 4 – b –2) A1 A1 for a correct equation in any form

leading to 10a + 4b + 10 = 0 or equivalent


5 DM1 DM1 (on both previous M marks) for
∴ a = −2, b =
2 A1 attempt to solve simultaneous equations to
[6] obtain either a or b
A1 for both correct

© Cambridge International Examinations 2013


193
Page 6 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – October/November 2013 0606 12

7 (a) (i) 360 B1


[1]
(ii) 120 B1
[1]
(b) (i) 924 B1
[1]
(ii) 28 B1
[1]

(iii) (
924 − 8C3 ×4 C3 − 8C2 ×4 C4 ) ( ) M1 M1 for 3 terms, at least 2 of which must be
correct in terms of C notation or evaluated.
(i.e. 924 – 3M 3W – 2M 4W)
(i.e. 924 – 224 – 28 A1 A1 for any pair (must be evaluated)
= 672 A1 A1 for final answer
[3]

8
Or: 4M 2W C4 ×4 C2 = 420 M1 M1 for 3 terms, at least 2 of which must be
correct in terms of C notation or evaluated.
8
Or: 5M 1W C5 ×4 C1 = 224 A1 A1 for any pair (must be evaluated)
8
Or: 6M C6 = 28

Total = 672 A1 A1 for final answer

8 (i)
B1 B1 for correct shape
7 y

5
B1 B1 for (–3, 0) or –3 seen on graph
4

2
B1 B1 for (2, 0) or 2 seen on graph
1

x
B1 B1 for (0, 6) or 6 seen on graph or in a table
−5 −4 −3 −2 −1 1 2 3 4

−1

[4]

 1 25 
(ii) − ,  B1, B1 B1 for each
 2 4  [2]

25 25
(iii) k> or < k (≤ 14) B1
4 4 [1]

© Cambridge International Examinations 2013


194
Page 7 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – October/November 2013 0606 12

 2 
9 (a) 12 x 21n (2 x + 1) + 4 x 3   M1 M1 for differentiation of a correct product
 2x + 1  A2, 1, 0 –1 for each error
[3]
1 1
− 1
dy
( x + 2 ) 2 2 − 2 x( x + 2 ) 2

(b) (i) = 2 M1, A1 M1 for differentiation of a quotient


dx x+2 1
involving (x + 2 ) 2
1
− A1 all correct unsimplified
=
(x + 2) (2(x + 2) − x )
2
DM1 DM1 for attempt to simplify
(x + 2)
x+4
= 3
A1 A1 for correct simplification to obtain the
(x + 2) 2 [4] given answer

Or:
3 1
dy  1 − −
= 2 x − (x + 2 ) 2 + (x + 2 ) 2 (2 ) M1, A1 M1 for differentiation of a product
dx  2 1
involving (x + 2 )

2

3

= (x + 2) 2 (2(x + 2) − x ) A1 all correct unsimplified
x+4 DM1 DM1 for attempt to simplify
= 3
A1 A1 for correct simplification to obtain the
(x + 2) 2
given answer

10 x 1 2x 2x
(ii) (+ c ) M1,A1 M1 for
5
× or 5 ×
x+2 x+2 x+2
[2]
A1 correct only, allow unsimplified.
Condone omission of + c
7
 10 x  70 20 M1 for correct application of limits in their
(iii)   = 3 − 2 M1
 x + 2 2 answer to (b)(ii)
40
= A1
3 [2]

© Cambridge International Examinations 2013


195
Page 8 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – October/November 2013 0606 12

10 (i) 20 or 4.47 B1
[1]
1
(ii) Grad AB = , ⊥ grad = –2 M1 M1 for attempt at a perp gradient
2
⊥ line y – 4 = –2(x – 1) M1, A1 M1 for attempt at straight line equation,
must be perpendicular and passing through
B.
(y = –2x + 6) [3] A1 allow unsimplified

(iii) Coords of C (x, y) and BC 2 = 20 M1 M1 for attempt to obtain relationship using


(x – 1)2 + (y – 4)2 = 20 or an appropriate length and the point (1, 4) or
Coords of C (x, y) and AC 2 = 40 (–3, 2)
(x + 3)2 + (y – 2)2 = 40 A1 A1 for a correct equation

Need intersection with y = –2x + 6, DM1 DM1 for attempt to solve with y = –2x + 6
and obtain a quadratic equation in terms of
one variable only
leads to 5x2 – 10x – 15 = 0 or
leads to 5y2 – 40y – = 0

giving x = 3, –1 DM1 M1 for attempt to solve quadratic


and y = 0, 8 A1, A1 A1 for each ‘pair’
[6]

Or, using vector approach:


 4
AB =   B1 May be implied
 2
 1   − 2   − 1
OC =   +  =   M1 M1 for correct approach
 4  4   8  A1, A1 A1 for each element correct
 1  2   3
OC =   +   =  A1,A1 A1 for each element correct
 4  − 4  0

© Cambridge International Examinations 2013


196
Page 9 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – October/November 2013 0606 12

4 3
11 (a) (i)   B1
4 3  [1]

16 9 
(ii) A2 =   B1, B1 B1 for any 2 correct elements
12 13  [2] B1 for all correct

(iii) B is the inverse matrix of A2 B1, Follow through on their A2


1  13 − 9  B1
=  
100  − 12 16  [2]

(b) det C = x(x – 1) – (–1)(x2 – x + 1) M1 M1 for attempt to obtain det C


det C = 2x2 – 2x + 1 A1 A1 for this correct quadratic expression
from a correct det C

b2 – 4ac < 0, 4 – 8 < 0 DM1 DM1 for use of discriminant or attempt to


solve using the formula, or attempt to
complete the square in order to show there
are no real roots.

No real solutions (so det C ≠ 0) A1 A1 for correct reasoning or statement that


[4] there are no real roots.

© Cambridge International Examinations 2013


197
Page 10 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – October/November 2013 0606 12

12 (a) (i) f(–10) = 299, f(8) = 191 M1 M1 for substitution of either x = –10 or
Min point at (0, –1) or when y = –1 B1 x = 8, may be seen on diagram
B1 May be implied from final answer, may
be seen on diagram
∴ range –1 ≤ y ≤ 299 A1 Must have ≤ for A1, do not allow x
[3]

(ii) x ≥ 0 or equivalent B1 Allow any domain which will make f a


[1] one-one function
Assume upper and lower bound when
necessary.
 x + 2
(b) (i) g −1 (x ) = 1n   M1 M1 for complete method to find the form
 4  inverse function, must involve ln or lg if
appropriate. May still be in terms of y.
 x + 2
1g 
 4  A1 A1 must be in terms of x
or [2]
1g e

(ii) gh(x) = g(1n5x) M1 M1 for correct order


gh(x) = 4e1n5x – 2 A1 A1 for correct expression 4e1n5x – 2

20x – 2 = 18, x = 1 A1 A1 for correct solution from correct


[3] working

Or h(x) = g–1(18) M1 M1 for correct order


1n5x = 1n5 A1 A1 for correct equation

leading to x = 1 A1 A1 for correct solution from correct


working

© Cambridge International Examinations 2013


198
CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS
International General Certificate of Secondary Education

MARK SCHEME for the October/November 2013 series

0606 ADDITIONAL MATHEMATICS


0606/13 Paper 1, maximum raw mark 80

199
Page 3 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
GCE O LEVEL – October/November 2013 0606 13

6
1 (i) 6
C2 (24) (px)2 or   2 4 ( px )2 B1 Seen or implied, unsimplified
 2
240 p 2 = 60 M1 M1 for their coefficient of x2 = 60 and attempt
1 to solve
p= A1
2
[3]

(ii) coefficients of the terms needed M1 M1 for realising that 2 terms are involved

(–1) 6C1 (2)5 p + (3 × 60) B1 B1 for (–1) 6C1 (2)5 p or –192p, using their p.

= 84 A1
[3]

y2
2 lg = lg10 B1 B1 for 2 lg y = lg y2
5 y + 60 B1 B1 for 1 = lg10 or equivalent, allow when seen

Or lg y2 = lg10 (5y + 60) M1 M1 for use of logA – logB = logA/B


or logA + logB = log AB

y2 – 50y – 600 = 0 DM1 DM1 for forming a 3 term quadratic equation


leading to y = –10, 60 and an attempt to solve
y must be positive so y = 60 A1 A1 for y = 60 only
[5]

© Cambridge International Examinations 2013


200
Page 4 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
GCE O LEVEL – October/November 2013 0606 13

sin 2 θ Marks are awarded only if they can lead to


3 tan 2 θ − sin 2 θ = 2
− sin 2 θ a complete proof for the methods other than
cos θ
those shown below
sin 2 θ − sin 2 θ cos 2 θ M1 M1 for dealing with tan and a fraction
=
cos 2 θ

=
(
sin 2 θ 1 − cos 2 θ ) M1 M1 for factorising
cos 2 θ
sin 4 θ
= M1 M1 for use of identity cos 2 θ + sin 2 θ = 1
cos 2 θ

= sin 4 θ sec2 θ A1 A1 for all correct


[4]
Alt solution 1

Using tan2 θ = sin2 θ sec2 θ

LHS = sin2 θ sec2 θ – sin2 θ M1 M1 use of tan2 x = sin2 xsec2 x


= sin2 θ (sec2 θ – 1) M1 M1 for factorising
= sin2 θ tan2 θ M1 M1 for use of identity
= sin4 θ sec2 θ A1 A1 for all correct

Alt solution 2

RHS = sin4 θ sec2 θ


sin 2 θ sin 2θ
= M1 M1 for splitting sin4 θ and use of identity
cos 2 θ

=
(
sin 2 θ 1 − cos 2 θ ) M1 M1 for multiplication
cos 2 θ
sin 2 θ − sin 2 θ cos 2 θ
= M1 M1 for writing as two terms and cancelling
cos 2 θ
sin 2 θ sin 2 θ cos 2 θ
= − A1 A1 for all correct
cos 2 θ cos 2 θ
2
= tan2 θ – sin θ

© Cambridge International Examinations 2013


201
Page 5 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
GCE O LEVEL – October/November 2013 0606 13

dy (x + 3) 2e 2 x − e 2 x 2 (x + 3)
2
4 (i) = M1 M1 for attempt at quotient rule
dx (x + 3)4
A2, 1, 0 –1 for each error

=
2e (x + 2) , A = 2
2x

A1 Must be convinced of correct simplification


(x + 3)3 e.g. sight of (x + 3 –1) or (x + 2)(x + 3)
[4]
Alt solution

dy
dx
(
= e2x − 2 (x + 3) + 2e 2 x (x + 3)
−3 −2
) M1 M1 for attempt at product rule

A2,1,0 –1 for each error


2e 2 x (x + 2 )
= ,A=2 A1 Must be convinced of correct simplification
(x + 3)3 e.g. sight of (x + 3 –1) or (x + 2)(x + 3)

–4
(ii) x = –2, y = e B1, B1 Accept 1/e4
[2]

5 (i) f 2 (x ) = f 2 x 3 ( )
3 3
  1 3    1 3 
= 2 2x ( ) 3 3
or 2 2  
 2 
M1 M1 for = 2 2 x( )3 3
or 2 2  
 2 
   
= 2-5 A1 For 2-5only
[2]
Alt method

1 1 1 1


f = f   = 2 −5 M1 M1 for f of their f  
2 4 4 2
A1 -5
For 2 only

(ii) f ' (x) = g ' (x) B1 B1 for 6x2


2
6x = 4 – 10x B1 B1 for 4 – 10x

Leading to (3x – 1) (x + 2) = 0 M1 M1 for solution of quadratic equation obtained


from differentiation of both
1
x = , −2 A1 A1 for both
3 [4]

© Cambridge International Examinations 2013


202
Page 6 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
GCE O LEVEL – October/November 2013 0606 13

6 Area under the curve:

2 2
 x3 

2
4 − x dx = 4 x −  M1 M1 for attempt to integrate
0  3 0 A1

 2 2 
=  4 2 − ()
− 0
DM1 DM1 for application of limits
 3 

10 2
=
3

Area of trapezium =

1
2
( )
(4 + 2) 2 = 3 2 B1 B1 for area of trapezium, allow unsimplified

10 2
Shaded area = –3 2 M1 M1 for subtraction of the two areas
3

2
Shaded area = A1 Must be in this form
3 [6]
Or:
Equation of chord:

y = 4 − 2x B1 B1 for the equation of the chord unsimplified

∫4− x
2
Shaded area = − 4 + 2 x dx M1 M1 for subtraction
0 M1 M1 for attempt to integrate

2
 2 2 x3  2  x 2 x3 
 x −  = √A1 √A1for − m −  or equivalent, where
 2 3  0 3  2 3
DM1 m is the gradient of their chord
A1 DM1 for application of limits
[6]

© Cambridge International Examinations 2013


203
Page 7 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
GCE O LEVEL – October/November 2013 0606 13

7 (i) 2t2 – 2 (t2 – t + 1) B1 Correct determinant seen unsimplified

3
Leading to, t = M1 M1 for simplification and solution
2 A1 A1 for solution of det A=1only, not 1/det A=1
[3]

 6 2  –1 1  3 − 2  1
(ii) A =   , A =   B1, B1 B1 for , B1 for matrix
7 3 4  − 7 6  4

 6 2   x  10 
    =   B1 B1 for dealing correctly with the factor of 2
 7 3   y   11 

 x  1  3 − 2  10  10 
  =     M1 M1 for pre-multiplying their   by their
 y  4  − 7 6   11   11 
–1
A to obtain a column matrix

 x  2   x  2 
  =   , leading to x = 2, y = –1 A1 Allow   =   for A1
 y   − 1 [5]  y   − 1

8 (i)
2
( )
1 2
4 sin θ = 7.5 M1 M1 for attempt to find the area of the triangle
and equate to 7.5
15
sin θ = , θ = 1.215 … A1 A1 for solution to obtain the given answer
16 [2] Solution must include 1.2153…. or 1.2154

1
CD
θ 2
(ii) sin = , (CD = 4.567) M1 M1 for attempt to find CD
2 4

Arc length = 6(1.215) B1 B1 for arc length

Perimeter = 2 + 2 + 6(1.215) + their CD M1 M1 for sum of 4 appropriate lengths

= awrt 15.9 A1
[4]

1 2
(iii) Area = 6 (1.215 ) − 7.5 B1 B1 for sector area
2 M1 M1 for subtraction of the 2 areas
= 14.4 (awrt) A1
[3]

© Cambridge International Examinations 2013


204
Page 8 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
GCE O LEVEL – October/November 2013 0606 13

9 (a) (i) 6 (1– cos2 x) = 5 + cos x M1 M1 for use of sin2x = (1 – cos2x) correctly
6 cos2 x + cos x – 1=0 M1 M1 for solution of a 3 term quadratic in cos
(3 cos x – 1) (2 cos x + 1) =0 and attempt at solution of a trig equation

x = 70.5° x = 120° A1, A1 A1 for each correct solution


[4]

(ii) cos x = sin y

1
sin y = only so DM1 DM1 for relating cos x and sin y or other
3
correct method of solution
y = 19.5°, 160.5° √A1, √A1
[3]

(b) cot z (4 cot z – 3) = 0 M1 M1 for attempt to use a factor

π π
cot z = 0, z = B1 B1 for (1.57)
2 2

3 4
cot z = , tan z = so z = 0.927 M1 M1 dealing with cot and attempt at solution
4 3
A1
[4]

10 (i) lg s B1 Allow in table or on graph if no contradiction


[1]
No marks for graph unless lgt against lgs (or
lnt against lns)
(ii)
lgs 0.3 0.6 0.78 0.9 M1 M1 for 3 or more points correct
lgt 1.4 0.8 0.44 0.19 DM1 DM1 for a line through 3 or 4 correct points
A1 A1 all points correct with a straight line
[3] extending at least from first point to last point

(iii) No marks in this part unless lgt v lgs


graph is used
Gradient : n = –2 (allow –2.1 → –1.9) M1A1 M1 calculates gradient
A1 for n = –2

Intercept : log k, or other method M1, A1 M1 for use of intercept and dealing with
k = 100 (allow 90 → 120 ) [4] logarithm correctly (can use another point)

Alt method
Using simultaneous equations, points used must M2 Must attempt to solve 2 valid equations.
lie on the plotted line. A1, A1 k = 100 and n = –2

(iv) When t = 4, lg t = 0.6 so lg s = 0.69 M1 M1 for valid method using either the correct
s = 4.9 (allow 4.8 → 5.2 ) A1 graph or using lgt = nlgs + lgk or t = ksn using
[2] their n and their k

© Cambridge International Examinations 2013


205
Page 9 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
GCE O LEVEL – October/November 2013 0606 13

k
 2 x 5 −2 x 
11 (i) e + 4 e  B1, B1 B1 for each term integrated correctly, allow
 0 unsimplified

 2 k 5 −2 k   5
 e + e  − 1 +  = 3 M1 M1 for application of limits to an integral of
 4   4
the form Ae2x + Be-2x
5 –2k 12 3
e2k + e − =0 M1 M1 for equating to and attempt to rearrange
4 4 4
to obtain a 3 term equation. Must be using an
integral of the form Ae2x + Be-2x

4e4k – 12e2k + 5 = 0 A1 Answer given, so must be convinced


[5]

(ii) 4y2 – 12y + 5 =0 M1 M1 for solution of quadratic equation

5 1
leading to e2k = , e2k =
2 2 M1 M1 for solving equations involving
exponentials
k = 0.458, –0.347 A1, A1 A1 for each
[4]

© Cambridge International Examinations 2013


206
CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS
International General Certificate of Secondary Education

MARK SCHEME for the October/November 2013 series

0606 ADDITIONAL MATHEMATICS


0606/21 Paper 2, maximum raw mark 80

207
Page 3 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – October/November 2013 0606 21

1 (x + 6 )(x − 1) M1 Attempt to solve a three term


quadratic
Critical values –6 and 1 A1

− 6 < x <1 A1 Allow x > −6 AND x < 1 but not OR


[3] or a comma. Mark final answer.

2 (4 )2
5 − 2 = 80 − 16 5 + 4 M1 Attempt to expand, allow one error,
must be in the form a + b 5 .
Multiply top and bottom by 5 +1 M1 Must be attempt to expand top and
bottom.

68 5 + 4
17 5 + 1 A1 A1 Allow A1 for
[4] c
OR
(4 5 − 2) = 80 − 16 5 + 4
2
M1
( 5 − 1)(p 5 + q ) = 5 p − q + 5 (q − p ) M1
Leading to 5 p − q = 84, q − p = −16 Must get to a pair of simultaneous
p = 17 q = 1 A1 A1 equations for this mark

7
dy 1 
3 (i) = k x − 5 M1
dk  4 
k=2 A1
[2]
dy
(ii) Use ∂y = × ∂x with x = 12 and ∂x = p M1 on k needs both M marks
dx
–256p A1 only for –128kp and must be
[2] evaluated

4 (i) 10 B1
[1]
(ii) –5 B1 Not log p 1 − 5
[1]
1
(iii) log p XY = log p X + log p Y = 7 B1 Or log XY p =
log p XY
Do not allow just log p X + log p Y = 7
1 1
B1 on
7 [2] log p XY

© Cambridge International Examinations 2013


208
Page 4 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – October/November 2013 0606 21

5 x − 4 y = 5 oe B1
2 x + 2 y = 5 oe B1
Solve their linear simultaneous equations M1 Each in two variables and not
quadratic as far as x = … or y = …
x = 3 or y = −0.5 A1,A1
[5]

OR from log B1
0.602 x − 2.408 y = 3.01 B1
0.954 x + 0.954 y = 2.386
OR from ln B1
1.386 x − 5.545 y = 6.931
B1
2.197 x + 2.197 y = 5.493
Final M1A1A1 follows as before

6 (a) (i) –8 or 20 B1 ± 40 implies ± 2 × 20 or +160


hence B1
( )
− 160 x 3 isw B1 OK if seen in expansion
[2]
(ii) ( )
60 x 2
B1 Can be implied
1
(i) + (their 60) M1
2
− 130 x 3 ( ) A1
[3]
8 1
(b) 16 x 2 + 32 x + 24 + + oe B3,2,1,0 Terms must be evaluated (allow 24x0)
x x2 B2 for 4 terms correct.
B1 for 2 or 3 terms correct.
[3] ISW once expansion is seen.

3500
7 (i) l= B1 allow lx 2 = 3500
x2
 3500 
L = 3 × 4 x + 2 x + 2l B1 RHS 3 terms e.g. 12 x + 2 x + 2 2 
 x 
or better
Substitute for l and correctly reach
7000
L = 14 x + 2 DB1ag Dependent on both previous B marks
x [3]
dL 14000
(ii) = 14 − M1A1 M1 either power reduced by one
dx x3 A1 both terms correct
dL DM1 Must get x n =
Equate to 0 and solve
dx
x = 10 A1 Both values
L = 210
d 2 y 42000
= and minimum stated B1 Or use of gradient either side of
dx 2 x4 [5] turning point.

© Cambridge International Examinations 2013


209
Page 5 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – October/November 2013 0606 21

8 (i) x2 B1 Implied by axes or values in a table.


[1] May be seen in (ii)
y
(ii) Plot against x 2 with linear scales Must be linear scales
x
x2 4 16 36 64 B1 At least 3 correct points plotted and
no incorrect points
y
4.8 9.6 17.5 29 B1 Line must be ruled and through at
x [2] least 2 correct points
(iii) Finds gradient (0.4) M1 Condone use of correct values from
a = 0.4 ± 0.02 table/graph to find gradient and /or
b = 3 .2 ± 0 .4 A1 equation. Values read from graph
B1 must be correct.
[3]
y
(iv) Read
x
= 12.5 ( )
Obtaining x 2 = 22 to 24 from graph
M1
or substitute in formula As far as x 2 = +ve constant

4.8 A1 4.7 to 4.9 ignore –4.8 or 0


[2]

9 Method A M1
Takes components A1
12 v sin α = 40 A1
12(v cos α + 1.8) = 70 M1A1
12v cos α = 48.4 DM1
Solve for v or α A1
α = 39 .6 A1 Allow 0.691 radians
v = 5.23 [8]

Method B

x = 1.8 × 12 = 21 .6 B1
y = 70 − 21.6 = 48.4 B1
D 2 = 402 + 48.42 (= 3942.56) M1
D = 62 .8 A1
D
V= DM1
12
V = 5.23 A1 5.23 or better
40
tan α = M1
48.4
α = 39 .6° A1 Allow 0.691 radians
[8]

© Cambridge International Examinations 2013


210
Page 6 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – October/November 2013 0606 21

Method C

z = 402 + 702 (= 80.6) B1


402 + 702
v= (= 6.72) B1
12
4 7
tan δ = → (δ = 29.74) oe B1 Or tan (90 − δ ) =
7 4
V 2 = 1.8 2 + 6.72 2 − 2 × 1.8 × 6.72 cos 29.74 M1
V = 5.23 A1
sin β sin 29.74
.8 = .23 M1
1 5
β = 9.8(3) or 9.8(2 ) A1 Allow 0.172 radians
α = 29.74 + β = 39.6 A1 Allow 0.691 radians
[8]

Method D

B1
B1
z = 402 + 702 (= 80.6)
x = 1.8 × 12 = 21 .6 B1
4
tan δ = → (δ = 29.74) oe M1
7 A1 This method has extra steps so note at
D 2 = 21.6 2 + 80.6 2 − 2.21.6.80.6 cos 29.74 this point the M mark is for an
V = (62.8 / 12 ) = 5.23 equation in D but the A mark is for a
value of V.

M1
sin β sin 29.74
.6 = .8
21 62

β = 9.8(3) or 9.8(2 ) A1 Allow 0.172 radians


α = 29.74 + β = 39.6 A1 Allow 0.691 radians
[8]

© Cambridge International Examinations 2013


211
Page 7 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – October/November 2013 0606 21

10 (i) AB 2 = 12 2 + 12 2 − 2 × 12 × 12 × cos 1.4 M1 AB = 2 × 12 sin 0.7


15.4 to 15.5 A1 May be implied
θ = 2π − 1.4(= 4.88 ) B1 May be implied
Use s = rθ (= 58.6 ) M1 12 × 4.9 or better oe
74.1 A1
[5]

1
(ii) (Sector) × 122 × (2π − 1.4)(= 352) or M1 May be implied .
2
1
π ×122 − ×122 ×1.4
2
1
(Triangle) = ×12 ×12 × sin 1.4(= 70.9 or 71) M1
2
Area of major sector + Area of triangle M1 May be implied
422 or 423 A1
[4]
1
dy 1 3 x
11 (i) = e B1
dx 3
1
m = e3 M1 For insertion of x = 9 into
3 dy
their . 6.7 or better if correct.
1 dx
y − e3 = e3 ( x − 9 ) DM1 Using their evaluated m to find eqn
3 y = 6.7 x − 40.2 or better if correct.
At Q y = 0, x = 6 A1 Accept value that rounds to 6.0 to 2sf
[4]

(ii) Area triangle 1.5e 3 or 30.1 B1


1 1
x x
∫ e 3 dx = 3e 3 oe B1
Uses limits of 0 and 9 in integrated function. M1 ± must see both values inserted if
incorrect answer
3e 3 − 3 or 57.3 A1
Area under curve subtract area of triangle M1
1.5e 3 − 3 or 27.1 A1 Condone 27.2 if obtained from
[6] 57.3 – 30.1.

© Cambridge International Examinations 2013


212
Page 8 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – October/November 2013 0606 21

1
12 (a) cosecx = inserted into equation B1
sin x
2
tan x = − DB1
7
164.1 B1 One correct value.
344.1 B1 on 180 + (164.1) Must come from
tanx =
Condone164 and 344
[4] Deduct 1 mark for extras in range
(b) (2y – 1) = 0.79..or 2.34… B1 Allow 0.8 , 2.3 or 45.6°
Find y using radians M1 Add 1 then divide by 2 on a correct
angle
0.898 (or 0.9 or 0.90) A1 One correct value
1.67, 4.04 and 4.81(45) A1 Another correct value
A1 Final two values
[5] Deduct 1 mark for extras in range

© Cambridge International Examinations 2013


213
CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS
International General Certificate of Secondary Education

MARK SCHEME for the October/November 2013 series

0606 ADDITIONAL MATHEMATICS


0606/22 Paper 2, maximum raw mark 80

214
Page 3 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – October/November 2013 0606 22

1 (x + 6 )(x − 1) M1 Attempt to solve a three term


quadratic
Critical values –6 and 1 A1

− 6 < x <1 A1 Allow x > −6 AND x < 1 but not OR


[3] or a comma. Mark final answer.

2 (4 )
2
5 − 2 = 80 − 16 5 + 4 M1 Attempt to expand, allow one error,
must be in the form a + b 5 .
Multiply top and bottom by 5 +1 M1 Must be attempt to expand top and
bottom.

68 5 + 4
17 5 + 1 A1 A1 Allow A1 for
[4] c
OR
(4 5 − 2) = 80 − 16 5 + 4
2
M1
( 5 − 1)(p 5 + q ) = 5 p − q + 5( q − p ) M1
Leading to 5 p − q = 84, q − p = −16 Must get to a pair of simultaneous
p = 17 q = 1 A1 A1 equations for this mark

7
dy 1 
3 (i) = k x − 5 M1
dk  4 
k=2 A1
[2]
dy
(ii) Use ∂y = × ∂x with x = 12 and ∂x = p M1 on k needs both M marks
dx
–256p A1 only for –128kp and must be
[2] evaluated

4 (i) 10 B1
[1]
(ii) –5 B1 Not log p 1 − 5
[1]
1
(iii) log p XY = log p X + log p Y = 7 B1 Or log XY p =
log p XY
Do not allow just log p X + log p Y = 7
1 1
B1 on
7 [2] log p XY

© Cambridge International Examinations 2013


215
Page 4 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – October/November 2013 0606 22

5 x − 4 y = 5 oe B1
2 x + 2 y = 5 oe B1
Solve their linear simultaneous equations M1 Each in two variables and not
quadratic as far as x = … or y = …
x = 3 or y = −0.5 A1,A1
[5]

OR from log B1
0.602 x − 2.408 y = 3.01 B1
0.954 x + 0.954 y = 2.386
OR from ln B1
1.386 x − 5.545 y = 6.931
B1
2.197 x + 2.197 y = 5.493
Final M1A1A1 follows as before

6 (a) (i) –8 or 20 B1 ± 40 implies ± 2 × 20 or +160


hence B1
( )
− 160 x 3 isw B1 OK if seen in expansion
[2]
(ii) ( )
60 x 2
B1 Can be implied
1
(i) + (their 60) M1
2
− 130 x 3 ( ) A1
[3]
8 1
(b) 16 x 2 + 32 x + 24 + + oe B3,2,1,0 Terms must be evaluated (allow 24x0)
x x2 B2 for 4 terms correct.
B1 for 2 or 3 terms correct.
[3] ISW once expansion is seen.

3500
7 (i) l= B1 allow lx 2 = 3500
x2
 3500 
L = 3 × 4 x + 2 x + 2l B1 RHS 3 terms e.g. 12 x + 2 x + 2 2 
 x 
or better
Substitute for l and correctly reach
7000
L = 14 x + 2 DB1ag Dependent on both previous B marks
x [3]
dL 14000
(ii) = 14 − M1A1 M1 either power reduced by one
dx x3 A1 both terms correct
dL DM1 Must get x n =
Equate to 0 and solve
dx
x = 10 A1 Both values
L = 210
d 2 y 42000
= and minimum stated B1 Or use of gradient either side of
dx 2 x4 [5] turning point.

© Cambridge International Examinations 2013


216
Page 5 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – October/November 2013 0606 22

8 (i) x2 B1 Implied by axes or values in a table.


[1] May be seen in (ii)
y
(ii) Plot against x 2 with linear scales Must be linear scales
x
x2 4 16 36 64 B1 At least 3 correct points plotted and
no incorrect points
y
4.8 9.6 17.5 29 B1 Line must be ruled and through at
x [2] least 2 correct points
(iii) Finds gradient (0.4) M1 Condone use of correct values from
a = 0.4 ± 0.02 table/graph to find gradient and /or
b = 3 .2 ± 0 .4 A1 equation. Values read from graph
B1 must be correct.
[3]
y
(iv) Read
x
= 12.5 ( )
Obtaining x 2 = 22 to 24 from graph
M1
or substitute in formula As far as x 2 = +ve constant

4.8 A1 4.7 to 4.9 ignore –4.8 or 0


[2]

9 Method A M1
Takes components A1
12 v sin α = 40 A1
12(v cos α + 1.8) = 70 M1A1
12v cos α = 48.4 DM1
Solve for v or α A1
α = 39 .6 A1 Allow 0.691 radians
v = 5.23 [8]

Method B

x = 1.8 × 12 = 21 .6 B1
y = 70 − 21.6 = 48.4 B1
D 2 = 402 + 48.42 (= 3942.56) M1
D = 62 .8 A1
D
V= DM1
12
V = 5.23 A1 5.23 or better
40
tan α = M1
48.4
α = 39 .6° A1 Allow 0.691 radians
[8]

© Cambridge International Examinations 2013


217
Page 6 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – October/November 2013 0606 22

Method C

z = 402 + 702 (= 80.6) B1


402 + 702
v= (= 6.72) B1
12
4 7
tan δ = → (δ = 29.74) oe B1 Or tan (90 − δ ) =
7 4
V 2 = 1.8 2 + 6.72 2 − 2 × 1.8 × 6.72 cos 29.74 M1
V = 5.23 A1
sin β sin 29.74
.8 = .23 M1
1 5
β = 9.8(3) or 9.8(2 ) A1 Allow 0.172 radians
α = 29.74 + β = 39.6 A1 Allow 0.691 radians
[8]

Method D

B1
B1
z = 402 + 702 (= 80.6)
x = 1.8 × 12 = 21 .6 B1
4
tan δ = → (δ = 29.74) oe M1
7 A1 This method has extra steps so note at
D 2 = 21.6 2 + 80.6 2 − 2.21.6.80.6 cos 29.74 this point the M mark is for an
V = (62.8 / 12 ) = 5.23 equation in D but the A mark is for a
value of V.

M1
sin β sin 29.74
.6 = .8
21 62

β = 9.8(3) or 9.8(2 ) A1 Allow 0.172 radians


α = 29.74 + β = 39.6 A1 Allow 0.691 radians
[8]

© Cambridge International Examinations 2013


218
Page 7 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – October/November 2013 0606 22

10 (i) AB 2 = 12 2 + 12 2 − 2 × 12 × 12 × cos 1.4 M1 AB = 2 × 12 sin 0.7


15.4 to 15.5 A1 May be implied
θ = 2π − 1.4(= 4.88 ) B1 May be implied
Use s = rθ (= 58.6 ) M1 12 × 4.9 or better oe
74.1 A1
[5]

1
(ii) (Sector) × 122 × (2π − 1.4)(= 352) or M1 May be implied .
2
1
π ×122 − ×122 ×1.4
2
1
(Triangle) = ×12 ×12 × sin 1.4(= 70.9 or 71) M1
2
Area of major sector + Area of triangle M1 May be implied
422 or 423 A1
[4]
1
dy 1 3 x
11 (i) = e B1
dx 3
1
m = e3 M1 For insertion of x = 9 into
3 dy
their . 6.7 or better if correct.
1 dx
y − e3 = e3 ( x − 9 ) DM1 Using their evaluated m to find eqn
3 y = 6.7 x − 40.2 or better if correct.
At Q y = 0, x = 6 A1 Accept value that rounds to 6.0 to 2sf
[4]

(ii) Area triangle 1.5e 3 or 30.1 B1


1 1
x x
∫ e 3 dx = 3e 3 oe B1
Uses limits of 0 and 9 in integrated function. M1 ± must see both values inserted if
incorrect answer
3e 3 − 3 or 57.3 A1
Area under curve subtract area of triangle M1
1.5e 3 − 3 or 27.1 A1 Condone 27.2 if obtained from
[6] 57.3 – 30.1.

© Cambridge International Examinations 2013


219
Page 8 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – October/November 2013 0606 22

1
12 (a) cosecx = inserted into equation B1
sin x
2
tan x = − DB1
7
164.1 B1 One correct value.
344.1 B1 on 180 + (164.1) Must come from
tanx =
Condone164 and 344
[4] Deduct 1 mark for extras in range
(b) (2y – 1) = 0.79..or 2.34… B1 Allow 0.8 , 2.3 or 45.6°
Find y using radians M1 Add 1 then divide by 2 on a correct
angle
0.898 (or 0.9 or 0.90) A1 One correct value
1.67, 4.04 and 4.81(45) A1 Another correct value
A1 Final two values
[5] Deduct 1 mark for extras in range

© Cambridge International Examinations 2013


220
CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS
International General Certificate of Secondary Education

MARK SCHEME for the October/November 2013 series

0606 ADDITIONAL MATHEMATICS


0606/23 Paper 2, maximum raw mark 80

221
Page 2 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – October/November 2013 0606 23

Mark Scheme Notes

Marks are of the following three types:

M Method mark, awarded for a valid method applied to the problem. Method marks are
not lost for numerical errors, algebraic slips or errors in units. However, it is not
usually sufficient for a candidate just to indicate an intention of using some method or
just to quote a formula; the formula or idea must be applied to the specific problem in
hand, e.g. by substituting the relevant quantities into the formula. Correct application
of a formula without the formula being quoted obviously earns the M mark and in some
cases an M mark can be implied from a correct answer.

A Accuracy mark, awarded for a correct answer or intermediate step correctly obtained.
Accuracy marks cannot be given unless the associated method mark is earned (or
implied).

B Accuracy mark for a correct result or statement independent of method marks.

• When a part of a question has two or more “method” steps, the M marks are generally
independent unless the scheme specifically says otherwise; and similarly when there are
several B marks allocated. The notation DM or DB (or dep*) is used to indicate that a
particular M or B mark is dependent on an earlier M or B (asterisked) mark in the scheme.
When two or more steps are run together by the candidate, the earlier marks are implied and
full credit is given.

• The symbol √ implies that the A or B mark indicated is allowed for work correctly following
on from previously incorrect results. Otherwise, A or B marks are given for correct work
only. A and B marks are not given for fortuitously “correct” answers or results obtained from
incorrect working.

• Note: B2 or A2 means that the candidate can earn 2 or 0.


B2, 1, 0 means that the candidate can earn anything from 0 to 2.

© Cambridge International Examinations 2013


222
Page 3 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – October/November 2013 0606 23

dy
1 = 3x2 –12x –36 B2, 1, 0 Allow B1 if 2 terms correct
dx

Equate to 0 and solve 3 term M1


quadratic
x = –2 and x = 6 A1 Or one coordinate pair
y = 56 and y = –200 A1 [5] For two y values

2 (a) (i) 840 B1 [1]

(ii) 480 B1 [1]

(iii) Calculates any case(s) correctly B1 e.g. 1 × 5× 4× 3 = 60, 1 × 5 × 4 × 4 = 80


Partitions all cases correctly M1
140 A1 [3]

3 Eliminate x or y M1*

Obtain kx2 + 8x + k – 6 (= 0) A1

Use b2 – 4ac*0 DM1

Obtain – 4k2 + 24k + 64*0 oe A1

Solve 3 term quadratic (k = 2, 8) M1


k < –2, k > 8 A1 [1]

4 (a) (i) A = 3, B = 2 B1, B1

(ii) C=4 B1


(b) 120 or B1
3
5 B1

5 (a) (i)

B1 [1]

(ii)

B1 [1]

(b) S ∩ T ' or ( S '∪ T )' oe B1 [1] Others will be seen but only accept
completely correct set notation

© Cambridge International Examinations 2013


223
Page 4 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – October/November 2013 0606 23

(c)
3x

18–x x 14–x

B1 B1 for any two of x, 3x, 18 – x or 14 – x


in correct place (or implied by correct
equation)
18 – x + x + 14 – x + 3x = 40 M1
x=4 A1 [3]

6 (a) (i) Equate f(–3) to zero M1


Equate f(2) to 65 M1

– 54 + 9a – 3b + 21 = 0 (9a – 3b = 33)
or
16 + 4a + 2b + 21 = 65 (4a + 2b =28) A1

Solve simultaneous equations M1


a = 5, b = 4 A1 [5]

 1 1 a b
(ii) Calculate f  −  = − + − + 21 M1 Or use long division
 2  4 4 2

20 A1 [2]

7 Eliminate x or y M1
Rearrange to quadratic in x or y M1
correctly

x2 – 10x + 16 (= 0)
or
y2 + 8y – 128 (= 0) oe A1

Solve 3 term quadratic M1

x = 2, x = 8 A1 Or one correct coordinate pair


y = 8, y = –16 A1

1
Correct method for at least one M1 e.g. xc =[2 (2) + 1 (8)],
coordinate of C 3
1
OC = OA + AB oe
3
C (4, 0) A1 [8]

© Cambridge International Examinations 2013


224
Page 5 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – October/November 2013 0606 23

8 (a) (i) X (14, 12) B1

1
mAX = B1
3

Use m1m2 = –1 for grad CD from M1


grad AX

CD is y – 4 = –3(x – 10)
or
y = –3x + 34 A1√ √ on grad AX

1
AX is y – 6 = (x + 4)
3
or
3y – x = 22 B1√ √ on grad AX

Solve eqn for CD with eqn for AX M1


D (8, 10) A1 [7]

(ii) Method for area M1


100 A1 [2]

9 (a) (i) 9 B1 [1]

(ii) a = k cos 2t M1 No other functions of t or constants


12 cos 2t A1
–7.84 A1√ [3] √ on k only Must be negative (if correct)
or say “deceleration”

(iii) 7π
t= or awrt 1.8 B1
12

3t – 3 cos 2t B1, B1

 7π 
Use limits of 0 and their   Upper limit must be positive
 12 
or
finds c (≠ 0) and substitutes their M1
 7π 
 
 12 

7π 3 3
11.1 or + +3 A1 [5]
4 2

© Cambridge International Examinations 2013


225
Page 6 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – October/November 2013 0606 23

h
10 (a) (i) Radius is B1
4

1 2
Use πr h M1 On water cone
3

2
1 h  πh 3 
π   × h  =  A1ag
3 4 
 48  [3]

(ii) dV πh 2
= B1
dh 16

dh dV dh
Use = ×
dt dt dV

dV
with h = 50, = 20π M1
dt

0.128 A1 [3]

(iii) πh 2 dA πh B1 M1
A= =
16 dh 8

dA dh dA
Use = × with substitution of
dt dt dh
h = 50, their 0.128 M1

0.8π or 2.51 A1 [3]

11 (a) (i) (2i + 4j)t B1

(–21i + 22j) + (5i + 3j)t B1 [2]

(ii) Subtract position vectors M1 Or use t = 2 to find position vectors of A,


((− 21 + 3t ) i + (22 − t )j) B
4i + 8j, –11i + 28j

Substitute t = 2 and use Pythagoras M1 Subtract position vectors and use


Correctly reach 25 A1 [3] Pythagoras

(iii) (− 21 + 3t )2 + (22 − t )2 = 25 2 oe M1 Set expression for distance apart to 25

t2 – 17t + 30 (= 0) A1

Solve 3 term quadratic M1 Not essential to solve quadratic

t = 15 (and 2) A1 e.g. t1 + t2 = 17 and t1 = 2

13 hours A1 [5]

© Cambridge International Examinations 2013


226
CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS
International General Certificate of Secondary Education

MARK SCHEME for the May/June 2014 series

0606 ADDITIONAL MATHEMATICS


0606/11 Paper 1, maximum raw mark 80

227
Page 2 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – May/June 2014 0606 11

1 sin θ cos θ sin θ


LHS = + B1 B1 for use of tan θ =
cos θ 1 + sin θ cos θ

sin θ (1 + sin θ ) + cos 2 θ M1


= M1 for attempt to obtain a single
cos θ (1 + sin θ ) fraction

1 + sin θ
= DM1 DM1 for use of sin 2 θ + cos 2 θ = 1
cos θ (1 + sin θ )

1 A1 A1 for ‘finishing off’


= leading to sec θ
cos θ

Alternative solution:
sin θ cos θ (1- sin θ) sin θ
LHS = + B1 B1 for use of tan θ =
cos θ (1 + sin θ)(1- sin θ) cos θ

sin θ cos θ (1 − sin θ )


= + M1 M1 for multiplication by (1 − sin θ)
cos θ cos 2 θ

sin θ (1 − sin θ )
= +
cos θ cos θ DM1 DM1 for use of sin 2 θ + cos 2 θ = 1

1
= leading to sec θ A1 for ‘finishing off’
cos θ A1

Alternative solution:
tan θ (1 + sin θ ) + cos θ
LHS = M1 M1 for attempt to obtain a single
1 + sin θ
fraction
sin θ sin 2
+ + cos θ sin θ
= cos θ cos θ B1 for use of tan θ =
B1 cos θ
1 + sin θ

sin θ + sin 2 θ + cos 2 θ


=
cos θ (1 + sin θ )

1 + sin θ 2
DM1 for use of sin θ + cos θ = 1
2
= DM1
cos θ (1 + sin θ )

1 A1 for ‘finishing off’


= leading to sec θ A1
cos θ

© Cambridge International Examinations 2014


228
Page 3 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – May/June 2014 0606 11

2 (i) a = 4 2 + 32 = 5 M1 M1 for finding the modulus of either


a or b + c
b + c = ( −3) 2 + 4 2 = 5
A1 A1 for completion

(ii)
 4  2  − 5
λ  + µ  = 7 
 3  2  2 

4λ + 2µ = −35 and 3λ + 2µ = 14 M1 M1 for equating like vectors and


obtaining 2 linear equations

DM1 DM1 for solution of simultaneous


equations
leading to λ = −49 , µ = 80.5 A1 A1 for both

3 (a) (i) (ii) (iii)


B1 B1 for each
B1
B1

(b) (i) 2 B1

(ii) 0 B1

4 k (4 x − 3) = 4 x 2 + 8 x − 8 M1 M1 for equating the line and the curve


and attempt to obtain a quadratic
4 x 2 + x(8 − 4k ) + 3k − 8 = 0 equation in k
b 2 − 4ac = (8 − 4k ) 2 − 16(3k − 8) DM1 DM1 for use of b 2 − 4ac with k
2
= 16k − 112k + 192
b 2 − 4ac < 0 , k 2 − 7 k + 12 < 0 DM1 DM1 for solution of a 3 term quadratic
equation, dependent on both previous M
marks
critical values k = 3, 4 A1 A1 for both critical values
∴3 < k < 4 A1 A1 for the range

5 (i) dy 2
B1B1
2
B1 for e x , B1 for 2 xe x
2

= 2 xe x
dx

(ii) 1 x2 2 1 x2
e M1A1 M1 for ke x A1 for e
2 2

(iii) 1 4 1 DM1 DM1 for correct use of limits


 e  −   = 26.8
2  2 A1 A1 for 26.8, allow exact value

© Cambridge International Examinations 2014


229
Page 4 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – May/June 2014 0606 11

6 (i)  10 19  M1 M1 for at least 3 correct elements of a


  3 × 2 matrix
AB =  32 37 
 14 14  A1 A1 for all correct
 

1  5 − 1 B1 1  5 − 1
(ii) B-1 =   B1 B1 for , B1 for  
7  − 3 2  7 − 3 2 

(iii)  2 1  x   − 3  M1 M1 for obtaining in matrix form


2   =  
 3 5  y   − 22 

 x  1  5 − 1 − 1.5  1  3.5  M1 M1 for pre-multiplying by B-1


  =    =  
 y  7  − 3 2  − 11  7  − 17.5 

x = 0.5, y = –2.5 A1 A1 for both

7 (i) 1 B1 B1 for each correct term


y = 2x2 − (+ c)
x +1 B1

1 5 5 1 2
when x = , y = so = − + c M1 M1 for attempt to find + c , must have at
2 6 6 2 3
least 1 of the previous B marks
leading to c = 1 A1 Allow A1 for c = 1

 2 1 
 y = 2x − + 1
 x + 1 

5
When x = 1, y = M1 for using x = 1 in their (i) to find y
(ii) 2
M1
dy 17 4
= so gradient of normal = −
dx 4 17 B1 B1 for gradient of normal
5 4
Equation of normal y − = − ( x − 1) DM1 DM1 for attempt at normal equation
2 17
(8x + 34 y − 93 = 0) A1 – allow unsimplified
A1
( fractions must not contain decimals)

© Cambridge International Examinations 2014


230
Page 5 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – May/June 2014 0606 11

8 (i) log p = n logV + log k B1 B1 for statement, but may be implied by


later work.
lnV 2.30 3.91 4.61 5.30

lnp 4.55 2.14 1.10 0.10

lgV 1 1.70 2 2.30


lgp 1.98 0.93 0.48 0.04

M1 M1 for plotting a suitable graph


A2,1,0 –1 for each error in points plotted

(ii) Use of gradient = n DM1 DM1 for equating numerical gradient to


n = –1.5 (allow –1.4 to –1.6) A1 n

(iii) Allow 13 to 16 DM1 DM1 for use of their graph or


A1 substitution into their equation.

9 (a) Distance travelled = area under graph M1 M1 for realising that area represents
1 distance travelled and attempt to find
= (60 + 20 ) × 12 = 480
2 A1 area

(b)
B1 B1 for velocity of 2 ms-1 for 0 Y t Y 6
B1 B1 for velocity of zero for their ‘6’ to
their ‘25’
B1 B1 for velocity of 1 ms-1 for 25 Y t Y 30

16
(c) (i) v=4− M1 M1 for attempt at differentiation
t +1
DM1 DM1 for equating velocity to zero and
When v = 0, t = 3 A1 attempt to solve

(ii) 16 M1 for attempt at differentiation and


a= M1
(t + 1) 2 equating to 0.25 with attempt to solve

0.25(t + 1) = 16
2

t =7 A1

© Cambridge International Examinations 2014


231
Page 6 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – May/June 2014 0606 11

10 (a) 1 digit even numbers 2 B1

2 digit even numbers 4×2=8 B1

3 digit even numbers 3 × 3 × 2 = 18 B1

Total = 28 B1

(b) (i) 3M 5W = 35 B1
4M 4W = 175 B1
5M 3W = 210 B1

Total = 420 B1 B1 for addition to obtain final answer,


must be evaluated.

or 12C8 – 6M 2W – 7M 1W or: as above, final B1 for subtraction to


495 – 70 – 5 = 420 get final answer

(ii) Oldest man in, oldest woman out and vice –


versa

10
C7 × 2 = 240 B1, B1 B1 for 10C7 , B1 for realising there are 2
identical cases
Alternative:
1 man out 1 woman in
6 men 4 women

6
6M 1W : C6 × 4C1 = 4
6
5M 2W : C5 × 4C 2 = 36
4M 3W : 6C 4 × 4C 3 = 60
3M 4W : 6C3 × 4C 4 = 20
Total = 120 B1 All separate cases correct for B1

There are 2 identical cases to consider, so B1 B1 for realising there are 2 identical
240 ways in all. cases, which have integer values

© Cambridge International Examinations 2014


232
Page 7 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – May/June 2014 0606 11

In each case the last A mark is for a


11 (a) second correct solution and no extra
solutions within the range
5 sin 2 x + 3 cos 2 x = 0 M1 M1 for use of tan
tan 2 x = −0.6 DM1 DM1 for dealing with 2x correctly
2 x = 149 °, 329 °
x = 74.5°, 164.5° A1,A1 A1 for each

Alternatives:
sin( 2 x + 31°) = 0 or cos(2 x − 59°) = 0 M1 M1 for either, then mark as above

(b) 2 cot 2 y + 3 cos ecy = 0


2(cos ec 2 y − 1) + 3 cos ecy = 0 M1 M1 for use of correct identity
2
2 cos ec y + 3 cos ecy − 2 = 0

( 2 cos ecy − 1)(cos ecy + 2) = 0 M1 M1 for attempt to factorise a 3 term


quadratic equation
One valid solution
1
cos ecy = −2, sin y = −
2
y = 210°, 330° A1,A1 A1 for each

Alternative:
cos 2 y 3 cos y
2 2 + =0 M1 M1 for use of cot y = and
sin y sin y sin y
1
2 cos ecy =
leads to 2 sin y − 3 sin y − 2 = 0 sin y
1
and sin y = − only M1 M1 for attempt to factorise a 3 term
2
quadratic equation
y = 210°, 330° A1A1

(c) 3 cos( z + 1.2) = 2


2
cos( z + 1.2) =
3

( z + 1.2) = 0.8411, 5.442, 7.124 M1 M1 for correct order of operations to


end up with 0.8411 radians or better
z = 4.24 , 5.92 A1 A1 for one of 5.441 or 7.124 (or better)
A1A1 A1 for each valid solution

© Cambridge International Examinations 2014


233
CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS
International General Certificate of Secondary Education

MARK SCHEME for the May/June 2014 series

0606 ADDITIONAL MATHEMATICS


0606/12 Paper 1, maximum raw mark 80

234
Page 2 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – May/June 2014 0606 12

cos 2 A + (1 + sin A)
2
1 M1 M1 for obtaining a single fraction,
(1 + sin A) cos A correctly
cos 2 A + 1 + 2 sin A + sin 2 A
M1 M1 for expansion of (1 + sin A)2
(1 + sin A) cos A and use of identity
2 (1 + sin A)
= DM1 DM1 for factorisation and
(1 + sin A) cos A cancelling of (1 + sin A) factor

2 1
= = 2 sec A A1 A1 for use of = sec A and
cos A cos A
final answer

Alternative:

cos A (1 − sin A) 1 + sin A


+ M1 M1 for multiplying first term by
(1 + sin A)(1 − sin A) cos A 1 − sin A
cos A (1 − sin A) 1 + sin A
= + 1 − sin A
1 − sin 2 A cos A
cos A (1 − sin A) 1 + sin A
= + M1 M1 for expansion of
cos 2 A cos A
(1 − sin A)(1 + sin A) and use of
identity
1 − sin A 1 + sin A
= + M1 M1 for simplification of the 2 terms
cos A cos A

2 1
= = 2 sec A A1 A1 for use of = sec A and
cos A cos A
final answer

2 (a) (i)

B1

(i)

B1

(b) (i) 6 B1

(ii) 5 B1

(iii) 9 B1

© Cambridge International Examinations 2014


235
Page 3 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – May/June 2014 0606 12

3 (i) B1 B1 for shape

B1 B1 for y = 2 (must have a graph)

B1 B1 for x = – 0.5 and 2 (must have a


graph)

25
(ii) Maximum point occurs when y = M1 M1 for obtaining the value of y at
8 the maximum point, by either
completing the square,
differentiation, use of discriminant
or symmetry.
25
so k > A1 Must have the correct sign for A1
8 Ignore any upper limits
a
1 1
4 ∫ sin 3 x dx = 3 dx = 3
0
B1,B1 B1 for k cos 3 x only, B1 for
2
− cos 3x only
3
a
 2  1
− 3 cos 3x  = 3 M1 M1 for correct substitution of the
 0
correct limits into their result
 2   2 1
 − cos 3a  −  − = A1 A1 for correct equation
 3   3 3
cos 3a = 0.5 M1 M1 for correct method of solution
of equation of the form cos ma = k
π π
3a = , a= A1 A1 allow 0.349, must be a radian
3 9
answer

5 (i) 2 5 x × 2 2 y = 2 −3 B1, B1 B1 for 2 2 y , B1 for 2 −3 , B1 for


leads to 5 x + 2 y = −3 DB1 dealing with indices correctly to
obtain given answer

(ii) 7 x × 49 2 y = 1 can be written as B1 B1 for either 7 4 y or 7 0 seen


x + 4y = 0 B1 B1 for x + 4 y = 0

Solving 5 x + 2 y = −3 and x + 4 y = 0 leads to M1 M1 for solution of their


simultaneous equations, must both
be linear
2 1
x=− , y= A1 A1 for both, allow equivalent
3 6 fractions only

© Cambridge International Examinations 2014


236
Page 4 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – May/June 2014 0606 12

6 (a) YX and ZY B1,B1 B1 for each, must be in correct


order,

 3 9 
(b) B = A −1   , M1 M1 for pre-multiplication by A-1
 −6 −3 

1  1 2  3 9  1  1 2
= −    B1,B1 B1 for − , B1 for  
3  4 5  −6 −3  3  4 5

1  −9 3   3 −1 
= −   or   DM1 DM1 for attempt at matrix
3  −18 21  6 −7  multiplication
A1 A1 allow in either form

Alternative method:

 5 −2  a b   3 9 
   =   M1 M1 for a complete method to
 −4 1  c d   −6 −3  obtain 4 equations

Leads to 5a − 2c = 3 , 5b − 2 d = 9 A2,1,0 –1 for each incorrect equation


− 4 a + c = −6 , − 4b + d = −3

Solutions give matrix M1 M1 for solution to find 4 unknowns

1  −9 3   3 −1 
−   or   A1 A1 for a correct, final matrix
3  −18 21  6 −7 

© Cambridge International Examinations 2014


237
Page 5 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – May/June 2014 0606 12

θ 6 θ
7 (i) sin = , = 0.8481 or better M1 M1 for a complete method to find
2 8 2 θ
either θ or
or 12 2 = 8 2 + 8 2 − 128 cos θ 2

θ = 1.6961 or better A1 Answer given.

or using areas
1 1
× 12 × 2 7 = 8 2 sin θ oe
2 2
sin θ = 0.9922 , θ = 1.4455 or 1.6961 M1 M1 for using the area of the
triangle in 2 different forms
A1 A1 for choosing the correct angle.

(ii) Arc length = (2π − 1.696 ) × 8 M1 M1 for correct attempt at a minor


or major arc length
(36.697 or 36.7 ) A1 A1 for correct major arc length,
allow unsimplified
Perimeter = 12 + (2π − 1.696 ) × 8 A1 A1 for 48.7 or better
= 48 .7

82 2
(iii) Area = (2π − 1.696 ) + 8 sin 1.696 M1,M1 M1 for correct attempt to find area
2 2
of major sector
= 178.5, 178.6, awrt 179 A1 M1 for correct attempt to find area
of triangle, using any method

Alternative:
1 82 
Area = π 8 2 −  8 2 (1.696) − sin 1.696  M1 for attempt at area of circle –
2 2  area of minor sector
M1 for area of triangle

© Cambridge International Examinations 2014


238
Page 6 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – May/June 2014 0606 12

8 (a) (i) 720 B1

(ii) 240 B1

(iii) Starts with either a 2 or a 4: 48 ways B1 allow unevaluated

Does not start with either a 2 or a 4: 96 ways


(i.e. starts with 1 or 5) B1 allow unevaluated

Total = 144 B1 must be evaluated

Alternative 1:

Ends with a 2, starts with a 1,4 or 5 : 72 ways B1


Ends with a 4, starts with a 1,2 or 5 : 72 ways B1
Total =144 B1

Alternative 2:

( ) (
240 − 2 × 2× 4 P3 or 4× 4 P3 × 2 − 2 4 P3 ) ( ) B2 B2 for correct expression seen,
= 144 B1 allow P notation

Alternative 3:

3
P1 × 4 P3 × 2 P1 or 3 × 4 × 2 B2 Allow P notation here, for B2
= 144 B1

(b) With twins : 16


C 4 (= 1820 ) B1

Without twins: 16
C 6 (= 8008 ) B1

Total: 9828 B1
Alternative:
18
(
C 6 − 2×16 C 5 ) B1,B1 B1 for 18 C 6 − ...., , B1 for 2×16 C 5
= 9828 B1

© Cambridge International Examinations 2014


239
Page 7 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – May/June 2014 0606 12

4000
9 (i) h= or πr 2 h = 4000 B1
πr 2
A = 2πrh + 2πr 2

4000
A = 2πr 2
+ 2πr 2 M1 M1 for substitution of h or πrh into
πr their equation for A
A1 A1 Answer given

dA 8000
(ii) = − 2 + 4πr B1, B1 B1 for each term correct
dr r
dA 8000
When = 0 , r3 = M1 M1 for equating to zero and
dr 4π
attempt to find r 3
leading to A = 1395, 1390 M1 M1 for substitution of their r to
obtain A.
A1 A1 for 1390 or awrt 1395
2
d A 16000
= + 4π , √B1 √B1 for a complete correct method
dr 2 r3 and conclusion.
which, is positive so a minimum.

© Cambridge International Examinations 2014


240
Page 8 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – May/June 2014 0606 12

1 1
10 (i) Velocity = 26 × (5i + 12 j) M1 M1 for (5i + 12 j)
13 13
= 10i + 24 j A1

Alternative 1:
10i + 24 j = 10 2 + 24 2 M1 M1 for working from given answer
= 26 to obtain the given speed

Showing that one vector is a multiple of the A1 A1 for a completely correct method
other, hence same direction

Alternative 2:
5 2 + 12 2 = 13 , 13k = 26 , so k = 2 M1 M1 for attempt to obtain the
Velocity = 2(5i + 12 j) , ‘multiple’ and apply to the direction
vector
Velocity = 10i + 24 j A1 A1 for a completely correct method

Alternative 3:
12
Use of trig: tan α = , α = 67.4°
5
Velocity 26 cos 67.4°i + 26 sin 67.4 j M1 M1 for reaching this stage

Velocity = 10i + 24 j A1 A1 for a completely correct method

(ii) Position vector = 4(10i + 24 j) B1 Allow either form for B1


or 40i + 96 j

(iii) (40i + 96 j) + (10i + 24 j) t oe M1 M1 for their (ii ) + (10i + 24 j) t or


(10i + 24 j) × (t + 4 )
A1 A1 correct answer only

(iv) (120i + 81j) + (− 22i + 30 j) t oe B1

(v) 40 + 10t = 120 − 22t or M1 M1 for equating like vectors


96 + 24t = 81 + 30t

t = 2.5 or 18:30 A1 A1 Allow for t = 2.5

Position vector = 65i + 156 j DM1 DM1 for use of t to obtain


position vector

A1 A1 cao

© Cambridge International Examinations 2014


241
Page 9 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – May/June 2014 0606 12

11 (a) tan x (tan x + 5 ) = 0


tan x = 0 , x = 0°, 180° B1,B1 B1 for each , must be from correct
tan x = −5 , x = 101 .3° B1 work

(b) 2(1–sin2 y) – sin y – 1 = 0 M1 M1 for use of correct identity and


2 sin2 y + sin y – 1 = 0 attempt to solve resulting 3 term
(2 sin y – 1) (sin y + 1) = 0 quadratic equation.
1 A1,A1
sin y = , y = 30°, 150°
2

sin y = –1, y = 270° A1

(c)  π 1 M1 M1 for dealing with sec correctly


cos 2 z −  =
 6 2 π
and obtaining or 1.05
3
 π π
 2z −  =
 6 3
π A1
z = or 0.785 or better
4

 π  5π M1 M1 for obtaining a second equation


 2z −  =
 6 3  π π
 2 z −  = 2π − their oe
 6 3

11π A1
z= or 2.88 or better
12

© Cambridge International Examinations 2014


242
CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS
International General Certificate of Secondary Education

MARK SCHEME for the May/June 2014 series

0606 ADDITIONAL MATHEMATICS


0606/13 Paper 1, maximum raw mark 80

243
Page 2 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – May/June 2014 0606 13

1 (i) y = 3(x − 1) + 2
2

a = 3, b = 1, c = 2 B1, B1, B1 B1 for each, may be given in the


form y = 3(x − 1)2 + 2

(ii) (1, 2) √B1 Follow through on their answers


to (i)
If using differentiation, follow
through on their x only.

2 2 4 x × 4 y × 8 x− y = 1
Considering powers of either 2, 4 or 8 M1 M1 for considering powers of
7x − y = 0 either 2, 4 or 8 and forming an
equation using these powers
1
3 x+ y =
3

Considering powers of 3 B1 B1 for equation considering


x + y = −1 powers of 3

Solving both simultaneously gives M1 M1 for attempt to solve their


x = −1, y = − 7 equations
8 8 A1 A1 for both

3 (i) f(–3) = –27 + 9p – 3p2 + 21 M1 M1 for substitution of x = −3


= 9p – 3p2 – 6 A1 A1 answer must be simplified

(ii) 9p – 3p2 – 6 < 0 M1 M1 for attempt to factorise


( p − 1)( p − 2 ) > 0
Critical values 1 and 2 A1 A1 for critical values
p < 1, p > 2 A1 A1 for correct range

4 (i) V = x(24 − 2 x ) M1 M1 for attempt at a product of 3


2

lengths, 2 of which must be the


= x  576 − 96 x + 4 x 2  same
 

= 4 x 3 − 96 x 2 + 576 x A1 A1 for expansion to reach given


answer

(ii) dV
= 12 x 2 − 192 x + 576 M1 M1 for attempt to differentiate
dx

dV dV
When = 0 , 12 x 2 − 192 x + 576 = 0 DM1 DM1 for equating to zero
dx dx
and attempt to solve

leading to (x − 4 )(x − 12 ) = 0
with x = 4 the only possible solution A1 A1 for x = 4
V = 1024 A1 A1 for V = 1024

© Cambridge International Examinations 2014


244
Page 3 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – May/June 2014 0606 13

5 (i) 64 − 960 x + 6000 x 2 B1, B1, B1 for each correct term


B1

(ii) (64 − 960 x + 6000 x )(a 2 3


)
+ 3a 2 bx , B1 B1 for first two terms of (a + bx )
3

64a 3 = 512, a = 2 B1 B1 for equating constant term to


512 and obtaining a = 2

− 960a 3 + 3a 2 b(64 ) = 0 M1 M1 for attempt to equate


coefficient of x to zero, must have
two terms involved

leading to b = 10 A1 A1 for b = 10

6 When x = 2, y = −4 B1 B1 for y = −4
2 1
dy
dx
 2x 
= x  x 2 − 12 ( ) −
3 (
+ x 2 − 12 ) 3
 3  M1, B1 M1 for differentiation of a
A1 product
2
B1 for
3
(
2x 2
x − 12 3)

dy
When x = 2, =−4 M1 M1 for attempt at normal
dx 3 equation
3
Normal: y + 4 = (x − 2) A1 A1 allow unsimplified
4
(4 y = 3 x − 22 )
7 (a) (i) 15120 B1

(ii)  5 × 4  ×  4 × 3 × 2  M1 M1 for attempt to multiply


   
A1 number of ways of getting 4
480 letters by the number of ways of
getting 2 digits.

(b) (i) 5456 B1

(ii) 18
C 2 × 15 M1 M1 for attempt at an appropriate
A1 product, at least one term must be
2295
correct.

(iii) 5456 – Number of ways only girls get tickets M1 M1 for a complete correct method
5456 − 455 = 5001 A1 their (i) – number of ways only
girls get tickets

Or 1B 2G 1890
2B 1G 2295 M1 M1 must be considering at least 2
3B 816 of the cases shown
Total 5001 A1

© Cambridge International Examinations 2014


245
Page 4 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – May/June 2014 0606 13

8 (i) 1 B1

(ii) a = 8e–2t M1 M1 for attempt to differentiate

3 DM1 DM1 for correct attempt to solve


8e –2t = 6, –2t = ln
4 equation in the form
e −2 t = constant

t = 0.144 A1 A1 must be at least 3 sf

(iii) s = 5t + 2 e −2 t (+ c ) M1 M1 for attempt to integrate

When t = 0, s = 0, so c = –2 DM1, A1 DM1 for attempt to find c,


A1 c correct

When t = 1.5, s = 5.60 M1, A1 M1 for substitution of t = 1.5

Alternative: M1 M1 for attempt to integrate


s =  5t + 2 e − 2 t 
1.5 DM1 DM1 for attempt to use limits
 0 A1 A1 all correct
M1 M1 for evaluation of square
bracket notation

Leading to s = 5.60 A1

(iv) Velocity is always +ve, so no change in B1 Allow any valid argument.


direction

9 (i) cos x (3 sin x − 2 ) = 0

cos x = 0, x = 90 o B1 B1 for 90°

2 M1 M1 for attempt to solve


sin x = ,
3
sinx = 2
3
x = 41.8°, 138.2° A1,√A1 Follow through on their first
answer

(ii) 10 sin 2 y + cos y = 8


( )
10 1 − cos 2 y + cos y = 8 M1 M1 for use of correct identity

10 cos 2 y − cos y − 2 = 0 M1 M1 for attempt to reduce to a 3


term quadratic and attempt to
solve quadratic
(2 cos y − 1)(5 cos y + 2 ) = 0 M1 M1 for attempt to solve using
1 2 factors in terms of cos
cos y = , cos y = −
2 5

y = 60 o , 300 o and y = 113.6 o , 246.4 o A1, A1 A1 for any ‘pair’

© Cambridge International Examinations 2014


246
Page 5 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – May/June 2014 0606 13

10 (i)
x2 2.25 3.06 4 5.06 B1
lg y 0.59 0.92 1.29 1.71

(ii) 2 y

1. 5

M1 M1 for plotting logy against x2


A1, 0
0. 5

–1 each error, poor point


1 2 3 4 5
x

6
plotting, poor line drawing

−0. 5

−1

(iii) Gradient:
lg b = 0.4, b = 2.5 (allow 2.45 to 2.55) M1 M1 for correct use of gradient
A1
Intercept : M1 M1 for correct use intercept
lg A = −0.3, A = 0 .5 (allow 0.4 to 0.6) A1

(iv) 2.1 (allow 2 to 2.2) M1, A1

© Cambridge International Examinations 2014


247
Page 6 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – May/June 2014 0606 13

11 (i) M1 M1 for equating to zero and


at A 3 sin 3 x + cos 3 x = 0
attempt to solve using tan

1 5π DM1 DM1 for dealing with 3x


tan 3x = − , 3x = 150°
3 6


x= (0.873) (allow 50o ) A1
18

dy dy
(ii) = 3 3 cos 3x − 3 sin 3x B1, B1 B1 for
dx dx
dy
dy π M1 M1 for attempt to solve =0
When = 0, tan 3x = 3, 3x = or 3x = 60°, dx
dx 3
A1
x = π  0.349  (allow 20 o )
9

(iii)  3 1 1  18 M1 M1 for attempt to integrate


Area = − cos 3x + x + sin 3x 
 3 3 3  π A1, A1 A1 for each term
9

 3 5π 1 5π   3 π 1 π
=  − cos + sin  −  − cos + sin  DM1 DM1 for correct application of
 3 6 3 6   3 3 3 3
their limits

= 2 or 0.667 or better A1
3

© Cambridge International Examinations 2014


248
CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS
International General Certificate of Secondary Education

MARK SCHEME for the May/June 2014 series

0606 ADDITIONAL MATHEMATICS


0606/21 Paper 2, maximum raw mark 80

249
Page 2 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – May/June 2014 0606 21

1 x 2 + x [> 0] M1 expands and rearranges


critical values 0 and −1 soi A1

−1< x < 0 A1 condone space, comma, “and” but


not “or” Mark final answer.

2
6
(
or 6 = a + b 3 1 + 3)( )2
M1 for dealing with the negative index
(1 + 3 )2
(condone treating 6 as have
negative index at this stage)
6
4+2 3
( )(
or 6 = a + b 3 4 + 2 3 ) M1 for squaring

6 4−2 3
× AND attempting to multiply M1 for rationalising or for obtaining a
4+2 3 4−2 3 pair of simultaneous equations
out 4 a + 6b = 6 and
2 a + 4b = 0
6 − 3 3 isw A1

3 (i) B1 correct shape


B1 x intercepts marked or implied by
tick marks, for example or seen
nearby; condone y intercept omitted

-2 O 4

(ii) x = 1 (only) soi B1 can be implied by second B1


y = ± 9 (only) B1 or k = ±9, + 9 or –9 or both;
0<k <9 B1 must be strict inequality in k;
condone space, comma, “and”,
“or”

4 Attempt to find f(4) or f(1) or division to a M1 condone one error


remainder
128 + 16a + 4b + 12 = 0 or better A1
(16a + 4b = –140)

2 + a + b + 12 = –12 or better (a + b = –26) A1

Solves linear equations in a and b M1

a = –3, b = –23 A1 both

© Cambridge International Examinations 2014


250
Page 3 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – May/June 2014 0606 21

2
 1 47
5 (i) 2 x −  + (5.875) isw B3,2,1,0 one mark for each of p, q, r correct;
 4 8 allow correct equivalent values. If
B0, then
 1  47
SC2 for 2 x −  + , or
 4 8
SC1 for correct values but incorrect
format
47 1 47 1
(ii) is min value when x = B1ft + strict ft their and their ; each
8 4 B1ft 8 4
value must be correctly attributed;
47
condone y = for B1, or
8
 1 47 
 ,  for B1B1
4 8 

 8  2 5 
C 3 × 3 × (± 2 ) or 3  C 3  ±  
5 8
6 (a) 8 3
M1 condone 8 C 5 , − 2 x 5
  3  
–48384 A1 can be in expansion

(b) (i) 1 + 12x + 60x2 B2,1,0 ignore additional terms. If B0,


allow M1 for 3 correct unsimplified
terms

(ii) Coefficient of x correct or correct ft (12+a) soi B1ft ft their 1 + 12 x + 60 x 2


Coefficient of x2 correct or correct ft (60+12a) soi B1ft ft their 1 + 12 x + 60 x 2

1.5 × their (12 + a ) = their (60 + 12 a ) M1 no x or x2


−4 A1

7 (i) 1 1 B1 + B1 or equivalent with negative indices


− 2
+ 1
x x 2

2 1
(ii) 3
− 3 B1ft + or equivalent with negative indices.
x 2x 2 B1ft Strict ft

dy
(iii) Attempting to solve their =0 M1 must achieve x =… (allow slips)
dx
x=1 y=3 A1 SC2 for (1, 3) stated, nfww
2
d y dy
Substitute their x = 1 into their ; or examines M1 for using their value from =0
dx 2 dx
dy
or y on both sides of their x = 1
dx

Complete and correct determination of nature. A1 must be from correct work


If correct, minimum.

© Cambridge International Examinations 2014


251
Page 4 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – May/June 2014 0606 21

8 (i) 30 − 2r M1 correct arc formula + (2)r


2r + rθ = 30 giving θ = rearranged
r
1 2
Substitute their expression for θ into A = r θ M1
2
Correct simplification to A = 15r − r 2 AG A1
dA
(ii) 15 − 2 r = 0 M1 their =0
r = 7.5 A1 dr
56.25 A1 56.3 is A0 unless 56.25 seen;
if M0, then SC2 for A = 56.25 with
no working; or SC1 for r = 7.5
with no working

9 (i) (3, 5) B1B1 column vector B0B1

 6− 4 1
(ii) mBD  = =− M1 can be implied by second M1
 1− 5  2
 1
m AC  = −1 ÷ −  seen or used M1
 2
y − 5 = 2(x − 3) or y = 2 x + c, c = −1 or better A1

(iii) p = 1 q = 7 [A(1, 1) C(4, 7)] M1 could be in (ii)


Method for finding area numerically M1 e.g.
1 1 1 
24 −  × 1 × 3 + × 1 × 3 + × 4 
2 2 2 
or shoelace method

15 A1 SC2 for 15 with no working

10 (i) 1  x B1+B1 each trig function correctly


− 2 sin 2 x and cos  differentiated
3 3
Attempt at product rule M1
1  x  x  x
cos 2 x cos  − 2 sin 2 x sin  isw A1ft ft k1 sin 2 x and k 2 cos 
3 3 3 3
provided k1, k 2 are non-zero
1
(ii) sec 2 x and B1 + B1
x
Attempt at quotient rule (with given quotient) M1 or rearrangement to correct product
( ) 1
sec 2 x (1 + ln x ) − (tan x )
x
and attempt at product rule
isw A1 penalise poor bracketing if not
(l + ln x ) 2
recovered

© Cambridge International Examinations 2014


252
Page 5 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – May/June 2014 0606 21

11 (a)
2x
2
−5 x
= 2 −6 M1 ( )  1 
Or x 2 − 5 x ln 2 = ln  = −6ln2
 64 
x2 – 5x + 6 = 0 M1 their “6”

Correct method of solution of their 3 term M1


quadratic

x = 2 or x = 3 A1

log a 4
(b) Correct change of base to B1 base a only at this stage but can
log a 2a recover at end
log a 4
M1 for log 2a = log 2 + log a
log a 2 + log a a
log a a = 1 used soi M1
simplification to log a 4 A1

© Cambridge International Examinations 2014


253
Page 6 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – May/June 2014 0606 21

12 (i) 2 (x + 1)
f(3) M1 or fg( x ) =
6 (x + 1) + 1
oe A1
4

 2x 
2 
(ii)  x + 1 M1 allow omission of 2(…..) in
2x numerator or
+1
x +1 (…..) + 1 in denominator, but not
both.

A correct and valid step in simplification dM1 e.g. multiplying numerator and
denominator by x + 1, , or
2x
simplifying + 1 to
x +1
2x + x + 1
x +1
4x
Correctly simplified to A1
3x + 1

(iii) Putting y = g(x), M1 condone x = y2 –1; reasonable


changing subject to x and swopping x and y or attempt at correct method
vice versa

g–1(x) = x2 –1 A1 condone y =….. , f−1 =……

(Domain) x > 0 B1
(Range) g–1(x) > –1 B1 condone y > −1 f−1 > −1

(iv) y

B1 + B1 correct graphs; −1 need not be


labelled but could be implied by
‘one square’
x
-1 0
B1 idea of reflection or symmetry in
line y = x must be stated.
-1

© Cambridge International Examinations 2014


254
CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS
International General Certificate of Secondary Education

MARK SCHEME for the May/June 2014 series

0606 ADDITIONAL MATHEMATICS


0606/22 Paper 2, maximum raw mark 80

255
Page 2 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – May/June 2014 0606 22

1 rationalise the denominator to get


(2 + 5 ) (2
5 +1 ) or better M1 or squaring to get
(4 + 4 5 +5
or
)
5 −1 5 −1
better
squaring to get

(4 + 4 )(
5 + 5 5 +1 )
or better M1 or rationalising the denominator to
their 4 get
( )(
their 9 + 4 5 5 + 1 )
or better
5 −1
29 13
+ 5 oe isw A1 + A1 correct simplification
4 4
29 + 13 5
Allow etc.
4

2 Correctly eliminate y M1 − kx + 2 = 2 x 2 − 9 x + 4 oe

2 x 2 + (k − 9)x + 2[= 0] oe A1 allow even if x terms not collected;


condone … = y provided later work
implies it should be 0

Use b 2 − 4ac oe M1 must be applied to a 3 term


quadratic expression containing k
as a coefficient; condone < 0 etc.

Reach their (k − 9 = ±4 ) or
(
solves their k 2 − 18k + 65 = 0) M1 condone 9 − k = ±4 ; condone an
inequality at this stage

k = 5 and 13 cao A1 mark final answer, do not isw;


A0 if inequalities for final answers

© Cambridge International Examinations 2014


256
Page 3 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – May/June 2014 0606 22

3(− 1) − 14(− 1) − 7(− 1) + d = 0 with completion


3 2
3 (i) B1 at least –3 – 14 + 7 + d = 0,
to d = 10 d = 10; N.B. = 0 must be seen or
implied by … = d or … = −d, may
be seen in following step.

or convincingly showing
3(− 1) − 14(− 1) − 7(− 1) + 10 = 0 ;
3 2

at least
–3 – 14 + 7 + 10 = 0

or correct synthetic division at least


as far as
−1 3 − 14 − 7 10
− 3 17 − 10
3 − 17 10

(ii) 3 x 2 − 17 x + 10 isw or a = 3, b = −17, c = 10 isw B2, 1, 0 −1 each error;


must be seen or referenced in (ii)
even if found in (i) or (iii)

(iii) (x + 1)(x − 5)(3 x − 2 ) M1 for factorising quadratic ft correct;


condone omission of ( x + 1) or for
ft correct use of formula or ft
correct completing the square

−1, 5, 2 A1 If M0 then SC1 for all three roots


3
stated without working or
verified/found by trials

© Cambridge International Examinations 2014


257
Page 4 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – May/June 2014 0606 22

2
 1  17
4 (i) 12 x −  + isw B3, 2, 1,0 one mark for each of p, q, r correct
 4 4 in a correctly formatted expression;
allow correct equivalent values;

 1  17
If B0 then SC2 for 12 x −  +
 4 4
or

SC1 for correct 3 values seen in


incorrect format e.g.
 1  17
12 x − x  + or
 4  4
 1  17
12 x 2 −  +
 4 4
or for a correct completed square
form of the original expression in a
different but correct format. e.g.
2
 1  17
3 2 x −  +
 2 4

4 4
(ii) their or their 0.235 B1ft strict ft ; their must be a proper
17 17
fraction or decimal rounded to 3sig
figs or more or truncated to 4 figs
or more
1
their x = oe B1ft strict ft ; x must be correctly
4 attributed

5 (i) 1 − 20 x + 160 x 2 B2, 1, 0 −1 each error

if B0 then M1 for 3 correct terms


seen; may be unsimplified e.g.
5× 4
1, 5(− 4 x ) , (− 4 x )2
2
(ii) a + (their − 20 ) = −23 soi M1 condone sign errors only; must be
their −20 from (i)

a = −3 A1 validly obtained

b + (their − 20 )a + (their160 ) = 222 soi M1 condone sign errors only ; must be


their −20 and their160 from (i) and
their a if used

b=2 A1 validly obtained

© Cambridge International Examinations 2014


258
Page 5 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – May/June 2014 0606 22

6 (a) (i) 1 B1

(ii) x = −1 or −2 B1 + B1 as final answers

log 3 5
(b) seen or implied B1* may be implied by
log 3 a
2 log 3 15 − log 3 5

2 log 3 15 = log 3 152 seen or implied B1


 15 2

log 3 152 − log 3 5 = log 3  
 B1dep* not from wrong working
 5 
225
log 3 45 cao B1 must be 45 not e.g. ;
5
with no wrong working seen

7 (i) ( )
x 4 3e 3 x + 4 x 3e 3 x isw B1 + B1 each term of the sum correct; must
be a sum of two terms
1 1
(ii) × (− sin x ) isw B2 or B1 for × (k ± sin x )
2 + cos x 2 + cos x
and k a constant
d
(iii) (sin x ) = cos x soi B1
dx

d
dx
( )
1 −1
1 + x = x 2 soi
2
B1

(1 + x )their cos x −  their 12 x 


1

2  sin x

  B1ft
isw for correct form of quotient rule ft
(1 + x ) 2
1 −1
their cos x and their x 2 ;
2

allow correct use of product and


chain rules to obtain


( −2
) 1 1
sin x − 1 + x × x 2  +
2 
(
cos x 1 + x )
−1
oe

© Cambridge International Examinations 2014


259
Page 6 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – May/June 2014 0606 22

8 Substitution of either x – 5 or y + 5 into


equation of curve and brackets expanded M1 condone one sign error in either
equation of curve or expansion of
brackets; condone omission of = 0,
BUT x – 5 or y + 5 must be correct

2 x 2 − 8 x − 10[= 0] or 2 y 2 + 12 y[= 0] obtained A1

Solving their quadratic M1 dep on a valid substitution attempt

(−1, −6) oe and (5, 0) oe isw A1*+A1* or A1 for correct pair of x


coordinates or correct pair of y
coordinates

72 or 6 2 cao isw B1dep*

or B1 for (2 x + 1) 2 +1
[y =] (2 x + 1) (+ c ) oe
3 1
9 (i) 2 B2
3

2
2
(2(4) + 1)2 + c oe
3
10 = M1 for valid attempt to find c; condone
6 slips e.g. omission of power or sign
error

(2 x + 1)
3
2
y= + c seen and c = 1 or A1 must have y = ….; condone
3
2× f(x) = ...
2
(2 x + 1)
3
2
y= + 1 isw
3

2
(ii)
1  1
∫  3 (2 x + 1) + 1dx = (2 x + 1) 2 + x(+ const ) B1 for (2 x + 1) 2 ,
3 5 3
2 +1
B1 + B1
 15
1
(2 x + 1)2
5
B1 for
15
B1ft B1 ft their c from (i) provided
1. 5 c≠0
1 
15 (2 x + 1) + x  =
5
2

 0
1  1 
15 (2(1.5) + 1) + (1.5) − 15 (2(0 ) + 1) + 0
5 5
2 2
M1 for a genuine attempt to find F(1.5)
    – F(0) in an attempt to integrate
their y; if their F(0) is 0 must see at
least their F(1.5)− 0; condone + c
as long as their c is not numerical.
107
oe isw A1 if decimal 3.57 or more accurate
30
e.g. 3.566

© Cambridge International Examinations 2014


260
Page 7 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – May/June 2014 0606 22

10 (i) Taking logs of both sides M1 any base; must be an explicitly


correct statement
log y = log A + x log b A1 correct form; any base; no recovery
from incorrect method steps

(ii) b: awrt 3 to one sf isw or awrt 4 to one sf isw B2 or M1 for b = e their gradient soi;
their gradient must be correctly
evaluated as rise/run

A: awrt 0.5 to one sf B2 or B1 for A = e −0.6

or SC1 for A = e −0.3 = 0.7 (giving


an awrt 0.7)

220
= (their 4)
x
(iii) Evidence of graph used at ln y = 5.4 soi M1 or
their 0.5

or 5.39…= their(1.4)x + their −0.6

or
ln (220 ) = x ln (their 4 ) + ln (their 0.5)

awrt 4.4 to two sf A1

© Cambridge International Examinations 2014


261
Page 8 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – May/June 2014 0606 22

11 (i) f (x ) > 3 or [f (x ) ∈] (3, ∞ ) B1 condone y > 3

(ii) x +1 = 2y M1 or y + 1 = 2 x
f −1 (x ) = log 2 (x + 1) A1 mark final answer
or log 2 ( y + 1) = x and
f −1 (x ) = log 2 (x + 1)
log(x + 1)
or for f −1 (x ) = (any base
log 2
for this form)

Domain x>3 B1ft ft their range of f provided


mathematically valid inequality or
interval

Range f–1(x) > 2 B1 condone f(x) > 2 or y > 2

(iii) ( )
2 x 2 x − 1 oe isw B1 ( )
2
e.g. 2 x − 1 + (2 x − 1)
or 2 2 x − 2 × 2 x + 1 + 2 x − 1

( )
2 x 2 x − 1 = 0 leading to 2 x = 0 , impossible oe B1 or 2 x = 0 which is outside domain
of gf

2x = 1 ⇒ x = 0 M1 or
( )
2 x 2 x − 1 = 22 x − 2 x = 0
[2 = 2 ] ⇒ x = 0
2x x

0 is not in the domain (and so gf (x ) = 0 has no A1


solutions)

© Cambridge International Examinations 2014


262
Page 9 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – May/June 2014 0606 22

dy
12 (i) = 3x 2 − 18 x + 24 B1
dx
Solving their 3x2 – 18x + 24 [ 0
by factorising or quadratic formula or M1 attempt at differentiation resulting
completing the square in quadratic expression with two
terms correct; allow = or Y or < or
> or [ 0 omitted here.

Critical values 2 and 4 A1


x Y 2, x [ 4 A1 A0 if spurious attempt to combine;
mark final answer
dy
(ii) Evaluating their at x = 3 M1
dx

1
Use of m1m2 = −1 to get mnormal = − M1 must be explicit statement of
their (− 3) gradient of normal ; may be seen in
equation

y = 18 soi B1

 1
y − their18 =  their (x − 3) or
 3
1
y = their x + c and c = their17 isw A1ft ft their m provided a genuine
3 attempt at mnormal ; no ft if
m = their mtangent

P(0, 17) cao B1

© Cambridge International Examinations 2014


263
CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS
International General Certificate of Secondary Education

MARK SCHEME for the May/June 2014 series

0606 ADDITIONAL MATHEMATICS


0606/23 Paper 2, maximum raw mark 80

264
Page 2 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – May/June 2014 0606 23

1 2
1 (i) 500 = r (1.6) M1
2
25 only A1 ± 25 is A0

(ii) their 25 + their 25 + their 25 × 1.6 or better M1 their 25 must be positive

90 A1

1 1
2 log x 3 = oe soi B1 may be implied by log x 3 = oe
log 3 x u

u2 – 4u – 12 = 0 oe M1 condone sign errors

solve their 3 term quadratic in u M1

Solve log3 x = 6 or log3 x = –2 oe M1


1
729 and A1
9

 5
 3 1 4  
3 (i)   and  3  B1
1 3 0 1
 
3 1
 
or (5 3 1) and  1 4 
 4 0
 

Multiplication of compatible matrices M1 Must be correct shape from candidates


product

 22 
  or (22 17 ) as appropriate A1
 17 

 22  1
(ii) (1 1) with   or (22 17 ) with   B1
 17  1

© Cambridge International Examinations 2014


265
Page 3 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – May/June 2014 0606 23

4 (a) (i) B1

(ii) or B1 any Venn diagram showing three circles


which do not all overlap

(b) (i) 50 ∉ C B1

(ii) 64 ∈ S ∩ C B1ft ft only on use of ⊄ and ⊂ instead of ∉


and ∈

(iii) n(S′) = 90 B1

2
5 (i)  2 2 + 4  = 8 + 16 2 + 16 B1
 
Correct completion B1

  2 2 + 4  
− b ± b 2 − 4ac    
(ii) Use M1 =
2a  2 2 2 + 3  
  

Multiply top and bottom by 2 2 − 3 M1

2− 2 A1 Or 4 2 − 6

6 Eliminate x or y M1

Rearrange to quadratic in x or y M1

x2 – 27x + 72 = 0 or y2 + 9y – 90 = 0 A1

Factorise or solve 3 term quadratic M1

x = 3, x = 24 or y = 6, y = –15 A1

y = 6, y = –15 or x = 3, x = 24 B1

© Cambridge International Examinations 2014


266
Page 4 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – May/June 2014 0606 23

7 (a) sin θ cosθ


+
cosθ sin θ B1
1 1
+
cosθ sin θ

Clears the fractions in the numerator and M1


denominator using common denominator

sin 2 θ + cos 2 θ
and completion A1
sin θ + cosθ

(b) evidence of 13 B1
5
sin x = B1
13
12
cos x = − B1ft ft on their 13
13

8 (i) Attempt to find b2 – 4ac M1 may be in formula


or attempt to complete square

Completely correct argument A1

(ii) m = 6(4) – 8(2) + 3 M1

y – 10 = 11(x – 2) or y = 11x – 12 A1

(iii) Integrate to 2x3 – 4x2 + 3x(+c) B2,1,0

10 = 2(2)3 – 4(2)2 + 3(2) + c M1 dep on c being a genuine constant of


integration

y = 2x3 – 4x2 + 3x + 4 soi A1

© Cambridge International Examinations 2014


267
Page 5 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – May/June 2014 0606 23

9 (i) (0, 7) B1

mAB = 2 B1

1
perpendicular gradient = − M1
2

1
y=− x+7 A1
2

(ii) mAB = –1 B1

y = –x + 13 B1

1
Solve their y = –x + 13 and y = − x + 7 M1
2

D(12,1) A1

Complete method for area M1

84 A1

d  2 x
10 (i)  x + 21  = B1 Alt method using product rule
dx   2
x + 21
d 1 −x
= 3
is B1
dx  x 2 + 21   2 
   x + 21 

Use of quotient rule M1 then M1 A1 as in quotient

2 (x 2
)
+ 21 − 2 x ×
x
(x 2
+ 21 )
(x 2
)
+ 21 A1

Multiply each term by (x 2


+ 21) M1

(
2 x 2 + 21 − 2 x 2 ) leading to k = 42
3 A1
(x 2
+ 21 )2

6 2x
(ii) × M1 k must be a constant
k x 2 + 21
2x
Use limits in C × M1
x 2 + 21
8
or 0.145 A1
55

© Cambridge International Examinations 2014


268
Page 6 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
IGCSE – May/June 2014 0606 23

11 (i) OM = a B1

MB = 5b – a B1

(ii) ON = 3b B1

AP = λ (3b – 2a) B1

(iii) MP = MA + AP M1
a + λ (3b – 2a) A1

(iv) Put MP = µ MB M1

Equate components M1

Solve simultaneous equations M1

5
λ= A1
7

12 (i) 3<f<7 B1,B1 If B0 then SC1 for 3 I f I 7

(ii) f(12) = 5 B1 f 2 (x)  (x − 3) + 2 − 3  + 2 earns B1


 

(f(5) = ) 2 + 2 B1

(iii) Clear indication of method M1


f–1(x) = (x – 2)2 + 3 A1 condone y = (x – 2)2 + 3

120
(iv) gf (x) = B1
(x − 3) + 2
Attempt to solve their gf (x) = 20 M1

x = 19 A1

© Cambridge International Examinations 2014


269
CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS
Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education

MARK SCHEME for the October/November 2014 series

0606 ADDITIONAL MATHEMATICS


0606/11 Paper 1, maximum raw mark 80

270
Page 2 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – October/November 2014 0606 11

1 dy 16 M1 for attempt to differentiate


= 2x − 2
dx x A1 all correct
dy dy
When = 0, DM1 for equating to zero and an
dx dx
attempt to solve for x.

x = 2, y = 12 A1 A1 for both, but no extra solutions

2 (a) 4 y

B1 for correct shape


2
2
1

1 2 3
B1 for max value of 2, starting at (0, 2)
−1
and finishing at ( 180o , 2)
−2

−3 B1 for min value of –4


-4 −4

(b) (i) 4 B1 must be positive

π
(ii) 60o or or 1.05 rad B1
3

3 (i) 1 1 1
y = 4(x + 3) 2 (+ c ) M1, A1 M1 for (x + 3) 2 , A1 for 4(x + 3) 2
 1
10 = 4 9 2  + c M1 for a correct attempt to find c, but
 
  must be from an attempt to
c = −2 integrate
1
y = 4(x + 3) 2 − 2 A1 Allow A1 for c = –2

1
(ii) 6 = 4(x + 3) 2 − 2
x =1 A1 ft ft for substitution into their
equation to obtain x; must have the
first M1

© Cambridge International Examinations 2014


271
Page 3 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – October/November 2014 0606 11

4 (i) 5y2 − 7 y + 2 = 0 B1, B1 B1 for 5, B1 for –7

(ii) (5 y − 2)( y − 1) = 0 M1 for solution of quadratic equation


2 ln 0.4 from (i)
y= ,x= M1 for use of logarithms to solve
5 ln 5
equation of the type 5 x = k
x = −0.569 A1 must be evaluated to 3sf or better

y = 1, x = 0 B1

5 (i) dy 1
= 3x 2 − M1 for attempt to differentiate
dx x
dy B1 for y = 1
When x = 1, y = 1 and =2
dx
Tangent: y − 1 = 2(x − 1) DM1 for attempt to find equation of
tangent
( y = 2 x − 1) A1 allow equation unsimplified

(ii) Mid-point (5, 9) B1 for midpoint from given


coordinates
9 = 2(5) − 1 B1 for checking the mid-point lies on
tangent

Alternative Method:
Tangent equation y = 2 x − 1
Equation of line joining (–2, 16) and (12, 2)
y = − x + 14
Solve simultaneously x = 5, y = 9 B1 for a complete method to find the
coordinates of the point of
intersection
Mid-point (5, 9) B1 for midpoint from given
coordinates

6 (i) (2 + px )6 = 64 + 192 px + 240 p 2 x 2 … B1 for 240p2 or 240p2x2 or


C 2 × 2 4 × ( px ) or 6 C 2 × 2 4 × p 2
6 2

or 6 C 2 × 2 4 × p 2 x 2
240 p 2 = 60 M1 for equating their term in x2 to 60
1 and attempt to solve
p= A1
2

(ii) (3 − x )(64 + 192 px + 240 p 2 x 2 ...) B1 ft ft for 192p, 96 or 192 × their p

Coefficient of x2 is 180 − 192 p M1 for 180 – 192p


= 84 A1

© Cambridge International Examinations 2014


272
Page 4 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – October/November 2014 0606 11

7 (i) 1  b −2b  1  b − 2b 
A −1 =   B1, B1 B1 for , B1 for  
5ab  a 3a  5ab  a 3a 

(ii) X = BA −1 M1 for post-multiplication by inverse


matrix
 1 2 
− DM1
 −a b   5a 5a 
for correct attempt at matrix
=    multiplication, needs at least one
 2a 2b   1 3 
term correct for their BA −1 (allow
 
 5b 5b  unsimplified)

0 1 A1 for each correct pair of elements,


= 4 
2 A1 must be simplified
 
5 5

8 (i) uuur  12  1
AB =   , at P, x = −2 + (12) B1 for convincing argument for x = 1
 16  4
so at P , x = 1
1
y = 3 + (16 ) , y = 7 B1 for y = 7
4

(ii) 16 3
Gradient of AB = , so perp gradient = − M1 for finding gradient of
12 4 perpendicular
3
Perp line: y−7 = − (x − 1) M1 for equation of perpendicular
4 through their P
(3x + 4 y = 31) A1 Allow unsimplified

(iii)  31  B1 ft ft on their perpendicular line, may


Q  0, 
 4 be implied
M1 for any valid method of finding the
area of the correct triangle, allow
use of their Q; must be in the form

Area AQB = 12.5 A1


( 0, q ) .

© Cambridge International Examinations 2014


273
Page 5 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – October/November 2014 0606 11

9 (i) log y = log a + x log b B1 for the statement, may be seen or


implied in later work,
x 2 2.5 3 3.5 4

lg y 1.27 1.47 1.67 1.87 2.07

2 2.5 3 3.5 4
lny 2.93 3.39 3.84 4.31 4.76

logy
3 y

M1 for attempt to draw graph of x


2

against log y
1

A2,1,0 –1 each error in points plotted


x
x

1 2 3 4

(ii) Gradient = log b


lg b = 0.4 or ln b = 0.92 DM1 for attempt to find gradient and
equate it to log b, dependent on M1
in (i)
b = 2.5 (allow 2.4 to 2.6) A1

Intercept = log a
lg a = 0.47 or ln a = 1.10 DM1 for attempt to equate y-intercept to
log a or use their equation with
their gradient and a point on the
line, dependent on M1 in (i)
a = 3 (allow 2.8 to 3.2) A1

Alternative method:
Simultaneous equations may be used provided DM1 for a pair of equations using points
points that are on the plotted straight line are on the line, dependent on M1 in (i)
used. DM1 for solution of these equations,
dependent on M1 in (i)
a = 3 (allow 2.8 to 3.2) A1 A1 for each
b = 2.5 (allow 2.4 to 2.6) A1

© Cambridge International Examinations 2014


274
Page 6 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – October/November 2014 0606 11

10 (a) (i) 360 B1


(ii) 60 B1
(iii) 36 B1

(b) (i) 8
C5 × 12C5 B1, B1 B1 for each, allow unevaluated
with no extra terms
56 × 792 = 44352 B1 Final answer must be evaluated and
from multiplication

(ii) 4 places are accounted for M1 for realising that 4 places are
Gender no longer ‘important’ accounted or that gender is no
longer important
16
Need C6 = 8008 A1 for 8008

Alternative Method
(6
) (
C6 × 10C0 + 6C5 × 10C1 ) ... ( 6C0 × 10C6 ) M1 for at least 5 of the 7 cases, allow
unsimplified
1 + 60 + 675 + 2400 + 3150 + 1512 + 210 = 8008 A1

11 (a) cos 3 x cos3 x


2 cos 3 x − =0 M1 for use of cot 3 x = , may be
sin 3 x sin 3 x
 1  implied
cos 3x 2 − =0
 sin 3x 

Leading to cos 3 x = 0, 3 x = 90o , 270o DM1 for attempt to solve cos 3x = 0


correctly from correct factorisation
to obtain x
x = 30o , 90o A1 A1 for both, no excess solutions in
the range
1 1
and sin 3 x = , 3 x = 30o , 150o DM1 for attempt to solve sin 3 x =
2 2
correctly to obtain x
x = 10o , 50o A1 A1 for both, condone excess
solutions
(b)
 π 1
cos y +  = −  π
 2 2 M1 for dealing with sec  y + 
π 2π 4π  2
y+ = , correctly
2 3 3
DM1 for correct order of operations,
must not mix degrees and radians
π 5π
so y = , (0.524, 2.62) A1, A1
6 6

© Cambridge International Examinations 2014


275
Page 7 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – October/November 2014 0606 11

uuur
12 (i) AQ = λ b − a B1
uuur
(ii) BP = µ a − b B1

uuur 1 2 1
(iii) OR = a + ( λ b − a ) or λ b − ( λ b − a ) M1 for a + their (i)
3 3 3
2 1
= a + λb A1 Allow unsimplified
3 3

uuur 7 1 7
(iv) OR = b + ( µ a − b ) or µ a − ( µ a − b ) M1 for b + their (ii)
8 8 8
1 7
= b + µa
8 8 A1 Allow unsimplified

(v) 2 1 1 7
a + λb = b + µa M1 for equating (iii) and (iv) and then
3 3 8 8
equating like vectors
2 7 16
= µ, µ = Allow 0.762 A1
3 8 21
1 1 3 A1
λ = ,λ = Allow 0.375
3 8 8

© Cambridge International Examinations 2014


276
CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS
Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education

MARK SCHEME for the October/November 2014 series

0606 ADDITIONAL MATHEMATICS


0606/12 Paper 1, maximum raw mark 80

277
Page 2 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – October/November 2014 0606 12

1 dy 16 M1 for attempt to differentiate


= 2x − 2
dx x A1 all correct
dy dy
When = 0, DM1 for equating to zero and an
dx dx
attempt to solve for x.

x = 2, y = 12 A1 A1 for both, but no extra solutions

2 (a) 4 y

B1 for correct shape


2
2
1

1 2 3
B1 for max value of 2, starting at (0, 2)
−1
and finishing at ( 180o , 2)
−2

−3 B1 for min value of –4


-4 −4

(b) (i) 4 B1 must be positive

π
(ii) 60o or or 1.05 rad B1
3

3 (i) 1 1 1
y = 4(x + 3) 2 (+ c ) M1, A1 M1 for (x + 3) 2 , A1 for 4(x + 3) 2
 1
10 = 4 9 2  + c M1 for a correct attempt to find c, but
 
  must be from an attempt to
c = −2 integrate
1
y = 4(x + 3) 2 − 2 A1 Allow A1 for c = –2

1
(ii) 6 = 4(x + 3) 2 − 2
x =1 A1 ft ft for substitution into their
equation to obtain x; must have the
first M1

© Cambridge International Examinations 2014


278
Page 3 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – October/November 2014 0606 12

4 (i) 5y2 − 7 y + 2 = 0 B1, B1 B1 for 5, B1 for –7

(ii) (5 y − 2)( y − 1) = 0 M1 for solution of quadratic equation


2 ln 0.4 from (i)
y= ,x= M1 for use of logarithms to solve
5 ln 5
equation of the type 5 x = k
x = −0.569 A1 must be evaluated to 3sf or better

y = 1, x = 0 B1

5 (i) dy 1
= 3x 2 − M1 for attempt to differentiate
dx x
dy B1 for y = 1
When x = 1, y = 1 and =2
dx
Tangent: y − 1 = 2(x − 1) DM1 for attempt to find equation of
tangent
( y = 2 x − 1) A1 allow equation unsimplified

(ii) Mid-point (5, 9) B1 for midpoint from given


coordinates
9 = 2(5) − 1 B1 for checking the mid-point lies on
tangent

Alternative Method:
Tangent equation y = 2 x − 1
Equation of line joining (–2, 16) and (12, 2)
y = − x + 14
Solve simultaneously x = 5, y = 9 B1 for a complete method to find the
coordinates of the point of
intersection
Mid-point (5, 9) B1 for midpoint from given
coordinates

6 (i) (2 + px )6 = 64 + 192 px + 240 p 2 x 2 … B1 for 240p2 or 240p2x2 or


C 2 × 2 4 × ( px ) or 6 C 2 × 2 4 × p 2
6 2

or 6 C 2 × 2 4 × p 2 x 2
240 p 2 = 60 M1 for equating their term in x2 to 60
1 and attempt to solve
p= A1
2

(ii) (3 − x )(64 + 192 px + 240 p 2 x 2 ...) B1 ft ft for 192p, 96 or 192 × their p

Coefficient of x2 is 180 − 192 p M1 for 180 – 192p


= 84 A1

© Cambridge International Examinations 2014


279
Page 4 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – October/November 2014 0606 12

7 (i) 1  b −2b  1  b − 2b 
A −1 =   B1, B1 B1 for , B1 for  
5ab  a 3a  5ab  a 3a 

(ii) X = BA −1 M1 for post-multiplication by inverse


matrix
 1 2 
− DM1
 −a b   5a 5a 
for correct attempt at matrix
=    multiplication, needs at least one
 2a 2b   1 3 
term correct for their BA −1 (allow
 
 5b 5b  unsimplified)

0 1 A1 for each correct pair of elements,


= 4 
2 A1 must be simplified
 
5 5

8 (i) uuur  12  1
AB =   , at P, x = −2 + (12) B1 for convincing argument for x = 1
 16  4
so at P , x = 1
1
y = 3 + (16 ) , y = 7 B1 for y = 7
4

(ii) 16 3
Gradient of AB = , so perp gradient = − M1 for finding gradient of
12 4 perpendicular
3
Perp line: y−7 = − (x − 1) M1 for equation of perpendicular
4 through their P
(3x + 4 y = 31) A1 Allow unsimplified

(iii)  31  B1 ft ft on their perpendicular line, may


Q  0, 
 4 be implied
M1 for any valid method of finding the
area of the correct triangle, allow
use of their Q; must be in the form

Area AQB = 12.5 A1


( 0, q ) .

© Cambridge International Examinations 2014


280
Page 5 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – October/November 2014 0606 12

9 (i) log y = log a + x log b B1 for the statement, may be seen or


implied in later work,
x 2 2.5 3 3.5 4

lg y 1.27 1.47 1.67 1.87 2.07

2 2.5 3 3.5 4
lny 2.93 3.39 3.84 4.31 4.76

logy
3 y

M1 for attempt to draw graph of x


2

against log y
1

A2,1,0 –1 each error in points plotted


x
x

1 2 3 4

(ii) Gradient = log b


lg b = 0.4 or ln b = 0.92 DM1 for attempt to find gradient and
equate it to log b, dependent on M1
in (i)
b = 2.5 (allow 2.4 to 2.6) A1

Intercept = log a
lg a = 0.47 or ln a = 1.10 DM1 for attempt to equate y-intercept to
log a or use their equation with
their gradient and a point on the
line, dependent on M1 in (i)
a = 3 (allow 2.8 to 3.2) A1

Alternative method:
Simultaneous equations may be used provided DM1 for a pair of equations using points
points that are on the plotted straight line are on the line, dependent on M1 in (i)
used. DM1 for solution of these equations,
dependent on M1 in (i)
a = 3 (allow 2.8 to 3.2) A1 A1 for each
b = 2.5 (allow 2.4 to 2.6) A1

© Cambridge International Examinations 2014


281
Page 6 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – October/November 2014 0606 12

10 (a) (i) 360 B1


(ii) 60 B1
(iii) 36 B1

(b) (i) 8
C5 × 12C5 B1, B1 B1 for each, allow unevaluated
with no extra terms
56 × 792 = 44352 B1 Final answer must be evaluated and
from multiplication

(ii) 4 places are accounted for M1 for realising that 4 places are
Gender no longer ‘important’ accounted or that gender is no
longer important
16
Need C6 = 8008 A1 for 8008

Alternative Method
(6
) (
C6 × 10C0 + 6C5 × 10C1 ) ... ( 6C0 × 10C6 ) M1 for at least 5 of the 7 cases, allow
unsimplified
1 + 60 + 675 + 2400 + 3150 + 1512 + 210 = 8008 A1

11 (a) cos 3 x cos3 x


2 cos 3 x − =0 M1 for use of cot 3 x = , may be
sin 3 x sin 3 x
 1  implied
cos 3x 2 − =0
 sin 3x 

Leading to cos 3 x = 0, 3 x = 90o , 270o DM1 for attempt to solve cos 3x = 0


correctly from correct factorisation
to obtain x
x = 30o , 90o A1 A1 for both, no excess solutions in
the range
1 1
and sin 3 x = , 3 x = 30o , 150o DM1 for attempt to solve sin 3 x =
2 2
correctly to obtain x
x = 10o , 50o A1 A1 for both, condone excess
solutions
(b)
 π 1
cos y +  = −  π
 2 2 M1 for dealing with sec  y + 
π 2π 4π  2
y+ = , correctly
2 3 3
DM1 for correct order of operations,
must not mix degrees and radians
π 5π
so y = , (0.524, 2.62) A1, A1
6 6

© Cambridge International Examinations 2014


282
Page 7 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – October/November 2014 0606 12

uuur
12 (i) AQ = λ b − a B1
uuur
(ii) BP = µ a − b B1

uuur 1 2 1
(iii) OR = a + ( λ b − a ) or λ b − ( λ b − a ) M1 for a + their (i)
3 3 3
2 1
= a + λb A1 Allow unsimplified
3 3

uuur 7 1 7
(iv) OR = b + ( µ a − b ) or µ a − ( µ a − b ) M1 for b + their (ii)
8 8 8
1 7
= b + µa
8 8 A1 Allow unsimplified

(v) 2 1 1 7
a + λb = b + µa M1 for equating (iii) and (iv) and then
3 3 8 8
equating like vectors
2 7 16
= µ, µ = Allow 0.762 A1
3 8 21
1 1 3 A1
λ = ,λ = Allow 0.375
3 8 8

© Cambridge International Examinations 2014


283
CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS
Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education

MARK SCHEME for the October/November 2014 series

0606 ADDITIONAL MATHEMATICS


0606/13 Paper 1, maximum raw mark 80

284
Page 2 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – October/November 2014 0606 13

1 a=3 B1
b=2 B1
c=4 B1

2 x 2 = 16 or y 2 − 4 y + 3 = 0 M1 for correct elimination of one


variable and attempt to form a
quadratic equation in x or y.
x = ±4 A1
y = 1, 3 A1
Points (–4, 1) and (4, 3)
Line AB = 82 + 2 2 M1 for use of Pythagoras theorem
= 68 or 2 17 A1 allow either form

3 (i) n ( A) = 2 B1
n (B ) = 3 B1 B0 for n(2), {2},{0}, ∅ , {} etc.
n (C ) = 0 B1

(ii) A ∪ B = {− 1, − 2, − 3, 3} B1

(iii) A ∩ B = {− 2} B1

(iv) ξ, ’the universal set’, R, ‘real numbers’, { x : x ∈ } B1

5
4 (a) tan x = − M1 Correct statement or
3 tan x = −1.67

x = 121.0°, 301.0° A1 A1 for either correct solution


A1ft ft from their first solution

 π 1
(b) sin  3 y +  = M1 for dealing correctly with cosec
 4 2 and attempt to solve subsequent
equation

π π 5π 13π 17π π 5π 13π 17π


3y + = , , , A1 for , , or , or
4 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6

π 7π 23π 31π
3y = − , , , DM1 for correct order of operations
12 12 12 12

7π 23π 31π
y= , , (0.611, 2.01 and 2.71) A1, A1 A1 for one correct solution
36 36 36 A1 for both the other correct
solutions and no others in range.

© Cambridge International Examinations 2014


285
Page 3 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – October/November 2014 0606 13

5 (a) (i) 12 2 1  7.25 


  0.5   
9 3 0    5.70 
8  0 .4  =  M1 for correct compatible matrices in
5 1  6.45 
  0.45    the correct order. Allow 1 error in
 11 2 0   6.30  each matrix.
  
Allow if done in cents
12 9 8 11
 
or (0.5 0.4 0.45) 2 3 5 2  DM1 for a correct method for multiplying
1 0 1 0 their matrices to obtain an
 
appropriate 4 by 1 or 1 by 4 matrix.
= (7.25 5.70 6.45 6.30) A2,1,0 A2 all correct
or A1 3 correct elements.
(ii) 25.70 B1 Allow 25.7

(b) Y = X −1 or Y = X −1I M1 for matrix algebra


 1 4  1  
1 1 − 4  −  A1 for  
Y=   or  22 22  22  
22  5 2   5 2 
  1 − 4
 22 22  A1 for k  
5 2 
Alternative method:
 2 4  a b   1 0 
   =   M1 for a complete method using
 − 5 1  c d   0 1  simultaneous equations
2 a + 4c = 1, 2b + 4 d = 0
− 5a + c = 0, − 5b + d = 1 1 5
A1 a= and c =
22 22
4 2
or b = − and d =
22 22
1 1 − 4
leading to =   oe A1 for correct matrix
22  5 2 

© Cambridge International Examinations 2014


286
Page 4 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – October/November 2014 0606 13

6 OC 12
6 (i) cos 0.9 = or = M1 for correct use of cosine, sine rule,
OC sin 0.9 sin (π − 1.8) cosine rule or any other valid
6 method
OC = = 9.652...
cos 0.9

12 sin 0.9
or OC = = 9.652... A1 for manipulating correctly to
sin (π − 1.8) OC = 9.652(35…)
Must have 4th figure (or more) for
rounding
(ii) Perimeter = (0.9 × 12) + 9.652 + (12 − 9.652) B1 for arc length
M1 for attempt to add the correct
lengths
= 22.8 A1

1  1 
(iii) Area =  × 12 2 × 0.9  −  × 9.652 2 sin (π − 1.8) B1 for area of sector, allow
2  2  unsimplified
B1 for area of isosceles triangle
1
(9.65(2...))2 sin(π − 1.8) or
2
1
(12 × 6 tan 0.9) or
2
1
(12 × 9.65(2...) × sin 0.9) , allow
2
64.8 − 45.36 unsimplified.
= 19.4 to 19.5 B1 for answer in range 19.4 to 19.5

Alternative Method:
1
(12 − 9.652) × 9.652 × sin1.8 B1 for area of triangle ACB,
2 unsimplified
1 2
12 (0.9 − sin 0.9) B1 for area of segment, unsimplified
2
11.04 + 8.40
Area =19.4 to 19.5 B1 answer in range 19.4 to 19.5

7 1 + 2 log5 x = log5 (18x − 9) B1, B1 B1 for dealing with ‘1’, B1 for


dealing with ‘2’
log5 5 + log5 x 2 = log5 (18 x − 9 ) M1 for a correct use of addition or
subtraction of logarithms
5 x 2 = 18x − 9 DM1 for elimination of logarithms to
(5x − 3)(x − 3) = 0 form a 3 term quadratic and for
3 solution of quadratic
x= , 3 A1 for both x values
5

© Cambridge International Examinations 2014


287
Page 5 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – October/November 2014 0606 13

 3x 2 
8 (i)
x 
(
f ′( x ) =  x × 3  + ln x 3 ) M1 for differentiation of a product
 B1 for differentiation of ln x 3
= 3 + 3 ln x , = 3(1 + ln x ) A1 for simplification to gain given
answer
or f (x ) = 3 x ln x B1 for use of ln x 3 = 3 ln x
 1
f ′( x ) =  3x ×  + 3 ln x , M1 for differentiation of a product
 x
= 3(1 + ln x ) A1 for simplification to gain given
answer

(ii)
∫ 3(1 + 1nx )dx = x ln x
3
or 3xln x M1 for realising that differentiation is
the reverse of integration and using
(i)
1
∫1 + ln xdx = 3 x ln x A1
3
or xln x

1 
(iii)

x ln x − 1dx or  x ln x3  − 1dx
3 
∫ DM1 for using answer to (ii) and

subtracting 1dx dependent on M
mark in (ii)
2
1 
[x ln x − x]12 or  x ln x3 − x  DM1 for correct application of limits
3 1
= 2 ln 2 − 2 + 1
= −1 + ln 4 A1 from correct working

9 (a) 5 p = 625 , so p = 4 B1

4
C1 5 p −1 (− q ) = −1500 M1 their p substituted in p C1 5 p −1 (− q )
4 × 125(− q ) = −1500 or in p C1 5 p −1 (− qx ) unsimplified
q=3 A1

4
C 2 5 p −2 q 2 = r M1 their p and q substituted in
C 2 5 p −2 (− q ) or p C2 5 p − 2 (− qx )
p 2 2

unsimplified

r = 1350 A1

3
9 1 
(b) 12
C3 (2 x )  3  M1 for identifying correct term
 4x 
DM1 for attempt to evaluate correct
expression

Term is 1760 A1 must be evaluated

© Cambridge International Examinations 2014


288
Page 6 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – October/November 2014 0606 13

5x 3x
10 (a) 2 (3 y − 2 )
= 1 or 3( y −1)
= 34 oe M1 for obtaining one correct equation
5 3 in powers of 5, 3, 25, 27 or 81

x = 6y − 4 A1 for x = 6 y − 4 oe linear equation

x = 3y +1 A1 for x = 3 y + 1 oe linear equation


M1 for attempt to solve linear
simultaneous equations which have
been obtained correctly
5
Leads to x = 6, y = A1 for both.
3

(b) Using the cosine rule:


(1 + 2 3 ) = (2 + 3 )
2 2
( )
+ 2 2 − 4 2 + 3 cos A M1 for correct substitution in cosine
rule, may use in form of cos A = ...

cos A =
(13 + 4 3 )− (7 + 4 3 )− 4 oe
− 4(2 + 3 )
DM1 for attempt to make cosA subject
and simplify
−1 2− 3
cos A = ×
(
2 2+ 3 ) 2− 3
DM1 for rationalisation.

3
cos A = −1 + A1
2

© Cambridge International Examinations 2014


289
Page 7 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – October/November 2014 0606 13

dy
= (x + 5)2(x − 1) + ( x − 1)
2
11 (i) M1 for differentiation of a product,
dx allow unsimplified
A1 correct
dy
= (x − 1)(3 x + 9 )
dx
dy
When =0 DM1 for equating to zero and solution of
dx quadratic
x =1 A1
x = −3 A1
Alternative method:
y = x 3 + 3x 2 − 9 x + 5 M1 for expansion of brackets and
differentiation of each term of a 4
term cubic
dy
= 3x 2 + 6 x − 9 A1
dx
dy
When =0 DM1 for equating to zero and solution of
dx 3 term quadratic
x =1 A1 from correct quadratic equation
x = −3 A1 from correct quadratic equation

∫x
3
(ii) + 3x 2 − 9 x + 5dx M1 for correct attempt to obtain and
integrate a 4 term cubic
x4 9x 2
= + x3 − + 5 x ( + c) A2,1,0 A2 for 4 correct terms
4 2 or A1 for 3 correct terms
1
 x4 3 9x 2 
(iii)  +x − + 5x M1 for correct substitution of limits 1
4 2  −5 and –5 for their (ii)
1 9   625 225 
=  +1− + 5 −  − 125 − − 25 
 4 2   4 2 
= 108 A1

(iv) When x = −3, y = 32 M1 for realising that the y-coordinate of


the maximum point is needed.
k > 32 A1

© Cambridge International Examinations 2014


290
CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS
Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education

MARK SCHEME for the October/November 2014 series

0606 ADDITIONAL MATHEMATICS


0606/21 Paper 2, maximum raw mark 80

291
Page 2 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – October/November 2014 0606 21

1 (a)

B1

B1

(b) No.in H only = 50 − x ; No in F only = 60 − x B1 Both written or on diagram


Sum: 50 − x + 60 − x + x + 30 − 2 x = 98 M1 Add at least 3 terms each with x
involved and equate to 98 soi
x = 14 A1

9 x 2 + 2 x − 1 < ( x + 1)
2
2 M1 Expand and collect terms
8 x 2 < 2 oe isw A1
1 1 A1
− <x<
2 2

3 log 2 ( x + 3) = log 2 y + 2 → x + 3 = 4y B1
log 2 ( x + y ) = 3 → x+ y =8 B1
x + 3 = 4(8 − x ) M1 Eliminate y or x from two linear three
term equations
5 x = 29 → x = 5.8, oe A1
y = 2.2 oe A1

© Cambridge International Examinations 2014


292
Page 3 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – October/November 2014 0606 21

x −1 − 3 − 2
4 (i) f ( 37 ) = 3 or gf ( x ) = B1
2 ( )
x −1 − 3 − 3
3− 2 1
gf ( 37 ) = = B1
6−3 3

(ii) y = x −1 − 3 → ( y + 3)
2
= x −1 M1 Rearrange and square in any order
( x + 3) + 1 = f −1 ( x ) oe isw
2
A1 Interchange x and y and complete

(iii) x−2
y=
2x − 3
2 xy − 3 y = x − 2 → 2 xy − x = 3 y − 2 M1 Multiply and collect like terms
3x − 2
= g −1 ( x ) oe A1
2x −1 Interchange and complete
Mark final answer

5 (i) B = 900 B1

(ii) B = 500 + 400e2 = 3455 or 3456 or 3460 B1 3455.6 scores B0

(iii)  dB 
 =  80e 0.2 t B1
 dt 
dB
t = 10 → = 80e 2 = 591 ( /day ) B1 awrt
dt

(iv) 10000 = 500 + 400e0.2t → e0.2t = ( 23.75 ) M1 e0.2t = k


0.2t = ln 23.75 DM1 take logs: 0.2t = ln k
t = 15.8 ( days )
A1 awrt

© Cambridge International Examinations 2014


293
Page 4 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – October/November 2014 0606 21

6 (i) (x + 2)2 + x 2 = 10 B1
x 2 + 2 x − 3 = 0 → ( x + 3)( x − 1) = 0 M1 3 term quadratic with attempt to solve
Points (1, 3), (–3, –1) isw A1 both x or a pair
A1 both y or second pair
or elimination of x leads to y2 – 2y – 3 = 0,
then as above

(ii) m 2 x 2 + 10mx + 25 + x 2 = 10 B1

(m 2
)
+ 1 x 2 + 10mx + 15 = 0
b − 4ac = ( 0 ) → 100m 2 − 60 ( m 2 + 1) = 0
2 M1 attempt to use discriminant on three
A1 term quadratic. Allow unsimplified
3
m=± oe isw A1 cao ± is required
2

Alternative solution:
dy −x dy x
= or =− B1 allow unsimplified
dx 10 − x 2 dx y
Result:
y 2 = x 2 + 5 y after inserted in y = mx + 5
Attempt to solve with x 2 + y 2 = 10 M1 Eliminate x or y
y = 2, x = ± 6 A1 both
3 A1
m=± oe
6

7 (i) v = 2cost + 1 B1 mark final answer

(ii) 2cost + 1 = 0 M1 equate their v to zero (must be a


differential) and attempt to solve to find
an angle
2π A1
t= or 2.09 awrt
3

(iii) 2π  2π  2π
t= → x = 2sin  + = 3.83m B1 awrt
3  3  3
a = −2 sin t B1ft ft their v (2nd differential)
2π 1.73 −2
t= a=− 3=− ms DB1ft ft using their angle t in correct a awrt
3 4

dy ( 2 + x ) × 2 x − x × 2 x
8 (i) 2 2 M1 apply quotient or product rule
4x
= = A1 unsimplified
(2 + x ) ( 2 + x2 )
2 2
dx 2

k =4 A1 k=4 does not need to be specifically


identified
x 1 x2
(ii)
∫ 2 + x2 2 dx = × + ( c ) isw B1 1
× original function
( ) 4 2 + x2 B1 their k

© Cambridge International Examinations 2014


294
Page 5 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – October/November 2014 0606 21

9
(a + 3 5 ) 2
= a 2 + 3 5a + 3 5a + 45 oe B1 anywhere

Equate: a 2 + a + 45 = 51 B1
and 6a − b = 0 B1

( a + 3)( a − 2 ) = 0 M1 Attempt to solve three term quadratic


with integer coefficients obtained by
equating coeffs
a = –3, 2 A1 Both as correct or one correct pair
b = –18, 12 A1 Both bs correct

10 (i) 1
secxcosecx = B1 anywhere
cos x sin x
cos x
cot x = B1 anywhere
sin x
1 − cos 2 x B1ft correct addition of their terms
LHS = oe
cos x sin x
sin 2 x
= = tan x AG B1 use of identity and cancel
cos x sin x

(ii) 3cot x − cot x = tan x → 2cot x = tan x M1 equate and collect like terms, allow sign
errors
tan 2 x = 2 oe A1
x = 54.7, 125.3, 234.7, 305.3 A1 2 values
A1 only 2 more values. awrt

1 2
11 (i) Area of sector = × x × 0.8 ( = 0.4 x 2 cm 2 ) B1 anywhere
2
1
SR = 5sin 0.8 ( = 3.59 ) or B1 SR may be seen in stated ab sin C
2
OR = 5cos 0.8 ( = 3.48 )

Area of triangle =
1
5cos 0.8 × 5sin 0.8 = 6.247 cm 2 M1 insert correct terms into correct area
2 A1 formulae
0.08 x 2 = 6.247
x = 8.837cm AG A1

(ii) SQ = 8.84 − 5 ( = 3.84cm )


PR = 8.84 − 5cos 0.8 ( = 5.35 or 5.36cm ) B1 two lengths from SQ, PR, PQ awrt
PQ = 8.84 × 0.8 ( = 7.07 cm ) B1 third length awrt
Perimeter = 19.84 to 19.86 cm or rounded to B1 sum
19.8 or 19.9

(iii) Area PQSR = 4 × 6.247 M1


2
= 25cm A1 24.95 to 25

© Cambridge International Examinations 2014


295
Page 6 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – October/November 2014 0606 21

12 (i) f ( 2 ) = 3 ( 23 ) − 14 ( 22 ) + 32 = 0 B1
Or complete long division

(ii) f ( x ) = ( x − 2 ) ( 3 x 2 − 8 x − 16 ) M1 3x2 and 16


A1 8x and correct signs
M1 Factorise three term quadratic
f ( x ) = ( x − 2 )( x − 4 )( 3 x + 4 ) A1

(iii) x = 2, 4 B1

32 32
(iv)
∫ 3x − 14 + x 2
dx = 1.5 x 2 − 14 x − (+ c) B1 first 2 terms
x B1
4
third term correct unsimplified
 32 
Area = 1.5 x 2 − 14 x −  M1
 x 2 Limits of 2 and 4 and subtract
= (–) 2 A1

© Cambridge International Examinations 2014


296
CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS
Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education

MARK SCHEME for the October/November 2014 series

0606 ADDITIONAL MATHEMATICS


0606/22 Paper 2, maximum raw mark 80

297
Page 2 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – October/November 2014 0606 22

1 (a)

B1

B1

(b) No.in H only = 50 − x ; No in F only = 60 − x B1 Both written or on diagram


Sum: 50 − x + 60 − x + x + 30 − 2 x = 98 M1 Add at least 3 terms each with x
involved and equate to 98 soi
x = 14 A1

9 x 2 + 2 x − 1 < ( x + 1)
2
2 M1 Expand and collect terms
8 x 2 < 2 oe isw A1
1 1 A1
− <x<
2 2

3 log 2 ( x + 3) = log 2 y + 2 → x + 3 = 4y B1
log 2 ( x + y ) = 3 → x+ y =8 B1
x + 3 = 4(8 − x ) M1 Eliminate y or x from two linear three
term equations
5 x = 29 → x = 5.8, oe A1
y = 2.2 oe A1

© Cambridge International Examinations 2014


298
Page 3 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – October/November 2014 0606 22

x −1 − 3 − 2
4 (i) f ( 37 ) = 3 or gf ( x ) = B1
2 ( )
x −1 − 3 − 3
3− 2 1
gf ( 37 ) = = B1
6−3 3

(ii) y = x −1 − 3 → ( y + 3)
2
= x −1 M1 Rearrange and square in any order
( x + 3) + 1 = f −1 ( x ) oe isw
2
A1 Interchange x and y and complete

(iii) x−2
y=
2x − 3
2 xy − 3 y = x − 2 → 2 xy − x = 3 y − 2 M1 Multiply and collect like terms
3x − 2
= g −1 ( x ) oe A1
2x −1 Interchange and complete
Mark final answer

5 (i) B = 900 B1

(ii) B = 500 + 400e2 = 3455 or 3456 or 3460 B1 3455.6 scores B0

(iii)  dB 
 =  80e 0.2 t B1
 dt 
dB
t = 10 → = 80e 2 = 591 ( /day ) B1 awrt
dt

(iv) 10000 = 500 + 400e0.2t → e0.2t = ( 23.75 ) M1 e0.2t = k


0.2t = ln 23.75 DM1 take logs: 0.2t = ln k
t = 15.8 ( days )
A1 awrt

© Cambridge International Examinations 2014


299
Page 4 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – October/November 2014 0606 22

6 (i) (x + 2)2 + x 2 = 10 B1
x 2 + 2 x − 3 = 0 → ( x + 3)( x − 1) = 0 M1 3 term quadratic with attempt to solve
Points (1, 3), (–3, –1) isw A1 both x or a pair
A1 both y or second pair
or elimination of x leads to y2 – 2y – 3 = 0,
then as above

(ii) m 2 x 2 + 10mx + 25 + x 2 = 10 B1

(m 2
)
+ 1 x 2 + 10mx + 15 = 0
b − 4ac = ( 0 ) → 100m 2 − 60 ( m 2 + 1) = 0
2 M1 attempt to use discriminant on three
A1 term quadratic. Allow unsimplified
3
m=± oe isw A1 cao ± is required
2

Alternative solution:
dy −x dy x
= or =− B1 allow unsimplified
dx 10 − x 2 dx y
Result:
y 2 = x 2 + 5 y after inserted in y = mx + 5
Attempt to solve with x 2 + y 2 = 10 M1 Eliminate x or y
y = 2, x = ± 6 A1 both
3 A1
m=± oe
6

7 (i) v = 2cost + 1 B1 mark final answer

(ii) 2cost + 1 = 0 M1 equate their v to zero (must be a


differential) and attempt to solve to find
an angle
2π A1
t= or 2.09 awrt
3

(iii) 2π  2π  2π
t= → x = 2sin  + = 3.83m B1 awrt
3  3  3
a = −2 sin t B1ft ft their v (2nd differential)
2π 1.73 −2
t= a=− 3=− ms DB1ft ft using their angle t in correct a awrt
3 4

dy ( 2 + x ) × 2 x − x × 2 x
8 (i) 2 2 M1 apply quotient or product rule
4x
= = A1 unsimplified
(2 + x ) ( 2 + x2 )
2 2
dx 2

k =4 A1 k=4 does not need to be specifically


identified
x 1 x2
(ii)
∫ 2 + x2 2 dx = × + ( c ) isw B1 1
× original function
( ) 4 2 + x2 B1 their k

© Cambridge International Examinations 2014


300
Page 5 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – October/November 2014 0606 22

9
(a + 3 5 ) 2
= a 2 + 3 5a + 3 5a + 45 oe B1 anywhere

Equate: a 2 + a + 45 = 51 B1
and 6a − b = 0 B1

( a + 3)( a − 2 ) = 0 M1 Attempt to solve three term quadratic


with integer coefficients obtained by
equating coeffs
a = –3, 2 A1 Both as correct or one correct pair
b = –18, 12 A1 Both bs correct

10 (i) 1
secxcosecx = B1 anywhere
cos x sin x
cos x
cot x = B1 anywhere
sin x
1 − cos 2 x B1ft correct addition of their terms
LHS = oe
cos x sin x
sin 2 x
= = tan x AG B1 use of identity and cancel
cos x sin x

(ii) 3cot x − cot x = tan x → 2cot x = tan x M1 equate and collect like terms, allow sign
errors
tan 2 x = 2 oe A1
x = 54.7, 125.3, 234.7, 305.3 A1 2 values
A1 only 2 more values. awrt

1 2
11 (i) Area of sector = × x × 0.8 ( = 0.4 x 2 cm 2 ) B1 anywhere
2
1
SR = 5sin 0.8 ( = 3.59 ) or B1 SR may be seen in stated ab sin C
2
OR = 5cos 0.8 ( = 3.48 )

Area of triangle =
1
5cos 0.8 × 5sin 0.8 = 6.247 cm 2 M1 insert correct terms into correct area
2 A1 formulae
0.08 x 2 = 6.247
x = 8.837cm AG A1

(ii) SQ = 8.84 − 5 ( = 3.84cm )


PR = 8.84 − 5cos 0.8 ( = 5.35 or 5.36cm ) B1 two lengths from SQ, PR, PQ awrt
PQ = 8.84 × 0.8 ( = 7.07 cm ) B1 third length awrt
Perimeter = 19.84 to 19.86 cm or rounded to B1 sum
19.8 or 19.9

(iii) Area PQSR = 4 × 6.247 M1


2
= 25cm A1 24.95 to 25

© Cambridge International Examinations 2014


301
Page 6 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – October/November 2014 0606 22

12 (i) f ( 2 ) = 3 ( 23 ) − 14 ( 22 ) + 32 = 0 B1
Or complete long division

(ii) f ( x ) = ( x − 2 ) ( 3 x 2 − 8 x − 16 ) M1 3x2 and 16


A1 8x and correct signs
M1 Factorise three term quadratic
f ( x ) = ( x − 2 )( x − 4 )( 3 x + 4 ) A1

(iii) x = 2, 4 B1

32 32
(iv)
∫ 3x − 14 + x 2
dx = 1.5 x 2 − 14 x − (+ c) B1 first 2 terms
x B1
4
third term correct unsimplified
 32 
Area = 1.5 x 2 − 14 x −  M1
 x 2 Limits of 2 and 4 and subtract
= (–) 2 A1

© Cambridge International Examinations 2014


302
CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS
Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education

MARK SCHEME for the October/November 2014 series

0606 ADDITIONAL MATHEMATICS


0606/23 Paper 2, maximum raw mark 80

303
Page 2 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – October/November 2014 0606 23

1 (i) f(2)=0 → 3(2)3 +8(2) 2 − 33(2) + p = 0 M1


correct working to p = 10 AG A1
method for quadratic factor M1
f( x) = ( x − 2)(3x 2 + 14 x − 5) A1

(ii) f( x) = ( x − 2)(3x − 1)( x + 5) M1 factorise or solve quadratic factor = 0


1
f(x) = 0 → x = 2, − 5, A1
3

2 (i) 12
C 4 = 495 B1

(ii) 7
C2 × 5C 2 = 21×10 M1
= 210 A1

(iii) not K and B = 6C 2 × 4C1 =15 × 4 = 60 B1


K and not B = 6C1 × 4C2 = 6 × 6 = 36 B1
60 + 36 M1
96 A1

OR
K and B = 6C1× 4C1 = 6×4 = 24 B1
not K and not B = 6C 2 × 4C2 =15×6 = 90 B1
210 – 90 – 24 M1
96 A1

3 (i) C is (1, 6) B1
D is (1, 6) + (12, 9) M1
= (13, 15) A1ft

15 − 6  3 
(ii) gradient of CD = =  B1ft
13 − 1  4 
10 − 2  8 −4 
gradient of AB = = =  B1
−2 − 4  −6 3 
3 −4
× = − 1 lines are perpendicular B1 correct completion www
4 3

1 1
(iii) area = × AB × CD = × 10 × 15 M1 good attempt at two relevant lengths
2 2
for 12 base × height method
=75 A1
or array method

© Cambridge International Examinations 2014


304
Page 3 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – October/November 2014 0606 23

4 (i) 2000 = 1000e a + b → a + b = ln 2 B1

(ii) 3297 = 1000e 2 a − b → 2a + b M1 substitution of 2, 3297 and


= ln 3.297 oe
rearrange
A1

(iii) Solve for one value M1


a = 0.5 and b = 0.193 or 0.19 A1

(iv) n = 10 P = 1000e5.193 M1
= $180 000. A1
uuur
5 (i) OX = µ ( a + b ) B1

uuur uuur
(ii) RP = b − 3a or RX = λ ( b − 3a ) oe B1
uuur
OX = 3a + λ ( b − 3a ) B1
uuur uuur
(iii) OX = OX and equate both coefficients
µ = 3 − 3λ µ =λ M1
µ = λ = 0.75 A1
RX λ
= 3 or 3:1 A1ft
XP 1− λ

6 (i) m=4 B1
ln y − 39 39 − 19
equation of line is x
= M1 forms equation of line
3 −9 9−4
x
ln y = 4(3 ) + 3 A1ft ft only on their gradient

(ii) x = 0.5 → ln y = 4 3 + 3 = 9.928 M1 correct expression for lny


y = 20 500 A1

(iii) Substitutes y and rearrange for 3x M1


Solve 3x = 1.150 M1
x = 0.127 A1

© Cambridge International Examinations 2014


305
Page 4 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – October/November 2014 0606 23

7 (i) 2 2
x= +1 → y= M1 any valid method
y x −1
2
f −1 ( x) = A1
x −1
2
2 
(ii) gf ( x ) =  + 1 + 2 B2/1/0 –1 each error
x 

2
(iii) fg ( x ) = 2
+1 B2/1/0 –1 each error
x +2

2 2x
(iv) ff ( x ) = +1 = +1 M1 correct starting expression
2 x + 2
+1
x
3x + 2
= A1 correct algebra to given answer
x+2
3x + 2
= x → x2 − x − 2 = 0 M1 form and solve 3 term quadratic
x+2
(x – 2)(x + 1) = 0
x = 2 only A1

8 (i) v = C +Ksin 2t C≠0 M1


v = 5 + 6sin2t A1
a = 12cos2t A1ft

(ii) a = 0 → cos 2t = 0 and solve M1 set a = 0 and solve for t


π A1
t= or 0.785 or 0.79
4
π
v = 5 + 6sin = 11 A1ft ft only on K
2

1
(iii) v = 2 → sin 2t = − and solve M1 set v = 2 and solve for t
2

t= or 1.83 − 1.84 A1
12

a = 12cos = −6 3 or − 10.4 A1
6

© Cambridge International Examinations 2014


306
Page 5 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – October/November 2014 0606 23

9 (i) dy 1
=4– B1
dx ( x − 2) 2
dy 1
= 0 → ( x − 2) =
2
M1 solve 3 term quadratic from
dx 4 dy
2
(4x – 16x + 15 = 0) =0
dx
x = 2.5 or 1.5 A1 x values or 1 pair
y = 12 or 4 A1 y values or 1 pair
d2 y d2 y
= 2 ( x − 2)
−3
2 M1 use 2 with solution from
dx dx
dy
=0
dx
d2 y
x = 2.5 → > 0 → minimum
dx 2 A1 both identified www
d2 y
x = 1.5 → < 0 → maximum
dx 2

dy
(ii) x=3 → =3 B1
dx
Use m1m2 = –1 for gradient normal from gradient M1 must use numerical values
tangent
y − 13 1
Eqn of normal : =– A1ft
x−3 3

Intersection of norm and curve


x 1
14 – = 4x + M1 equation and attempt to simplify
3 x−2
13x2 – 68x + 87 = 0 DM1 attempt to solve 3 term quadratic
29
x= or 2.23 A1
13

1 + cos x + 1 − cos x
10 (i) LHS = B1 correct fraction
(1 − cos x )(1 + cos x )
2
= B1 correct evaluation
1 − cos 2 x
2
= 2 = RHS B1 use of 1 − cos 2 x = sin 2 x and
sin x
completion of fully correct
proof

(ii) 2cosec 2 x = 8 M1 identity used


1
sin 2 x = A1
4
1
sin x = ± A1
2
x = 30 , 150o , 210o , 330o
o
A1

© Cambridge International Examinations 2014


307
CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS
Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education

MARK SCHEME for the March 2015 series

0606 ADDITIONAL MATHEMATICS


0606/12 Paper 12, maximum raw mark 80

308
Page 2 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – March 2015 0606 12

1 (i) Members who play football or cricket , or both B1

(ii) Members who do not play tennis B1

(iii) There are no members who play both football B1


and tennis

(iv) There are 10 members who play both cricket B1


and tennis.

2 kx − 3 = 2 x 2 − 3 x + k M1 for attempt to obtain a 3 term


quadratic equation in terms of x
2 x 2 − x(k + 3) + (k + 3) = 0
Using b 2 − 4ac ,
(k + 3)2 − (4 × 2 × (k + 3)) (< 0) DM1 for use of b 2 − 4ac
(k + 3)(k − 5) (< 0 ) DM1 for attempt to solve quadratic
equation, dependent on both
previous M marks
Critical values k = −3, 5 A1 for both critical values
so − 3 < k < 5 A1 for correct range

for shape, must touch the x-axis in


8 y

3 (i) 7

6
B1
5
the correct quadrant
for y intercept
4

2
B1
−2 −1
1

1 2 3
x
4
B1 for x intercept
−1

4 − 5 x = ±9 or (4 − 5 x ) = 81
2
(ii) M1 for attempt to obtain 2 solutions,
must be a complete method
13
leading to x = −1, x = A1, A1 A1 for each
5

4 (i) 729 + 2916 x + 4860 x 2 B1,B1 B1 for each correct term


B1

(ii) 2 × their 4860 – their 2916 = 6804 M1 for attempt at 2 terms, must be as
A1 shown

© Cambridge International Examinations 2015


309
Page 3 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – March 2015 0606 12

5 (i) gradient = 4 B1 for gradient, seen or implied


Using either (2, 1) or (3, 5), c = −7 M1 for attempt at straight line equation
ey = 4x + c to obtain a value for c
so y = ln (4 x − 7 ) M1,A1 for correct method to deal with e y

Alternative method:
y −1 x − 2
= or equivalent M1 for attempt at straight line equation
5 −1 3 − 2 using both points
A1 allow correct unsimplified
for correct method to deal with e y
ey = 4x − 7 M1
so y = ln (4 x − 7 ) A1

7
(ii) x> B1ft ft on their 4 x − 7
4

(iii) ln 6 = ln (4 x − 7 )
13
so x = B1ft ft on their 4 x − 7
4

6 (i)
( )
dy x 2 sec 2 2 x − tan 2 x
= M1 for attempt to differentiate a
dx x2 quotient (or product)
A2,1,0 –1 each error
dy
Or = x −1 ( 2sec2 2 x ) + ( − x −2 ) tan 2 x
dx

π 8
(ii) When x = , y = (2.546) B1 for y-coordinate (allow 2.55)
8 π
π
−1
π dy 2
When x = , = 2
8 dx π
64
32 64
= − (3.701)
π π2

Equation of the normal:


8 π2  π
y− =− x−  M1 for an attempt at the normal, must
π 32(π − 2 )  8 be working with a perpendicular
gradient
y = −0.27 x + 2.65 (allow 2.66) A1 allow in unsimplified form in terms
of π or simplified decimal form

© Cambridge International Examinations 2015


310
Page 4 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – March 2015 0606 12

1 a b 3 1
7 (i) p  : + − − 4 = 0 M1 for correct use of x =
2 8 4 2 2
Simplifies to a + 2b = 44
p(− 2 ) : −8a + 4b + 6 − 4 = −10 M1 for correct use of x = −2
Simplifies to 2a − b = 3 oe DM1 for solution of equations
Leads to a = 10, b = 17 A1 for both, be careful as AG for a,
allow verification

(ii) p(x ) = 10 x 3 + 17 x 2 − 3 x − 4 B2,1,0 –1 each error


= ( 2 x − 1) ( 5 x + 11x + 4 )
2

1
(iii) x= B1
2
− 11± 41
x= B1, B1
10

8 (a) (i) Range 0 < y < 1 B1

π
(ii) Any suitable domain to give a one-one function B1 e.g. 0 < x <
4

(b) (i) y = 2 + 4 ln x oe M1 for a complete method to find the


y−2 inverse
ln x = oe
4
g −1 (x ) = e 4
x −2
A1 must be in the correct form
Domain x ∈ B1
Range y > 0 B1

(ii) ( )
g x 2 + 4 = 10 M1 for correct order
( 2
2 + 4 ln x + 4 = 10 ) DM1 for attempt to solve
leading to x = 1.84 only A1 for one solution only

Alternative method:
h (x ) = x 2 + 4 = g −1 (10) M1 for correct order
g −1 (10 ) = e 2 , so x 2 + 4 = e 2 DM1 for attempt to solve
leading to x = 1.84 only A1 for one solution only

4
(iii) = 2x B1 for given equation, allow in this
x form
x2 = 2 M1 for attempt to solve, must be using
derivatives
x= 2 A1 for one solution only, allow 1.41 or
better.

© Cambridge International Examinations 2015


311
Page 5 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – March 2015 0606 12

1 2 3 3x 2
9 (i) Area of triangular face = x = B1 for area of triangular face
2 2 4
3x 2
Volume of prism = ×y M1 for attempt at volume their area × y
4
3x 2
× y = 200 3
4
so x 2 y = 800 A1 for correct relationship between x
3x2 and y
A = 2× + 2 xy M1 for a correct attempt to obtain
4 surface area using their area of
3 x 2 1600 triangular face
leading to A = + A1 for eliminating y correctly to obtain
2 x given answer

dA 1600
(ii) = 3x − 2 M1 for attempt to differentiate
dx x

dA 1600 dA
When = 0, x 3 = M1 for equating to 0 and attempt
dx 3 dx
to solve
x = 9.74 A1 for correct x
so A = 246 A1 for correct A

d2 A 3200
= 3 + 3 which is positive for
dx x M1 for attempt at second derivative and
x = 9.74 conclusion, or alternate methods
so the value is a minimum A1ft ft for a correct conclusion from
completely correct work, follow
through on their positive x value.

1+ 2 5 6 − 3 5
10 (i) tan θ = × M1 for attempt at cot θ together with
6+3 5 6−3 5 rationalisation
6 − 3 5 + 12 5 − 30 Must be convinced that a calculator
=
36 − 45 is not being used.
8
= − 5 A1, A1 A1 for each term
3

(ii) tan 2 θ + 1 = sec 2 θ M1 for attempt to use the correct


64 16 5 identity or correct use of
− + 5 + 1 = cosec 2θ Pythagoras’ theorem together with
9 3
their answer to (i)
Must be convinced that a calculator
is not being used.
118 16 5
so cosec 2θ = − A1, A1 A1 for each term
9 3
Alternate solutions are acceptable

© Cambridge International Examinations 2015


312
Page 6 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – March 2015 0606 12

1
sin y
11 (a) (i) LHS = M1 for dealing with cosec, cot and tan
cos y sin y
+ in terms of sin and cos
sin y cos y
1
sin y
= M1 for use of sin 2 y + cos 2 y = 1
cos y + sin 2 y
2

sin y cos y
1
= × sin y cos y
sin y
= cos y A1 for correct simplification to get the
required result.

(ii) cos 3 z = 0.5 M1 for use of (i) and correct attempt to


π 5π 7π deal with multiple angle
3z = , ,
3 3 3
π 5π 7π
z= , , A1, A1 A1 for each ‘pair’ of solutions
9 9 9

(b) ( )
2 sin x + 8 1 − sin 2 x = 5 M1 for use of correct identity
2
8 sin x − 2 sin x − 3 = 0
(4 sin x − 3)(2 sin x + 1) = 0 M1 for attempt to solve quadratic
3 1 equation
sin x = , sin x = −
4 2
x = 48.6°, 131.4° 210°, 330° A1, A1 A1 for each pair of solutions

© Cambridge International Examinations 2015


313
CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS
Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education

MARK SCHEME for the March 2015 series

0606 ADDITIONAL MATHEMATICS


0606/22 Paper 2 (Paper 22), maximum raw mark 80

314
Page 2 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – March 2015 0606 22

1 (i) 4 B1

(ii) 360 B1 or 2π

(iii) y

O 90 180 270 360 x

B2 Correct symmetrical shape; one cycle; both


maximums at 1 and minimum at –7
−5

2 (a) (i) ( C =)
9
3 84 B1

(ii) ( 9
P5 = ) 15120 B1

2
(b) × 6! or 5! + 5! oe M1 or clear indication of method
6
240 A1

3 Eliminate x or y M1
3 x 2 + 2 x − 8 = 0 or 12 y 2 − 44 y + 32 = 0 oe A1

Factorise 3 term quadratic oe M1 correct method

4
x= and –2 A1
3
8
y = and 1 A1 Or allow A1 A1 for each (x, y) pair
3
If second M0 then SC1 for one (x, y) pair
found by inspection i.e. with no method or
with no incorrect method shown

315
Page 3 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – March 2015 0606 22

4 (i) sin x ( their ( − sin x ) ) + cos x ( their cos x ) M1 clearly applies correct form of product rule

− sin 2 x + cos 2 x oe A1 If M1 A0 A0 then allow SC1 for


1 − 2 sin 2 x oe A1 sin 2 x − cos 2 x = 2 sin 2 x − 1

∫ (1 − 2 sin x )dx = sin x cos x(+ c )


2 or
(ii) M1
∫ sin
2 1
−2 ∫
xdx = ( )
( −2sin 2 x + 1) dx − ∫1dx oe
1 1

− 2 sin 2 xdx = sin x cos x − 1dx ∫ M1 ∫ sin 2 xdx =
−2
sin x cos x −
−2∫ 1dx

x 1
− sin x cos x [+ c] oe isw A1
2 2

5 (i) 6i + 2j – (−2i + 17j)


= 8i − 15j B1

their 82 + their (− 15 )
2
(ii) M1
their (8i − 15 j) uuur
A1ft ft their AB
their17

(iii) −2i + 17j + m(6i + 2j) leading to


17 + 2m = 0 M1
m = −8.5 oe M1
−53i A1 If M0, allow SC1 for 6m – 2 = 0 leading to
53
j
3

6 (i) 15π = 20θ M1


3
θ = π or exact equivalent form isw A1
4

(ii) Sector plus triangle approach: Semicircle less segment approach:


1  3  1  1 
Area sector = × 202 ×  their π  soi B1 Area sector = × 202 ×  their π  soi
2  4  2  4 
1  1 
Area triangle = × 202 × sin  their π  soi
2  4  B1

π ( 20 )
2
their sector area + their triangle area M1 – (their area sector – their area
2
triangle) soi
613 or 612.6(60254…) rot to 4 sig figs A1

316
Page 4 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – March 2015 0606 22

 − 14 45 
7 (i) A2 =   seen M1 condone one error
 − 27 85 
 − 11 50 
  A1
 − 23 95 

(ii) 10 B1

1  10 − 5 
(iii) or   oe, seen B1
their10 − 4 3 
1  10 − 5 
  oe isw B1
10  − 4 3 

(iv) X = B–1A soi M1

 0.5 0 
  oe A1ft ft their B-1
 − 0.5 1 

8 (i) (4, 2) B1 allow unsimplified


3 2
mAB = ⇒ mPerp = − M1 allow arithmetic slips provided method is
2 3 correct
2
y − 2 = − (x − 4) oe M1 ft their mid-point and perpendicular gradient
3
2 x + 3 y = 14 A1 allow any correct equivalent form with
integer a, b, c

(ii) mAB used M1


y + 2 = their m AB (x − 10 ) A1ft

(iii) (10 − 6)2 + (5 − (− 2))2 oe M1 any valid method


65 or 8.0622577… rot to 3 or more sf A1

AC 2 = (2 − 10 ) + (− 1 − (− 2 )) and
(iv) 2 2

AC2 = BC2 = 65
or showing C lies on the perpendicular B1 any valid method
bisector of AB
or showing line from C to (4, 2) is
perpendicular to AB

317
Page 5 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – March 2015 0606 22

k (2 x + 1)
−3
9 (i) M1
−8 ( 2 x + 1) × 2 oe
−3
A1
+ 2 B1
dy
their = 0 and solves M1
dx
1
x= , y=2 A1
2

1
(ii) y = 4× =2 B1 or equivalent correct method
2

(iii)  4  Alternative method:


∫  
 (2 x + 1)2 + 2 x dx M1  4 
  M1 for ∫
 (2 x + 1)
2
+ 2 x − 4 x dx


(2 x + 1)−1 + 2 x 2 or better
−2 2
A1
A1 for 4 ×
(2 x + 1)−1 + 2 x 2 − 2 x 2 or better
−2 2
their 0.5
  (2 x + 1)−1 2 x 2 
their  4 × +  M1   (2 x + 1)−1 2 x 2 
their 0.5

  −2 2  M1 for their  4 × − 


2 
0
  −2
0
Substitution of correct limits seen, leading A1
1 M1 for subst of their limits into their
to 1 genuine attempt at an integral
4
1 1 A1 for subst of correct limits into correct
Shaded area = their 1 − their M1 expression
4 2
3
3 A1 A1 for for
4
4

318
Page 6 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – March 2015 0606 22

10 (a)(i)

B3 B1 correct shape
O ln5
B1 through (0, −4)
B1 through (ln5, 0)
−4

(ii) k < −5 B1

1
(b) log a 2 + 3 log a 2 − log a 2 or
2
( 1
)
log a 2 2 × 23 × 2−1 oe M1 condone one error

1
2 log a 2 oe A1
2

log3 4 x log9 x
(c) log9 4 x = or log3 x = B1 soi
log3 9 log9 3
log3 4 x log9 x
log3 x − = 1 or − log 9 4 x = 1 M1
2 1
2
x x2
log3 1 = log 3 3 or log 9 = log 9 9 oe M1
(4 x )2 4x
x = 36 A1

319
Page 7 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – March 2015 0606 22

11 (a)(i) v ms-1

B2 Horizontal line of correct length;


deceleration correctly drawn; key times soi
on horizontal axis

O t
30 120 135
s

1
(ii) 450 = × 30 × k M1
2
k = 30 A1
their 30
a= M1
30
a = 1 [ms–2] A1

∫ ∫ (3t )
2
(b) v = adt = + 6 dt M1
( v = ) t 3 + 6t + 5 A2 A1 for two terms correct
When t = 3, v = 3 + 6(3) + 5
3
M1
50 [ms–1] A1

320
CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS
Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education

MARK SCHEME for the May/June 2015 series

0606 ADDITIONAL MATHEMATICS


0606/11 Paper 1, maximum raw mark 80

321
Page 2 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – May/June 2015 0606 11

Abbreviations

awrt answers which round to


cao correct answer only
dep dependent
FT follow through after error
isw ignore subsequent working
oe or equivalent
rot rounded or truncated
SC Special Case
soi seen or implied
www without wrong working

1 (i) 180° or π radians or 3.14 radians ( or better) B1

(ii) 2 B1

y = sin 2 x all correct


4 y

(iii) (a) 3
B1
2

(b) 45 90 135
x

180 B1 for either


−1

−2
↑↓↑starting at their highest value and
−3
ending at their lowest value
−4

Or
a curve with highest value at y = 3
and lowest value at y = −1
B1 completely correct graph

(iv) 3 B1

tan θ =
(8 + 5 2 )(4 − 3 2 ) attempt to obtain tan θ and
2 (i)
(4 + 3 2 )(4 − 3 2 ) M1
rationalise.
32 − 24 2 + 20 2 − 30 Must be convinced that no calculators
= are being used
16 − 18
= 1 + 2 2 cao A1

© Cambridge International Examinations 2015


322
Page 3 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – May/June 2015 0606 11

(ii) sec 2 θ = 1 + tan 2 θ


(
= 1 + −1+ 2 2 )
2
M1 attempt to use sec 2 θ = 1 + tan 2 θ , with
their answer to (i)
= 1+1− 4 2 + 8 DM1 attempt to simplify, must be convinced
no calculators are being used.
= 10 − 4 2 A1 (
Need to expand − 1+ 2 2 )2
as 3
terms
Alternative solution:
( ) (
2
AC 2 = 4 + 3 2 + 8 + 5 2 )
2

= 148 + 104 2
148 + 104 2
sec 2 θ =
( )
2 M1
4+3 2
148 + 104 2 34 − 24 2
= × DM1
(4 + 3 2 ) 2
34 − 24 2

= 10 − 4 2 A1

3 (i) 64 + 192 x 2 + 240 x 4 + 160 x 6 B3,2,1,0 –1 each error

2
(ii) (64 + 192x 2  6
) 9 
+ 240 x 4 1 − 2 + 4  B1
 3 
expansion of 1 − 2 
 x x   x 

Terms needed 64 − (192 × 6) + (240 × 9) M1 attempt to obtain 2 or 3 terms using


their (i)
= 1072 A1

© Cambridge International Examinations 2015


323
Page 4 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – May/June 2015 0606 11

 4 − 4k −8 
4 (a) X2 =   B2,1,0 –1 each incorrect element
 2k − 4k 

(b) Use of AA–1 = I M1 use of AA-1 = I and an attempt to


 5 1 obtain at least one equation.
 a 1  6 − 6   1 0 
   =  
 b 5  − 2 1   0 1 
 3 3 
Any 2 equations will give a = 2, b = 4 A1,A1

Alternative method 1:
 5 1
1  5 − 1  6 − 6 
 =  M1 correct attempt to obtain A-1 and
5a − b  b a   − 2 1 
  comparison of at least one term.
 3 3 
Compare any 2 terms to give a = 2, b = 4 A1,A1

Alternative method 2:

1  5 − 1  2 1 
Inverse of  =  M1 reasoning and attempt at inverse
6  − 4 2   4 5  A1,A1

5 3 x − 1 = x(3x − 1) + x 2 − 4 or
2
 y +1  y +1
y = y +   −4
 3   3 
4 x 2 − 4 x − 3 = 0 or 4 y 2 − 4 y − 35 = 0 M1 equate and attempt to obtain an
(2 x − 3)(2 x + 1) = 0 or (2 y − 7 )(2 y + 5) = 0 equation in 1 variable
DM1 forming a 3 term quadratic equation
and attempt to solve
3 1
leading to x = , x = − and A1 x values
2 2
7 5
y= ,y=− A1 y values
2 2
 1 1 
Midpoint  ,  B1 for midpoint, allow anywhere
 2 2 
1
Perpendicular gradient = − M1 correct attempt to obtain the gradient
3
of the perpendicular, using AB
1 1 1
Perp bisector: y − = −  x −  M1 straight line equation through the
2 3 2
midpoint; must be convinced it is a
perpendicular gradient.
(3 y + x − 2 = 0) A1 allow unsimplified

© Cambridge International Examinations 2015


324
Page 5 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – May/June 2015 0606 11

 1  a 15 b 1
6 (i) f  = − + −2 = 0 M1 correct use of either f   or f(1)
2 8 4 2 2
leading to a + 4b = 46 paired correctly
f (1) = a − 15 + b − 2 = 5
leading to a + b = 22 A1 both equations correct (allow
unsimplified)

giving b = 8 (AG), a = 14 M1,A1 M1 for solution of equations


A1 for both a and b. AG for b.

(ii) (2 x − 1)(7 x 2 − 4 x + 2) M1,A1 M1 for valid attempt to obtain g(x), by


either observation or by algebraic long
division.

(iii) 7 x 2 − 4 x + 2 = 0 has no real solutions as M1 use of b 2 − 4ac


b 2 < 4ac
16 < 56 A1 correct conclusion; must be from a
correct g(x) or 2g(x) www

) ( )
8x M1 differentiation of a quotient (or
( x − 1) − ln 4 x 2 + 3
dy ( 2
4x + 2 product)
7 (i)
dx
=
( x − 1) 2 B1 ( )
correct differentiation of ln 4 x 2 + 3
A1 all else correct

When x = 0, y = − ln 3 oe B1 for y value

dy 1
= − ln 3 so gradient of normal is M1 valid attempt to obtain gradient of the
dx ln 3 normal
(allow numerical equivalent)

1
normal equation y + ln 3 = x M1 attempt at normal equation must be
ln 3 using a perpendicular
10 11
or y = 0.910 x − 1.10 , or y = x − cao A1
11 10
(Allow y = 0.91x − 1.1 )

(ii) when x = 0, y = − ln 3 M1 valid attempt at area


when y = 0, x = (ln 3)
2

Area = ±0.66 or ±0.67 or awrt these


1
or (ln 3)
3
A1
2

© Cambridge International Examinations 2015


325
Page 6 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – May/June 2015 0606 11

8 (i) Range for f: y ≥ 3 B1


Range for g: y ≥ 9 B1

(ii) x = −2 + y − 5 M1 attempt to obtain the inverse function

g −1 ( x ) = −2 + x − 5 A1 Must be correct form


Domain of g–1: x ≥ 9 B1 for domain

Alternative method:
y2 + 4 y + 9 − x = 0 M1 attempt to use quadratic formula and
find inverse
−4 + 16 − 4(9 − x) A1 must have + not ±
y=
2

(iii) Need g 3e 2 x( ) M1 correct order


(3e 2x
+ 2) + 5 = 41
2
DM1 correct attempt to solve the equation
4x 2x
or 9e + 12e − 32 = 0
( )(
3e 2 x − 4 3e 2 x + 8 = 0 )
1 4
leading to 3e 2 x + 2 = ±6 so x = ln M1 dealing with the exponential correctly
2 3 in order to reach a solution for x
4 1 4
or e 2 x = so x = ln A1 Allow equivalent logarithmic forms
3 2 3

Alternative method:
Using f ( x) = g −1 ( 41) , g −1 (41) = 4 M1 correct use of g −1
1 4 DM1 dealing with g −1 (41) to obtain an
leading to 3e 2 x = 4 , so x = ln
2 3 equation in terms of e 2 x
M1 dealing with the exponential correctly
A1 in order to reach a solution for x
Allow equivalent logarithmic forms

(iv) g′( x) = 6e 2 x B1 B1 for each


g′(ln 4) = 96 B1

© Cambridge International Examinations 2015


326
Page 7 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – May/June 2015 0606 11

dy
9 (i) = 3x 2 − 10 x + 3 M1 for differentiation
dx
dy
When x = 0, for curve = 3,
dx
gradient of line also 3 so line is a tangent. A1 comparing both gradients

Alternate method:
3 x + 10 = x 3 − 5 x 2 + 3 x + 10 M1 attempt to deal with simultaneous
equations
leading to x 2 = 0 , so tangent at x = 0 A1 obtaining x = 0

dy
(ii) When = 0 , (3x − 1)( x − 3) = 0 M1 equating gradient to zero and valid
dx attempt to solve
1
x= , x=3 A1,A1 A1 for each
3

(iii) 1 3
Area = (10 + 19)3 − ∫ x3 − 5 x 2 + 3x + 10dx B1 area of the trapezium
2 0
3
87  x 4 5 x 3 3 x 2 
= − − + + 10 x  M1 attempt to obtain the area enclosed by
2 4 3 2 0 the curve and the coordinate axes, by
87  81 27  integration
= −  − 45 + + 30  A1 integration all correct
2  4 2  DM1 correct application of limits
(must be using their 3 from (ii) and 0)
= 24.7 or 24.8 A1

Alternative method:
( )
3
Area = ∫ (3x + 10) − x3 − 5 x 2 + 3x + 10 dx B1 correct use of ‘Y–y’
0
3
M1 attempt to integrate
= ∫ − x3 + 5 x 2 dx A1 integration all correct
0
3
 x 4 5x3  99 DM1 correct application of limits
= − +  =
 4 3 0 4 A1

10 (a) 1
sin 2 x =
4
1 1
sin x = (±) M1 using cosecx = and obtaining
2 sin x
sin x = …
x = 30°, 150°, 210°, 330° A1,A1 A1 for one correct pair, A1 for another
correct pair with no extra solutions

© Cambridge International Examinations 2015


327
Page 8 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – May/June 2015 0606 11

(b) (sec 2
)
3 y − 1 − 2 sec 3 y − 2 = 0 M1 use of the correct identity
2
sec 3 y − 2 sec 3 y − 3 = 0 M1 attempt to obtain a 3 term quadratic
(sec 3 y + 1)(sec 3 y − 3) = 0 equation in sec 3y and attempt to solve
1 M1 dealing with sec and 3y correctly
leading to cos 3 y = −1 , cos 3 y =
3
3 y = 180°, 540° 3 y = 70.5°, 289.5°, 430.5° A1,A1 A1 for a correct pair, A1 for a second
y = 60°, 180°, 23.5°, 96.5°, 143.5° A1 correct pair, A1 for correct 5th solution
and no other within the range

Alternative 1:
sec 2 3 y − 2 sec 3 y − 3 = 0 M1 use of the correct identity
2
leading to 3 cos 3 y + 2 cos 3 y − 1 M1 attempt to obtain a quadratic equation
in cos 3y and attempt to solve
(3 cos y − 1)(cos y + 1) = 0 M1 dealing with 3y correctly
A marks as above
Alternative 2:
sin 2 y 2
2
− −2=0 M1 use of the correct identity,
cos y cos y sin y 1
(1 − cos x )− 2 cos x − 2 cos
2 2
x=0
tan y =
cos y
and sec y =
cos y
, then

as before

π π 4π
(c) z− = , M1 correct order of operations
3 3 3
2 π 5π
z= , or 2.09 or 2.1, 5.24 A1,A1 A1 for a correct solution
3 3 A1 for a second correct solution and
no other within the range

© Cambridge International Examinations 2015


328
CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS
Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education

MARK SCHEME for the May/June 2015 series

0606 ADDITIONAL MATHEMATICS


0606/12 Paper 1, maximum raw mark 80

329
Page 2 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – May/June 2015 0606 12

Abbreviations

awrt answers which round to


cao correct answer only
dep dependent
FT follow through after error
isw ignore subsequent working
oe or equivalent
rot rounded or truncated
SC Special Case
soi seen or implied
www without wrong working

1 k 2 − 4(2k + 5) (< 0) M1 use of b 2 − 4ac , (not as part of


k 2 − 8k − 20 (< 0) quadratic formula unless isolated at
a later stage) with correct values for
a, b and c
Do not need to see < at this point
(k − 10 )(k + 2 ) (< 0 ) M1 attempt to obtain critical values
critical values of 10 and –2 A1 correct critical values
− 2 < k < 10 A1 correct range

Alternative 1:
dy
= 2 ( 2k + 5 ) x + k M1 attempt to differentiate, equate to
dx zero and substitute x value back in
to obtain a y value
dy −k 8k + 20 − k 2
When = 0, x = ,y= M1 consider y = 0 in order to obtain
dx 2 ( 2k + 5 ) 4 ( 2k + 5 )
critical values
When y = 0 , obtain critical values of 10 and –2 A1 correct critical values
− 2 < k < 10 A1 correct range

Alternative 2:
 k 
2
k2 
y = (2k + 5)   x +  −  +1
M1 attempt to complete the square and
 2(2k + 5)  4(2k + 5) 
  k2
consider '1 − '
4(2k + 5)
k2
Looking at 1 − = 0 leads to M1 attempt to solve above = to 0, to
4(2k + 5) obtain critical values
critical values of 10 and –2 A1 correct critical values
− 2 < k < 10 A1 correct range

© Cambridge International Examinations 2015


330
Page 3 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – May/June 2015 0606 12

sinθ cosθ
tan θ + cot θ cosθ + sinθ sin θ cos θ
2 = M1 for tan θ = , cot θ = and
cosecθ 1 cosθ sin θ
sinθ
1
cosecθ = ; allow when used
sin 2 θ + cos 2 θ sin θ

= sin θ cosθ M1 dealing correctly with fractions in


1
the numerator; allow when seen
sin θ
1
= M1 use of the appropriate identity;
cosθ allow when seen
= sec θ A1 must be convinced it is from
completely correct work ( beware
missing brackets)

Alternative:
tan 2 θ + 1
tan θ + cot θ 1
= tan θ M1 for either tan θ = or
cosecθ cosecθ cot θ
1
cot θ = and
tan θ
1
cosecθ = ; allow when used
sin θ
sec 2 θ
= M1 dealing correctly with fractions in
1
tan θ numerator; allow when seen
sin θ
2
sec θ use of the appropriate identity;
= M1
sec θ allow when seen
= sec θ A1 must be convinced it is from
completely correct work

1  3 −2  1
3 A–1 =   B1 multiplied by a matrix
2  −5 4  2
B1 for matrix
 x  1  3 − 2  8 
  =    M1 attempt to use the inverse matrix,
 y  2  −5 4  9  must be pre-multiplication

 x 1 6 
 y = 2  −4 
 

x = 3, y = −2 A1, A1

© Cambridge International Examinations 2015


331
Page 4 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – May/June 2015 0606 12

4 (i) Area =
1  1  B1,B1 B1 for sector area, allow
 × 12 × 1.7  +  × 12 sin (2π − 1.7 − 2.4 )
2 2
unsimplified
2  2 
B1 for correct angle BOC, allow
unsimplified
M1 correct attempt at area of triangle,
allow unsimplified using their
angle BOC
(Their angle BOC must not be 1.7
or 2.4)
= awrt 181 A1

(ii) BC 2 = 122 + 122 − (2 × 12 × 12 cos 2.1832 ) M1 correct attempt at BC, may be seen
 2π − 4.1  in (i), allow if used in (ii). Allow
or BC = 2 × 12 × sin   use of their angle BOC.
 2 
BC = 21.296 A1

Perimeter = (12 × 1.7 ) + 12 + 12 + 21.296 B1 for arc length, allow unsimplified


M1 for a correct ‘plan’
(an arc + 2 radii and BC)
= 65.7 A1

5 (a) (i) 20160 B1

(ii) 3 × 6 P4 × 2 B1,B1 B1 for 6 P4 (must be seen in a


= 2160 product)
B1 for all correct, with no further
working

(iii) 5 × 2 × 6P4 B1,B1 B1 for 6 P4 (must be seen in a


= 3600 B1 product)
B1 for 5 (must be in a product)
B1 for all correct, with no further
working
Alternative 1:
6
C4 × 5! × 2 B2 for 6C4 × 5!
= 3600 B1 for 6C 4 × 5! × 2

Alternative 2:
( P − P )× 2
7
5
6
5 B2 for ( P− P)
7
5
6
5
= 3600 B1 for ( P − P ) × 2
7
5
6
5

Alternative 3:

( ( ) ( ) (
2! 6 P4 + 6 P1 ×5 P3 + 6 P2 × 4 P2 + 6 P3 ×3 P1 + 6P4 ) ) B2 4 terms correct or omission of 2! in
= 3600 each term
B1 all correct

© Cambridge International Examinations 2015


332
Page 5 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – May/June 2015 0606 12

14
(b) (i) C4 ×10 C4 or 14C8 ×8 C 4 B1,B1 B1 for either 14C4 or 14C8 as part
(or numerical or factorial equivalent) of a product
= 210210 B1 for correct answer, with no
further working
8
(ii) C 4 ×6 C 4 B1,B1 B1 for either 8C 4 or 6C 4 as part of a
= 1050 product
B1 for correct answer with no
further working

6 (i) 10ln4 or 13.9 or better B1

 dx  20t
(ii)  = 2 −4 M1 attempt to differentiate and equate
 dt t +4 to zero
20t
B1 2
or equivalent seen
t +4
dx 20t dx
When = 0, 2 =4 DM1 attempt to solve their = 0 , must
dt t +4 dt
be a 2 or 3 term quadratic equation
leading to t 2 − 5t + 4 = 0 with real roots
t = 1, t = 4 A1 for both

© Cambridge International Examinations 2015


333
Page 6 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – May/June 2015 0606 12

20t
(iii) If (v = ) 2
−4
t +4

20 ( t 2 + 4 ) − 20t ( 2t ) attempt to differentiate their


dx
( a =) M1
dt
(t + 4)
2 2

A1 (
20 t 2 + 4 )
A1 20t (2t )

( )
20 4 − t 2 or 80 − 20t 2 or 4 − t 2 or equivalent A1 ( )
20 4 − t 2 or 80 − 20t 2 or 4 − t 2

expression involving − t 2
B1 t = 2 , dependent on obtaining first
When acceleration is 0, t = 2 only and second A marks

Alternative 1 for first 3 marks:


dx
20t − 4t 2 − 16 M1 attempt to differentiate their
If (v = ) dt
t2 + 4

(t 2
+ 4 ) ( 20 − 8t ) − ( 20t − 4t 2 − 16 ) ( 2t ) A1 ( )
for t 2 + 4 (20 − 8t )
( a =) for (20t − 4t 2
)
− 16 (2t )
(t + 4)
2 2
A1

Alternative 2 for M1 mark:


( )
−1
If ( v = ) 20t t + 4
2
−4
dx
( −2t (t + 4) ) + 20 (t + 4)
−2 −1 M1 attempt to differentiate their
( a = ) 20t 2 2
dt

Alternative 3 for the first 3 marks


(
If (v = ) 20t − 4t 2 − 16 t 2 + 4 )( ) −1
dx
attempt to differentiate their
(a = ) (20t − 4t ) ( ) ( ) M1
− 16  − 2t t + 4  + (20 − 8t ) t + 4
−2 −1
2 2 2
dt
 
A1 (
for 2t 20t − 4t 2 − 15 )
Numerator = −2t ( 20t − 4t − 16 ) + ( 20 − 8t ) ( t + 4 )
2 2
A1 (
for (20 − 8t ) t + 4 2
)
7 (i) DA = 3a − b B1 mark final answer, allow
unsimplified

(ii) DB = 7a − b B1 mark final answer, allow


unsimplified

(iii) AX = λ (4a + b ) B1 mark final answer, allow


unsimplified

(iv) DX = 3a − b + λ (4a + b ) M1 their (i) + their (iii) or equivalent


valid method or 3a − b + their (iii)
A1 Allow unsimplified

© Cambridge International Examinations 2015


334
Page 7 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – May/June 2015 0606 12

(v) 3a − b + λ (4a + b ) = µ (7a − b ) M1 equating their (iv) and µ × their (ii)


Equate like vectors: 3 + 4λ = 7 µ DM1 for an attempt to equate like vectors
−1 + λ = − µ and attempt to solve 2 linear
equations for λ and µ
4 7
leads to λ = , µ= A1,A1 A1 for each
11 11

1
8 (i) 5e 2 x − e −2 k ( +c ) B1, B1 B1 for each term, allow
2 unsimplified

 2 k 1 −2 k   −2 k 1 2 k 
(ii)  5e − e  −  5e − e  M1 use of limits provided integration
 2   2  has taken place. Signs must be
correct if brackets are not included.
A1 allow any correct form

 2 k 1 −2 k   −2 k 1 2 k 
(iii)  5e − e   5e − e  = −60
 2   2  B1 correct expression from (ii) either
or simplified or unsimplified equated
11 2 k 11 −2 k to − 60 , must be first line seen.
e − e = −60
2 2
or equivalent
leading to 11e 2 k − 11e −2 k + 120 = 0 DB1 must be convinced as AG

(iv) 11 y 2 + 120 y − 11 = 0 M1 attempt to obtain a quadratic


(11 y − 1)( y + 11) = 0 equation in y or e 2 k and solve to
leading to get y or e 2 k ( only need positive
solution)
1 1 1 1
k = 1n , ln , − 1n 11 , − 1n11 DM1 attempt to deal with e to get k =.
2 11 11 2 A1 any of given answers only.

© Cambridge International Examinations 2015


335
Page 8 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – May/June 2015 0606 12

dy
9 = 4 − 6sin 2 x M1,A1 M1 for attempt to differentiate
dx A1 for all correct
π
When x = , y = π B1 for y
4
dy 1 π
= −2 so gradient of normal = DM1 for substitution of x = into their
dx 2 4
dy
and use of ' m1m2 = −1' ,
dx
dependent on first M1
1 π
Normal equation y − π =  x −  DM1 correct attempt to obtain the
2 4 equation of the normal, dependent
on previous DM mark
7π must be terms of π
When x = 0, y = A1
8
7π must be terms of π
When y = 0, x = − A1
4
1 7π 7π 49π 2
Area = × × = B1ft Follow through on their x and y
2 4 8 64 intercepts; must be exact values

1 1
10 (a) cos 2 3x = , cos 3x = (± )
2 2 M1 complete correct method, dealing
3 x = 45°, 135°, 225°, 315° with sec and 3, correctly
x = 15°, 45°, 75°, 105° A1,A1 A1 for each correct pair

(b) ( )
3 cot 2 y + 1 + 5 cot y − 5 = 0 M1 use of a correct identity to get an
Leading to equation in terms of one trig ratio
3 cot 2 y + 5 cot y − 2 = 0 or only
1
2 tan 2 y − 5 tan y − 3 = 0 M1 for cot y = to obtain either a
tan y
(3 cot y − 1)(cot y + 2 ) = 0 or
quadratic equation in tan y or
(tan y − 3)(2 tan y + 1) = 0
solutions in terms of tan y; allow
where appropriate
1
tan y = 3, tan y = M1 for solution of a quadratic equation
2
in terms of either tan y or cot y
y = 71.6°, 251.6° 153.4°, 333.4° A1,A1 A1 for each correct ‘pair’

 π 1
(c) sin  z +  = M1 completely correct method of
 3 2 solution
π π 5π 13π
z+ = , , A1 one correct solution in range
3 6 6 6
π 11π
z= , M1 correct attempt to obtain a second
2 6 solution within the range
(allow 1.57, 5.76 ) A1 second correct solution (and no
other)

© Cambridge International Examinations 2015


336
CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS
Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education

MARK SCHEME for the May/June 2015 series

0606 ADDITIONAL MATHEMATICS


0606/13 Paper 1, maximum raw mark 80

337
Page 2 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – May/June 2015 0606 13

Abbreviations

awrt answers which round to


cao correct answer only
dep dependent
FT follow through after error
isw ignore subsequent working
oe or equivalent
rot rounded or truncated
SC Special Case
soi seen or implied
www without wrong working

1 (i) 180° or π radians or 3.14 radians ( or better) B1

(ii) 2 B1

(iii) (a) B1 y = sin 2 x all correct


4 y

(b)
1

45 90 135
x

180 B1 for either


−1

−2
↑↓↑starting at their highest value and
−3
ending at their lowest value
−4

Or
a curve with highest value at y = 3
and lowest value at y = −1
B1 completely correct graph

(iv) 3 B1

2 (i) tan θ =
(8 + 5 2 )(4 − 3 2 ) M1 attempt to obtain tan θ and
(4 + 3 2 )(4 − 3 2 ) rationalise.
32 − 24 2 + 20 2 − 30 Must be convinced that no calculators
= are being used
16 − 18
= 1 + 2 2 cao A1

© Cambridge International Examinations 2015


338
Page 3 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – May/June 2015 0606 13

(ii) sec 2 θ = 1 + tan 2 θ


(
= 1 + −1+ 2 2 )
2
M1 attempt to use sec 2 θ = 1 + tan 2 θ , with
their answer to (i)
= 1+1− 4 2 + 8 DM1 attempt to simplify, must be convinced
no calculators are being used.
= 10 − 4 2 A1 (
Need to expand − 1+ 2 2 )2
as 3
terms
Alternative solution:
( ) (
2
AC 2 = 4 + 3 2 + 8 + 5 2 )
2

= 148 + 104 2
148 + 104 2
sec 2 θ = M1
(
4+3 2
2
)
148 + 104 2 34 − 24 2
= × DM1
(4 + 3 2 ) 2
34 − 24 2

= 10 − 4 2 A1

3 (i) 64 + 192 x 2 + 240 x 4 + 160 x 6 B3,2,1,0 –1 each error

2
(ii) (64 + 192x 2  6
) 9 
+ 240 x 4 1 − 2 + 4  B1
 3 
expansion of 1 − 2 
 x x   x 

Terms needed 64 − (192 × 6) + (240 × 9) M1 attempt to obtain 2 or 3 terms using


their (i)
= 1072 A1

© Cambridge International Examinations 2015


339
Page 4 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – May/June 2015 0606 13

 4 − 4k −8 
4 (a) X2 =   B2,1,0 –1 each incorrect element
 2k − 4k 

(b) Use of AA–1 = I M1 use of AA-1 = I and an attempt to


 5 1 obtain at least one equation.
 a 1  6 − 6   1 0 
   =  
 b 5  − 2 1   0 1 
 3 3 
Any 2 equations will give a = 2, b = 4 A1,A1

Alternative method 1:
 5 1
1  5 − 1  6 − 6 
 =  M1 correct attempt to obtain A-1 and
5a − b  b a   − 2 1 
  comparison of at least one term.
 3 3 
Compare any 2 terms to give a = 2, b = 4 A1,A1

Alternative method 2:

1  5 − 1  2 1 
Inverse of  =  M1 reasoning and attempt at inverse
6  − 4 2   4 5  A1,A1

5 3 x − 1 = x(3x − 1) + x 2 − 4 or
2
 y +1  y +1
y = y +   −4
 3   3 
4 x 2 − 4 x − 3 = 0 or 4 y 2 − 4 y − 35 = 0 M1 equate and attempt to obtain an
(2 x − 3)(2 x + 1) = 0 or (2 y − 7 )(2 y + 5) = 0 equation in 1 variable
DM1 forming a 3 term quadratic equation
and attempt to solve
3 1
leading to x = , x = − and A1 x values
2 2
7 5
y= ,y=− A1 y values
2 2
 1 1 
Midpoint  ,  B1 for midpoint, allow anywhere
 2 2 
1
Perpendicular gradient = − M1 correct attempt to obtain the gradient
3
of the perpendicular, using AB
1 1 1
Perp bisector: y − = −  x −  M1 straight line equation through the
2 3 2
midpoint; must be convinced it is a
perpendicular gradient.
(3 y + x − 2 = 0) A1 allow unsimplified

© Cambridge International Examinations 2015


340
Page 5 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – May/June 2015 0606 13

 1  a 15 b 1
6 (i) f  = − + −2 = 0 M1 correct use of either f   or f(1)
2 8 4 2 2
leading to a + 4b = 46 paired correctly
f (1) = a − 15 + b − 2 = 5
leading to a + b = 22 A1 both equations correct (allow
unsimplified)

giving b = 8 (AG), a = 14 M1,A1 M1 for solution of equations


A1 for both a and b. AG for b.

(ii) (2 x − 1)(7 x 2 − 4 x + 2) M1,A1 M1 for valid attempt to obtain g(x), by


either observation or by algebraic long
division.

(iii) 7 x 2 − 4 x + 2 = 0 has no real solutions as M1 use of b 2 − 4ac


b 2 < 4ac
16 < 56 A1 correct conclusion; must be from a
correct g(x) or 2g(x) www

) ( )
8x M1 differentiation of a quotient (or
( x − 1) − ln 4 x 2 + 3
dy ( 2
4x + 2 product)
7 (i)
dx
=
( x − 1) 2 B1 ( )
correct differentiation of ln 4 x 2 + 3
A1 all else correct

When x = 0, y = − ln 3 oe B1 for y value

dy 1
= − ln 3 so gradient of normal is M1 valid attempt to obtain gradient of the
dx ln 3 normal
(allow numerical equivalent)

1
normal equation y + ln 3 = x M1 attempt at normal equation must be
ln 3 using a perpendicular
10 11
or y = 0.910 x − 1.10 , or y = x − cao A1
11 10
(Allow y = 0.91x − 1.1 )

(ii) when x = 0, y = − ln 3 M1 valid attempt at area


when y = 0, x = (ln 3)
2

Area = ±0.66 or ±0.67 or awrt these


1
or (ln 3)
3
A1
2

© Cambridge International Examinations 2015


341
Page 6 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – May/June 2015 0606 13

8 (i) Range for f: y ≥ 3 B1


Range for g: y ≥ 9 B1

(ii) x = −2 + y − 5 M1 attempt to obtain the inverse function

g −1 ( x ) = −2 + x − 5 A1 Must be correct form


Domain of g–1: x ≥ 9 B1 for domain

Alternative method:
y2 + 4 y + 9 − x = 0 M1 attempt to use quadratic formula and
find inverse
−4 + 16 − 4(9 − x) A1 must have + not ±
y=
2

(iii) Need g 3e 2 x( ) M1 correct order


(3e 2x
+ 2) + 5 = 41
2
DM1 correct attempt to solve the equation
4x 2x
or 9e + 12e − 32 = 0
( )(
3e 2 x − 4 3e 2 x + 8 = 0 )
1 4
leading to 3e 2 x + 2 = ±6 so x = ln M1 dealing with the exponential correctly
2 3 in order to reach a solution for x
4 1 4
or e 2 x = so x = ln A1 Allow equivalent logarithmic forms
3 2 3

Alternative method:
Using f ( x) = g −1 ( 41) , g −1 (41) = 4 M1 correct use of g −1
1 4 DM1 dealing with g −1 (41) to obtain an
leading to 3e 2 x = 4 , so x = ln
2 3 equation in terms of e 2 x
M1 dealing with the exponential correctly
A1 in order to reach a solution for x
Allow equivalent logarithmic forms

(iv) g′( x) = 6e 2 x B1 B1 for each


g′(ln 4) = 96 B1

© Cambridge International Examinations 2015


342
Page 7 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – May/June 2015 0606 13

dy
9 (i) = 3x 2 − 10 x + 3 M1 for differentiation
dx
dy
When x = 0, for curve = 3,
dx
gradient of line also 3 so line is a tangent. A1 comparing both gradients

Alternate method:
3 x + 10 = x 3 − 5 x 2 + 3 x + 10 M1 attempt to deal with simultaneous
equations
leading to x 2 = 0 , so tangent at x = 0 A1 obtaining x = 0

dy
(ii) When = 0 , (3x − 1)( x − 3) = 0 M1 equating gradient to zero and valid
dx attempt to solve
1
x= , x=3 A1,A1 A1 for each
3

(iii) 1 3
Area = (10 + 19)3 − ∫ x3 − 5 x 2 + 3x + 10dx B1 area of the trapezium
2 0
3
87  x 4 5 x 3 3 x 2 
= − − + + 10 x  M1 attempt to obtain the area enclosed by
2 4 3 2 0 the curve and the coordinate axes, by
87  81 27  integration
= −  − 45 + + 30  A1 integration all correct
2  4 2  DM1 correct application of limits
(must be using their 3 from (ii) and 0)
= 24.7 or 24.8 A1

Alternative method:
( )
3
Area = ∫ (3x + 10) − x3 − 5 x 2 + 3x + 10 dx B1 correct use of ‘Y–y’
0
3
M1 attempt to integrate
= ∫ − x3 + 5 x 2 dx A1 integration all correct
0
3
 x 4 5x3  99 DM1 correct application of limits
= − +  =
 4 3 0 4 A1

10 (a) 1
sin 2 x =
4
1 1
sin x = (±) M1 using cosecx = and obtaining
2 sin x
sin x = …
x = 30°, 150°, 210°, 330° A1,A1 A1 for one correct pair, A1 for another
correct pair with no extra solutions

© Cambridge International Examinations 2015


343
Page 8 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – May/June 2015 0606 13

(b) (sec 2
)
3 y − 1 − 2 sec 3 y − 2 = 0 M1 use of the correct identity
2
sec 3 y − 2 sec 3 y − 3 = 0 M1 attempt to obtain a 3 term quadratic
(sec 3 y + 1)(sec 3 y − 3) = 0 equation in sec 3y and attempt to solve
1 M1 dealing with sec and 3y correctly
leading to cos 3 y = −1 , cos 3 y =
3
3 y = 180°, 540° 3 y = 70.5°, 289.5°, 430.5° A1,A1 A1 for a correct pair, A1 for a second
y = 60°, 180°, 23.5°, 96.5°, 143.5° A1 correct pair, A1 for correct 5th solution
and no other within the range

Alternative 1:
sec 2 3 y − 2 sec 3 y − 3 = 0 M1 use of the correct identity
2
leading to 3 cos 3 y + 2 cos 3 y − 1 M1 attempt to obtain a quadratic equation
in cos 3y and attempt to solve
(3 cos y − 1)(cos y + 1) = 0 M1 dealing with 3y correctly
A marks as above
Alternative 2:
sin 2 y 2
2
− −2=0 M1 use of the correct identity,
cos y cos y sin y 1
(1 − cos x )− 2 cos x − 2 cos
2 2
x=0
tan y =
cos y
and sec y =
cos y
, then

as before

π π 4π
(c) z− = , M1 correct order of operations
3 3 3
2 π 5π
z= , or 2.09 or 2.1, 5.24 A1,A1 A1 for a correct solution
3 3 A1 for a second correct solution and
no other within the range

© Cambridge International Examinations 2015


344
CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS
Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education

MARK SCHEME for the May/June 2015 series

0606 ADDITIONAL MATHEMATICS


0606/21 Paper 2 (Paper 2), maximum raw mark 80

345
Page 2 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – May/June 2015 0606 21

Abbreviations

awrt answers which round to


cao correct answer only
dep dependent
FT follow through after error
isw ignore subsequent working
oe or equivalent
rot rounded or truncated
SC Special Case
soi seen or implied
www without wrong working

log3 x
1 (a) M1 Can use other interim bases if all correct
log3 27 but M1 when in base 3 only
log 3 x A1 NOT log3 x ÷ 3
isw
3

(b) log a 15 − log a 3 = log a 5 soi M1


3
log a 5 or log a a M1
log a y = log a 125a ⇒ y = 125a A1

2 (a) [f ( x) =]2 x − 4 and [f ( x ) =] − 2 x + 4 B1,B1 Condone y =….

(b) y
B1 correct shape;
4 B1 y intercept marked or seen nearby;
x
B1 intent to tend to y = 3 (i.e. not tending to
or cutting x-axis)
O

1  51 − 8 19   20 − 5 
0
3 (a) A=  −   M1
4  31 2 65  15 − 10 25 
8 −2 6
A =   A1 Integer values
4 3 10 

(b) (i) The (total) value of the stock in each of the 3 B1 Must have “each” oe
shops

(ii) The total value of the stock in all 3 shops B1 Must have “total” oe

© Cambridge International Examinations 2015


346
Page 3 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – May/June 2015 0606 21

PT  3π  PT 8
4 (i) = tan   oe M1 =
8  8  3π π
sin sin
8 8

PT =19.3 A1 awrt 19.3

1 2 3π 1 2 3π
(ii) ×8 × oe (75.4) M1 or ×8 ×
2 4 2 8
 3π 
8 tan   × 8 – their sector oe (=154.5-‘75.4’) M1 8 × their PT – their sector
 8 
79.1 A1 awrt 79.1

 3π 
(iii) 8   oe (18.8) M1
 4 
  3π  
6π + 16 tan  8   = 57.5 A1 Accept 57.4 to 57.5
  

5 (a) Permutation because the order matters oe B1


6
(b) (i) C4 + 5C4 + 7C4 M1 3 correct terms added
55 A1
2
(ii) C1 × 6C 1 × 5C1 × 7C1 M1 4 correct terms multiplied
420 A1
6
(iii) C3 × 2C1 or 2C2 × 5C1 × 6C1 M1 for either correct product
summation M1 adding two correct products
70 A1
If 0 scored, then SC1for 1,1,1,0 and
0,0,2,1 seen

6 (i) 2t 2 −14t +12 = 0 M1 Can use formula, etc.


(t −1)(t − 6) oe
(t = ) 1 A1 If t = 1 with no working, then M1A1

∫ ( 2t −14t +12 ) dt
2
(ii) M1
3 2
2t 14t
( s =) − +12t A2,1,0 −1 for each error or for +c left in or
3 2 limits introduced

dv
(iii) ( a =) ( 4t − 14 ) M1
dt
[4(3) – 14 =] −2 cao A1

© Cambridge International Examinations 2015


347
Page 4 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – May/June 2015 0606 21

7 (a) AB = 15b – 5a = 5(3b – a) or B1 Any correct simplified vector


BC = 24b – 3a – 15b = 3(3b – a) or B1 Any second simplified vector
AC = 24b – 3a – 5a = 8(3b – a)

Comment: e.g. the vectors are scalar multiples of B1dep Dep on both B marks being awarded.
each other AND they have a common point (A, B
or C as appropriate)

(b) (i) 2i + 11j soi B1


2 2
⇒ 2 + 11
125 or 5 5 or 11.2 (3 s.f .) or better) B1fT ft their 2i +11j (not OP or OQ )

1
(ii) (2i + 11j) isw B1fT ft their answers from (i)
5 5

i − 4 j + 3i + 7 j 2i +11j
(iii) or i − 4 j + or M1
2 2
2i +11j
3i + 7 j −
2

2i + 1.5 j A1

8 (a) (i) ke4 x + 3 (+c) oe M1 any constant, non-zero k


1
k = oe A1
4

1 4(3) +3
(ii)
4
( e − e4(2.5) +3 ) or better DM1 ft their integral attempt

1 15 13
706 650.99… = 707 000 to 3 sf or better A1 Accept
4
(e − e )
 x
(b) (i) k sin   (+ c) M1 any constant, non-zero k
3
k=3 A1

π 1
(ii) 3sin  ×  − 3sin ( 0 ) DM1 Dep on their integral attempt in sin;
 6 3 condone omission of lower limit
π 
0.520 944… = 0.521 to 3 sf or better A1 Accept 3 sin 
 18 

x −1 x3
∫(x + 2 + x 2 ) dx =
−2
(c) + 2x + B1 Expands – accept unsimplified
−1 3 M1 integration of their 3 term expansion
A1 Fully correct
+c B1 +c

© Cambridge International Examinations 2015


348
Page 5 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – May/June 2015 0606 21

9 (a) (4 x −1) ( x + 5) [≤ 0] M1 Solves quadratic


1
critical values and −5 soi A1
4
1  1
−5 ≤ x ≤ A1 Accept:  −5,  ; –5 ≤ x AND x ≤ 0.25
4  4

(b) (i) ( x + 4)2 − 25 or a = 4 and b = −25 B1, B1

(ii) (Greatest value =) 25 B1ft Must be clear


x = −4 B1ft
y

9
(iii) O
x
B1 Correct shape with maximum in second
-9 1
quadrant and crossing positive and
negative axes correctly

B1 All 3 intercepts correctly shown on


graph

10 (i) ln y = ln( Ab x ) ⇒ ln y = ln A + ln b x M1
⇒ ln y = ln A + x ln b A1

(ii) ln A = 11.4 ⇒ A= etheir 11.4 M1 condone misread of scale for M1 (11.2


only)
A = 90 000 cao A1
ln b = −1 M1 Allow awrt −1
b = 0.4 cao A1

(iii) x = 2.5 ⇒ lny = 9 M1


y = e9 or 8000 to 1 sf A1 Allow awrt 8100

11 (i) 7 − x, x, 6 − x oe B1

their attempt at 7 − x + x + 6 − x + 16 = 25 oe M1

x=4 A1 Condone x = 4 for all 3 marks

(ii) 23 − y, y, 9 − y oe B1 or n( A ∪ C ) = 48 −16 = 32

48 = 30 + 25 + 15 – 7 – 6 – (their 4 + y) + their 4 M1 or 32 = 30 + 15 – (their 4 + y)


oe soi or 48 = (23 − y) + 3 + 16 + y + 4
+ 2 + (9 − y)

y=9 A1 Condone y = 9 for all 3 marks

(iii) n(C) = 15 and y + n( B ∩ C ) = 9 + 6 = 15 B1 or equivalent deduction


[and so A' ∩ B ' ∩ C = ∅].

© Cambridge International Examinations 2015


349
CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS
Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education

MARK SCHEME for the May/June 2015 series

0606 ADDITIONAL MATHEMATICS


0606/22 Paper 2, maximum raw mark 80

350
Pag
P ge 2 Mar
M k Sch me
S heme Sylllab
S bus Pape
P er
Cam
C mb
brid
dge
e IG
GC
CSE
E–MMayy/Jun
ne 20
2 15 0 06
060 2
22

bbrrev
Ab viattion
ns

aw
wrt aanswwerrs whi
w ich h roound to o
caoo c rectt an
corr nswwerr onnly
depp d end
dep den nt
FTT fo ow
follow thrrou ughh affterr errrorr
isw
w ig
gnoore suubseequuennt work
w kin ng
oe o eequivaalen
or nt
rott ro
ounndeed or
o trun
t ncaated d
SCC S eciaal Case
Spe C e
soii seenn orr im
mplliedd
wwww w w hou
with ut wro
w ong g woorkking g

1 (i)) B ,2,1
B3, 1,0 2 corrrecttly plaaced inn Ven
V nn dia
d graam;;
1, 3,
3 4,
4 6 coorreectlly plac
p cedd;
A B 12,, 8, 0, 7, 9, 10 corrrectlyy plac
p ced;
122 8 3 0 11,, 5 corrrecctly
y pllaced
2
1 4
6
7 9 10 11
1
5
C

( )
(ii) 3 B ft
B1ft cor o ccorrrectt ftt theeir (i)), prrov
c rrecct or videed
non
n n-zero o

(iii)) {{4, 6} B ft
B1ft cor o ccorrrectt ftt theeir (i)), prrov
c rrecct or videed nott
the
t e em
mptty sset

 60
0 7
70 58
5   500 52
2 34 
2 (i)) [ P =]  500  an
nd [Q =] (120 3 0)
300 B
B2 o [ P =]
or  aand
d
 5
52 34
3  0 58 
 600 70
or
o [Q
[ =] (300 120
1 0)

or
o B1
B if onee errror

ma
may be
b wri
w itten
n as
a an
a une
u evalluaated d prrodductt;
B0
B if cho o P an
oice of nd Q oofffereed

( )
(ii) ( 222 2000 2 0000
24 0 17 60 )
716 B
B2 mu
must hav
h ve bbraackeets an
nd m
musst not
n hav ve
com
c mmmas; mmust bee a 1 byb 3 mat
m trixx; mus
m st be
b
from
f m cor
c rrecct prod
p ducct; wo
workiing
g maay be
see i (i)
s en in (

or
o B1 e mennts correct
B forr anny two elem

(iii)) The tottal (am


T mooun nt off reeveenue) fro
f om alll B
B1 do
d nott accceept, e.g
g. The
T e tootall am
mouuntt froom
m
(tthreee) fliightts. oe eac
e ch flig
f ght;; must
m t bee a comm men nt not
n jusst a
figu
f uree; mus
m st not
n con ntain a conttraddicttionn

© Ca
amb
brid
dge
e In
nterrnattion
nal Ex
xam
mina
atio
ons
s 20
015
5
351
Page 3 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – May/June 2015 0606 22

3 (i)  36 + 15 5   6 − 3 5  12 + 5 5   2 − 5 
 ×  oe M1 or  ×  oe
 6 + 3 5   6 − 3 5   2 + 5  2− 5
     
216 + 90 5 − 108 5 − 225 24 + 10 5 − 12 5 − 25
DM1 or
−9 −1

or −  24 + 10 5  − 12 5 − 25
 
1 + 2 5 cao A1 allow a = 1 and b = 2

Alternative method:
36 + 15 5 = (6a + 15b ) + (3a + 6b ) 5 M1

6a + 15b = 36 DM1
3a + 6b =15

a = 1 and b = 2 A1 or 1 + 2 5

 2  6 + 3 5  + their 1 + 2 5  
2 2
(ii)  AC = M1 correct or correct ft expansions, using
     
Pythagoras with  6 + 3 5  and their BC
= 36 + 36 5 + 45 + their 1 + 4 5 + 20   
 
102 + 40 5 cao A1 ignore attempts to square root after correct
answer seen

4 (i) Alternatively
2
cos(x ) = oe soi 2
sin( y ) = oe soi
3 M1
3

A1 41.810…° or
48.189…° or 131.810…° or
0.7297 ... or 0.73(0) rad oe isw
0.8410… rad or 2.3(00…) rad oe isw
with reference axis indicated by comment,
with reference axis indicated by comment,
e.g. “to the perpendicular with the bank”,
e.g. “to the bank” or “upstream”, etc. or
etc. or clearly marked on a diagram
clearly marked on a diagram
If M0 then SC1 for an unsupported
answer of 138.189…° or 2.4118… rad or
318.189...° or 5.5534... rad
with reference axis indicated by comment,
e.g. “on a bearing of” or “from North” or
clearly marked on a diagram

© Cambridge International Examinations 2015


352
Page 4 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – May/June 2015 0606 22

80
(ii) Speed = 9 − 4  = 5  or 3sin 48.2 or B1 Or Distance = = 107.(33K)
  sin 48.2
2 oe soi
2 tan 48.2 or 3cos 41.8 or or
tan 41.8
2 2 + 32 − 2 × 2 × 3 cos 48.2 oe
or 2.236(0…) rot to 4 or more figs or 2.24
[m/s] soi
80 their 107.33K
time = oe M1 time =
their 5 3
35.66 to 35.8 (seconds) oe A1 ignore subsequent rounding or attempted
conversion to, e.g. minutes but A0 if
answer spoiled by continuation of method

if no working, so B0 M0, then allow B3


for an answer 35.66 to 35.8 oe

5 Substitution of either 4 – x or 4 – y into M1 condone one sign error or slip in either


equation of curve and brackets expanded equation of curve or expansion of
brackets; condone omission of = 0, BUT
4 – x or 4 – y must be correct

12x2 – 52x + 48 [= 0] A1
or 12y2 – 44y + 32 [= 0] oe

Solve their 3-term quadratic M1 dep on a valid substitution attempt


4 4 8
x = and 3 isw A1 or x = y=
3 3 3
not from wrong working
8
y= and 1 isw A1 or x = 3 y = 1
3 not from wrong working

if no working, allow full marks for fully


correct answer only.

1  36 
6 (a) ( x − 2 ) log 6 = log   oe or M1 or x log 6 = log  oe
4  4 
1
log 6   = x − 2 oe or x log 6 – log 36 = log 1 – log 4 oe
4
1.23 or 1.226(29…) rot to 4 or more figures A1 correct answer or 1.22 implies M1
isw

© Cambridge International Examinations 2015


353
Page 5 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – May/June 2015 0606 22

(b) Method 1
 8 × 2 y 2 × 16 y 
log  = log 4 2 oe B3 or B2 if at most one error or omitted step
 64 y  or B1 if at most two errors or omitted
steps
y=2 B1 not from wrong working

Method 2 B3,2,1,0 LHS terms


log 2 + 2 log y + 3 log 2 + 4 log 2 + log y – log 2 y2 = log 2 + 2 log y;
6 log 2 – log y = 4 log 2 log 8 = 3 log 2;
log 16 y = 4 log 2 + log y;
–log 64 y = –6 log 2 – log y;
RHS term
2 log 4 = 4 log 2

y=2 B1 not from wrong working

n(n − 1)(n − 2)(n − 3)(2 4 ) n(n − 1)(2 2 )


7 = 10 M3 condone omitting the factor of n and/or
4 × 3 × 2 ×1 2 ×1 n – 1; must have dealt with factorials
or better
M2 if one slip/omission
or M1 if two slips/omissions

or
n(n − 1) 2 2
B1 for
2
[ ]
(2) x seen
and
n(n − 1)(n − 2)(n − 3) 4 4
B1 for
24
[ ]
(2) x
seen
n2 – 5n – 24 [= 0] oe A1 equivalent must be 3-terms, e.g.
n2 – 5n = 24
(n + 3) (n – 8) [= 0] M1 or any valid method of solution for their
3-term quadratic
n = 8 only A1 A0 if −3 also given as a final solution, i.e.
not discarded
If zero scored, allow SC1 for n = 8
unsupported or without correct method

© Cambridge International Examinations 2015


354
Page 6 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – May/June 2015 0606 22

8 Method 1 (Separate areas subtracted)

[ xB = xC =] 7 soi B1
3 2
 ( x 2 − 6 x + 10 ) dx =  x − 6 x + 10 x
∫
M2 or M1 for at least one term correct
 3 2
Correct or correct ft substitution of limits 0 DM1 dep on at least M1 being earned;
 x3 6x2  evidence of substitution must be seen in
and their 7 into their  − + 10 x  their integral which must be at least two
3 2  terms; condone omission of lower limit;
1
(10 + 17) × 7 oe or B2 or M1 for
2
1
(their 10 + their 17) × their 7 oe
7 2
( 7 ) + 10 7
2
7  x2 
∫0 ( x + 10 ) d x =  + 10 x  = ( ) or B1 for
2 0 2 x2
oe ∫ ( x + 10 )dx = + 10 x
2
 189 112 
their  −  M1 dep on a genuine attempt to integrate the
 2 3 
equation of the curve;
must be their area trapezium/under the
line – their attempt at area under curve
343 1
or 57 or 57.2 to 3 sf or 57.16(6...) A1 from full and correct working with no
6 6 omitted steps
rot to 4 figs isw

Method 2 (Subtracting and using


integration once)

[ xB = xc =] 7 soi B1

∫ (− x + 7 x )dx
2
B1 condone omission of dx
 x 7x 
3
x
2
7x  3 2

− 3 + 2  oe or  3 − 2  oe M3 or M2 for
    px 3 qx 2
∫ ( px + qx )dx =
2
+ oe either with
3 2
p = ±1 or q = ±7

px 3 qx 2
∫ ( px + qx )dx =
2
or M1 for +
3 2
with non-zero constants p and q, with p ≠
±1 and q ≠ ±7
Correct or correct ft substitution of limits 0 M2 dep on a valid integration attempt;
and their 7 evidence of substitution must be seen;
condone omission of lower limit;
 x3 7 x 2 
into their − +
 3 2 
343 1
or 57 or 57.2 to 3 sf or 57.16(6...) A1 from full and correct working with no
6 6 omitted steps
rot to 4 figs isw

© Cambridge International Examinations 2015


355
Page 7 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – May/June 2015 0606 22

10 − 4
9 (i) 10 = 2m + 4 soi M1 or [m =] oe soi
2−0

m=3 A1

(ii) 1 B1

10 − y R
(iii) = 1 oe soi M1 or y = x + 8 oe
2 − −1
(–1, 7) or x = −1 and y = 7 A1 if y = 7 only stated, provided that
x = −1 is soi in working allow both marks
if M0 then B1 for y = 7 only with no
working

(iv) Use of m1 m2 = –1 with their m from (i) M1 may be implied by perpendicular gradient
seen in equation
 1  1
y − 10 =  their − (x − 2 ) A1 or  their −  x + c and
 3  3

 1
10 =  their −  2 + c
 3
3y + x = 32 isw A1 allow for correct equation with integer
coefficients in any simplified form

(v) 1 11  ft their yQ
 , their  oe isw B1,B1ft
2 2
 2 − 1 10 + 1 
or M1 for  ,  seen
 2 2 

(vi) 4.5 oe cao B2 not from wrong working

or M1 for any correct method with correct


coordinates
y
10 (a) 1
B2,1,0 correct sinusoidal/reflected sinusoidal
shape, all above x-axis with intent to have
all maximum points of equal height;
2 maximum points of intended equal
height only over 0 to 360;
O 90 180 270 360x
all max points clearly at y = 1;
cusp at 180

© Cambridge International Examinations 2015


356
Page 8 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – May/June 2015 0606 22

eln(4 x −3) + 3
(b)(i) [ hg( x) =] M1 Alternative method
4 y = ln(4 x − 3) and change of subject to x
oe,
fully correct and completion to [ hg( x) =] x A1 fully correct and comment that
h( x) = g −1 ( x) oe

y = h(x)
(ii)
B2,1,0 correct shape;
1 marked on the y-axis or (0, 1) stated
close by;
y = g(x
curve with positive gradient in first
quadrant only
1

O
1

(iii) x ≥ 0 or [ 0, ∞ ) B1 not domain ≥ 0

(iv) y ≥ 1 or [1, ∞ ) B1 or h ( x ) ≥ 1 , h ≥ 1 etc.

8−h 8
11 (i) or 8 : 8 – h soi M1 or or 8 – h : 8 soi
8 8−h
8−h 8
× 4 oe A1 or 4 ÷ oe
8 8−h
2
8−h 
h × 4  oe M1 h must be in the numerator of the
 8  expression for this mark;
h3
expand and simplify to − 4h 2 + 16h AG A1
4

3 2
(ii) h − 8h + 16 oe B1
4

3 
their  h 2 − 8h + 16  = 0 and attempt to M1 must be a 3-term quadratic; must be an
4  attempt at a derivative
solve
8 8
oe only A2 or A1 for h = and 8
3 3

allow 2.67 or 2.66(6...) rot to 4 or more


8
figs for
3

© Cambridge International Examinations 2015


357
Page 9 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – May/June 2015 0606 22

12 (i) –120 + 104 + 22 – 6 = 0 B1 or correct synthetic division

or correct unsimplified form, e.g. −2 15 26 −11 −6


15(–2)3 + 26(–2)2 – 11(–2) – 6 = 0 or −30 8 6
15(–8) + 26(4) – 11(–2) – 6 = 0 15 −4 −3 0

(ii) Substituting x = 3 into 15x3 + 26x2 – 11x – 6 M1 or correct synthetic division

3 15 26 −11 −6
45 213 606
15 71 202 600

600 A1 correct answer implies M1; must be


explicitly identified as answer if using
synthetic/long division methods by e.g.
circling

(iii) (x – 1)(15x3 + 26x2 – 11x – 6) soi B1 by inspection or division;


may be implied by e.g.
(ax + b)(15x3 + 26x2 – 11x – 6)
and a = 1, b = −1 seen in later work
comparing coefficients

Multiply out M1 or multiply out, e.g.


(x ± 1)(15x3 + 26x2 – 11x – 6) (ax + b)(15x3 + 26x2 – 11x – 6)
and compare coefficients of x3 or x to and compare coefficients of x3 or x to
quartic quartic

p = 11 A1 correct p or q implies M1; correct p and q


www implies B1 M1
q=5 A1

© Cambridge International Examinations 2015


358
CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS
Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education

MARK SCHEME for the May/June 2015 series

0606 ADDITIONAL MATHEMATICS


0606/23 Paper 2 (Paper 2), maximum raw mark 80

359
Page 2 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – May/June 2015 0606 23

Abbreviations

awrt answers which round to


cao correct answer only
dep dependent
FT follow through after error
isw ignore subsequent working
oe or equivalent
rot rounded or truncated
SC Special Case
soi seen or implied
www without wrong working

log3 x
1 (a) M1 Can use other interim bases if all correct
log3 27 but M1 when in base 3 only
log 3 x A1 NOT log3 x ÷ 3
isw
3

(b) log a 15 − log a 3 = log a 5 soi M1


3
log a 5 or log a a M1
log a y = log a 125a ⇒ y = 125a A1

2 (a) [f ( x) =]2 x − 4 and [f ( x ) =] − 2 x + 4 B1,B1 Condone y =….

(b) y
B1 correct shape;
4 B1 y intercept marked or seen nearby;
x
B1 intent to tend to y = 3 (i.e. not tending to
or cutting x-axis)
O

1  51 − 8 19   20 − 5 
0
3 (a) A=  −   M1
4  31 2 65  15 − 10 25 
8 −2 6
A =   A1 Integer values
4 3 10 

(b) (i) The (total) value of the stock in each of the 3 B1 Must have “each” oe
shops

(ii) The total value of the stock in all 3 shops B1 Must have “total” oe

© Cambridge International Examinations 2015


360
Page 3 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – May/June 2015 0606 23

PT  3π  PT 8
4 (i) = tan   oe M1 =
8  8  3π π
sin sin
8 8

PT =19.3 A1 awrt 19.3

1 2 3π 1 2 3π
(ii) ×8 × oe (75.4) M1 or ×8 ×
2 4 2 8
 3π 
8 tan   × 8 – their sector oe (=154.5-‘75.4’) M1 8 × their PT – their sector
 8 
79.1 A1 awrt 79.1

 3π 
(iii) 8   oe (18.8) M1
 4 
  3π  
6π + 16 tan  8   = 57.5 A1 Accept 57.4 to 57.5
  

5 (a) Permutation because the order matters oe B1


6
(b) (i) C4 + 5C4 + 7C4 M1 3 correct terms added
55 A1
2
(ii) C1 × 6C 1 × 5C1 × 7C1 M1 4 correct terms multiplied
420 A1
6
(iii) C3 × 2C1 or 2C2 × 5C1 × 6C1 M1 for either correct product
summation M1 adding two correct products
70 A1
If 0 scored, then SC1for 1,1,1,0 and
0,0,2,1 seen

6 (i) 2t 2 −14t +12 = 0 M1 Can use formula, etc.


(t −1)(t − 6) oe
(t = ) 1 A1 If t = 1 with no working, then M1A1

∫ ( 2t −14t +12 ) dt
2
(ii) M1
3 2
2t 14t
( s =) − +12t A2,1,0 −1 for each error or for +c left in or
3 2 limits introduced

dv
(iii) ( a =) ( 4t − 14 ) M1
dt
[4(3) – 14 =] −2 cao A1

© Cambridge International Examinations 2015


361
Page 4 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – May/June 2015 0606 23

7 (a) AB = 15b – 5a = 5(3b – a) or B1 Any correct simplified vector


BC = 24b – 3a – 15b = 3(3b – a) or B1 Any second simplified vector
AC = 24b – 3a – 5a = 8(3b – a)

Comment: e.g. the vectors are scalar multiples of B1dep Dep on both B marks being awarded.
each other AND they have a common point (A, B
or C as appropriate)

(b) (i) 2i + 11j soi B1


2 2
⇒ 2 + 11
125 or 5 5 or 11.2 (3 s.f .) or better) B1fT ft their 2i +11j (not OP or OQ )

1
(ii) (2i + 11j) isw B1fT ft their answers from (i)
5 5

i − 4 j + 3i + 7 j 2i +11j
(iii) or i − 4 j + or M1
2 2
2i +11j
3i + 7 j −
2

2i + 1.5 j A1

8 (a) (i) ke4 x + 3 (+c) oe M1 any constant, non-zero k


1
k = oe A1
4

1 4(3) +3
(ii)
4
( e − e4(2.5) +3 ) or better DM1 ft their integral attempt

1 15 13
706 650.99… = 707 000 to 3 sf or better A1 Accept
4
(e − e )
 x
(b) (i) k sin   (+ c) M1 any constant, non-zero k
3
k=3 A1

π 1
(ii) 3sin  ×  − 3sin ( 0 ) DM1 Dep on their integral attempt in sin;
 6 3 condone omission of lower limit
π 
0.520 944… = 0.521 to 3 sf or better A1 Accept 3 sin 
 18 

x −1 x3
∫(x + 2 + x 2 ) dx =
−2
(c) + 2x + B1 Expands – accept unsimplified
−1 3 M1 integration of their 3 term expansion
A1 Fully correct
+c B1 +c

© Cambridge International Examinations 2015


362
Page 5 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – May/June 2015 0606 23

9 (a) (4 x −1) ( x + 5) [≤ 0] M1 Solves quadratic


1
critical values and −5 soi A1
4
1  1
−5 ≤ x ≤ A1 Accept:  −5,  ; –5 ≤ x AND x ≤ 0.25
4  4

(b) (i) ( x + 4)2 − 25 or a = 4 and b = −25 B1, B1

(ii) (Greatest value =) 25 B1ft Must be clear


x = −4 B1ft
y

9
(iii) O
x
B1 Correct shape with maximum in second
-9 1
quadrant and crossing positive and
negative axes correctly

B1 All 3 intercepts correctly shown on


graph

10 (i) ln y = ln( Ab x ) ⇒ ln y = ln A + ln b x M1
⇒ ln y = ln A + x ln b A1

(ii) ln A = 11.4 ⇒ A= etheir 11.4 M1 condone misread of scale for M1 (11.2


only)
A = 90 000 cao A1
ln b = −1 M1 Allow awrt −1
b = 0.4 cao A1

(iii) x = 2.5 ⇒ lny = 9 M1


y = e9 or 8000 to 1 sf A1 Allow awrt 8100

11 (i) 7 − x, x, 6 − x oe B1

their attempt at 7 − x + x + 6 − x + 16 = 25 oe M1

x=4 A1 Condone x = 4 for all 3 marks

(ii) 23 − y, y, 9 − y oe B1 or n( A ∪ C ) = 48 −16 = 32

48 = 30 + 25 + 15 – 7 – 6 – (their 4 + y) + their 4 M1 or 32 = 30 + 15 – (their 4 + y)


oe soi or 48 = (23 − y) + 3 + 16 + y + 4
+ 2 + (9 − y)

y=9 A1 Condone y = 9 for all 3 marks

(iii) n(C) = 15 and y + n( B ∩ C ) = 9 + 6 = 15 B1 or equivalent deduction


[and so A' ∩ B ' ∩ C = ∅].

© Cambridge International Examinations 2015


363
CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS
Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education

MARK SCHEME for the October/November 2015 series

0606 ADDITIONAL MATHEMATICS


0606/11 Paper 1, maximum raw mark 80

364
Page 2 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – October/November 2015 0606 11

Abbreviations

awrt answers which round to


cao correct answer only
dep dependent
FT follow through after error
isw ignore subsequent working
oe or equivalent
rot rounded or truncated
SC Special Case
soi seen or implied
www without wrong working

1 kx 2 + (2k − 8) x + k = 0 M1 for attempt to obtain a 3 term quadratic in the


form ax 2 + bx + c = 0 ,where b contains a
term in k and a constant
b 2 − 4ac > 0 so (2k − 8) 2 − 4k 2 ( > 0) DM1 for use of b 2 − 4ac
2 2
4k − 32k + 64 − 4k ( > 0) DM1 for attempt to simplify and solve for k
leading to k < 2 only A1 A1 must have correct sign

2
 dy 
  = −5 x(+c) M1 for attempt to integrate, do not penalise
 dx  omission of arbitrary constant.
dy
When x = −1, = 2 leading to
dx
dy dy
= −5 x − 3 A1 Must have = ...
dx dx
5x 2 dy
y=− − 3x + d DM1 for attempt to integrate their , but
2 dx
When x = −1, y = 3 leading to penalise omission of arbitrary constant.
5 5x 2
y= − − 3x A1
2 2

Alternative scheme:
dy M1 for use of y = ax 2 + bx + c , differentiation
y = ax 2 + bx + c so = 2ax + b
dx and use of conditions to give an equation in a
dy and b
When x = −1 , =2
dx
so − 2a + b = 2 A1 for a correct equation
d2 y DM1 for a second differentiation to obtain a
= 2a
dx 2
5 5
so a = − , b = −3 , c = A1 for a, b and c all correct
2 2

© Cambridge International Examinations 2015


365
Page 3 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – October/November 2015 0606 11

3 (sec 2 θ − 1) + (cosec 2θ − 1) = secθ cosecθ

LHS = tan θ + cot θ B1 may be implied by the next line


sin θ cos θ
= + B1 for dealing with tan θ and cot θ in terms of
cos θ sin θ sin θ and cos θ
sin 2 θ + cos 2 θ
= M1 for attempt to obtain as a single fraction
sin θ cos θ
1
= M1 for the use of sin 2 θ + cos 2 θ = 1 in correct
sin θ cos θ context
= sec θ cosecθ A1 Must be convinced as AG

Alternate scheme:

LHS = tan θ + cot θ


1
= tan θ + B1 may be implied by subsequent work
tan θ
2
tan θ + 1
= M1 for attempt to obtain as a single fraction
tan θ
sec 2 θ
= B1 for use of the correct identity
tan θ
sec θ
= × sec θ M1 for ‘splitting’ sec 2 θ
tan θ
= cosecθ sec θ A1 Must be convinced as AG

4 (a) (i) 28 B1

(ii) 20160 B1

(iii) 6 × (5 × 4 × 3) oe to give 360 B1 for realising that the music books can be
6 × (5 × 4 × 3) × 2 arranged amongst themselves and
consideration of the other 5 books
= 720 B1 for the realisation that the above arrangement
can be either side of the clock.

10
(b) Either C 6 − 7 C 6 = 210 − 7 B1, B1 B1 for 10
C 6 , B1 for 7 C 6

= 203 B1

Or 1W 5M = 63 B1 for 1 case correct, must be considering more


2W 4M = 105 than 1 different case, allow C notation
3W 3M = 35 B1 for the other 2 cases, allow C notation
Total = 203 B1 for final result

© Cambridge International Examinations 2015


366
Page 4 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – October/November 2015 0606 11

5 (i) dy 4x
= ( x − 3) 2 + ln(2 x 2 + 1) B1 for correct differentiation of ln function
dx 2x + 1 M1 for attempt to differentiate a product
dy 8
when x = 2, = − + ln 9 oe A1 for correct product, terms must be bracketed
dx 9 where appropriate
or 1.31 or better A1 for correct final answer

(ii) ∂y ≈ (answer to (i)) × 0.03 M1 for attempt to use small changes


= 0.0393, allow awrt 0.039 A1FT follow through on their numerical answer to
(i) allow to 2 sf or better

6 (i) A ∩ B = {3} B1

(ii) A ∪ C = {1, 3, 5, 6, 7, 9, 11, 12} B1

(iii) A′ ∩ C = {1, 5, 7, 11} B1

(iv) ( D ∪ B ) ′ = {1, 9} B1

(v) Any set containing up to 5 positive even B1


numbers ⩽ 12

0.2
7 (i) Gradient = = 0.25 M1 for attempt to find the gradient
0.8
b = 0.25 A1

Either 6 = 0.25(2.2) + c M1 for a correct substitution of values from


Or 5.8 = 0.25(1.4) + c either point and attempt to obtain c or
solution by simultaneous equations
leading to A = 233 or e 5.45 A1 dealing with c = ln A

Alternative schemes:

Either Or
6 = b(2.2) + c ( )
e 6 = A e 2.2
b
M1 for 2 simultaneous equations as shown
5.8 = b(1.4) + c e 5.8
= A(e )
1.4 b

DM1 for attempt to solve to get at least one


solution for one unknown
Leading to A = 233 or e 5.45 and b = 0.25 A1, A1 A1 for each

(ii) Either y = 233 × 5 0.25 M1 for correct use of either equation in attempt
Or ln y = 0.25 ln 5 + ln 233 to obtain y using their value of A and of b
found in (i)
leading to y = 348 A1

© Cambridge International Examinations 2015


367
Page 5 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – October/November 2015 0606 11

1 1
1 −
2( x 2 + 5) 2 − (2 x)( x 2 + 5) 2 (2 x − 1) 1
8
dy
= 2 B1 for
1
2
( −
)
(2 x) x 2 + 5 2 for a quotient
dx x2 + 5
3
1
or − (2 x) ( x 2 + 5 ) 2 for a product
or −

dy 2

1
1 2

3
2
= 2( x + 5) − (2 x)( x + 5) 2 (2 x − 1)
2
allow if either seen in separate working
dx 2
M1 for attempt to differentiate a quotient or a
correct product
A1 for all correct, allow unsimplified
dy 4
When x = 2, y = 1 and = B1, B1 B1 for each
dx 9
(allow 0.444 or 0.44)
4
Equation of tangent: y − 1 = ( x − 2) M1 for attempt at straight line, must be tangent
9
using their gradient and y
(9 y = 4 x + 1) A1 allow unsimplified.

2 3 3 2 3
9 (i) (4 + x ) 2 (+c) B1,B1 B1 for k (4 + x ) 2 only, B1 for (4 + x ) 2
3 3
only
Condone omission of c
(ii)
1 
Area of trapezium =  × 5 × 5  M1 for attempt to find the area of the trapezium
2 
= 12.5 A1

5 3
2 3
 1  for correct use of limits using k (4 + x ) 2 only
Area =  (4 + x ) 2  −  × 5 × 5  M1
3 0  2  (must be using 5 and 0)
2  16 25 16
=  × 27  − − A1 for 18 − or equivalent
3  3 2 3
1
= or awrt 0.17 A1
6

Alternative scheme:
1
Equation of AB y = x + 2 M1 for a correct attempt to find the equation of
5 AB
3
5 1  for correct use of limits using k (4 + x ) 2 only
Area = ∫0
4 + x −  x + 2  dx
5 
M1
(must be using 5 and 0)
5
2 3 x2 
=  (4 + x ) 2 − − 2 x
3 10 0
2  16 25 16
=  × 27  − − A1 for 18 − or equivalent
3
3  3 2
A1 for 12.5 or equivalent
1
= or awrt 0.17 A1
6

© Cambridge International Examinations 2015


368
Page 6 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – October/November 2015 0606 11

10 (i) All sides are equal to the radii of the circles B1 for a convincing argument
which are also equal


(ii) Angle CBE = B1 must be in terms of π , allow 0.667π , or
3 better

(iii) DE = 10 3 M1 for correct attempt to find DE using their


angle CBE
A1 for correct DE, allow 17.3 or better
2π for attempt to find arc length with their angle
Arc CE = 10 × M1
3 CBE (20.94)
20π for 10 + 10 + DE + an arc length
Perimeter = 20 + 10 3 + M1
3
= 58.3 or 58.2 A1 allow unsimplified

(iv) 1 2π 100π for sector area using their angle CBE allow
Area of sector: × 10 2 × = M1
2 3 3 unsimplified, may be implied
1 2π for triangle area using their angle DBE which
Area of triangle: × 10 2 × sin = 25 3 M1
2 3 must be the same as their angle CBE, allow
unsimplified, may be implied
100π
Area = + 25 3 or awrt 148 A1 allow in either form
3

© Cambridge International Examinations 2015


369
Page 7 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – October/November 2015 0606 11

11 (a) (i) ( x + 3) 2 − 5 B1, B1 B1 for 3, B1 for − 5

(ii) y ⩾ 4 or f ⩾ 4 B1 Correct notation or statement must be used

(iii) y = x+5 −3 M1 for a correct attempt to find the inverse


function
A1 must be in the correct form and positive root
only
Domain x ⩾ 4 B1FT Follow through on their answer to (ii), must
be using x

(b) h 2 g( x) = h 2 (e x ) M1 for correct order


x
= h(5e + 2) M1 for dealing with h 2
= 25e x + 12
25e x + 12 = 37, DM1 for solution of equation (dependent on both
previous M marks)
leading to x = 0 A1

Alternative scheme 1:
hg( x) = h −1 (37) M1 for correct order
−1
h (37) = 7 M1 for dealing with h -1 (37)
5e x + 2 = 7, DM1 for solution of equation (dependent on both
previous M marks)
leading to x = 0 A1

Alternative scheme 2:
g( x) = h −2 (37) M1 for correct order
−2
h (37) = 1 M1 for dealing with h −2 (37)
e x = 1, DM1 for solution of equation (dependent on both
previous M marks)
leading to x = 0 A1

© Cambridge International Examinations 2015


370
Page 8 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – October/November 2015 0606 11

12 x 2 + 6 x − 16 = 0 or y 2 + 10 y − 75 = 0 M1 for attempt to obtain a 3 term quadratic in


leading to terms of one variable only
( x + 8)( x − 2) = 0 or ( y − 5)( y + 15) = 0 DM1 for attempt to solve quadratic equation

so x = 2, y = 5 and x = −8, y = −15 A1, A1 A1 for each ‘pair’ of values.

Midpoint ( −3, − 5) B1

1
Gradient = 2, so perpendicular gradient = −
2
Perpendicular bisector:
1
y + 5 = − ( x + 3) M1 for attempt at straight line equation, must be
2
(2 y + x + 13 = 0) using midpoint and perpendicular gradient
M1 for use of y = 0 in their line equation
Point C (−13, 0) (but not 2 x − y + 1 = 0 )

1 − 13 2 − 8 − 13
Area = M1 for correct attempt to find area, may be using
2 0 5 − 15 0
their values for A, B and C (C must lie on the
x-axis)
= 125 A1

Alternative method for area:


CM 2 = 125, AB 2 = 500 M1 for correct attempt to find area may be using
1 their values for A, B and C
Area = × 125 × 500
2
= 125 A1

© Cambridge International Examinations 2015


371
CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS
Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education

MARK SCHEME for the October/November 2015 series

0606 ADDITIONAL MATHEMATICS


0606/12 Paper 1, maximum raw mark 80

372
Page 2 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – October/November 2015 0606 12

Abbreviations

awrt answers which round to


cao correct answer only
dep dependent
FT follow through after error
isw ignore subsequent working
oe or equivalent
rot rounded or truncated
SC Special Case
soi seen or implied
www without wrong working

1 kx 2 + (2k − 8) x + k = 0 M1 for attempt to obtain a 3 term quadratic in the


form ax 2 + bx + c = 0 ,where b contains a
term in k and a constant
b 2 − 4ac > 0 so (2k − 8) 2 − 4k 2 ( > 0) DM1 for use of b 2 − 4ac
2 2
4k − 32k + 64 − 4k ( > 0) DM1 for attempt to simplify and solve for k
leading to k < 2 only A1 A1 must have correct sign

2
 dy 
  = −5 x(+c) M1 for attempt to integrate, do not penalise
 dx  omission of arbitrary constant.
dy
When x = −1, = 2 leading to
dx
dy dy
= −5 x − 3 A1 Must have = ...
dx dx
5x 2 dy
y=− − 3x + d DM1 for attempt to integrate their , but
2 dx
When x = −1, y = 3 leading to penalise omission of arbitrary constant.
5 5x 2
y= − − 3x A1
2 2

Alternative scheme:
dy M1 for use of y = ax 2 + bx + c , differentiation
y = ax 2 + bx + c so = 2ax + b
dx and use of conditions to give an equation in a
dy and b
When x = −1 , =2
dx
so − 2a + b = 2 A1 for a correct equation
d2 y DM1 for a second differentiation to obtain a
= 2a
dx 2
5 5
so a = − , b = −3 , c = A1 for a, b and c all correct
2 2

© Cambridge International Examinations 2015


373
Page 3 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – October/November 2015 0606 12

3 (sec 2 θ − 1) + (cosec 2θ − 1) = secθ cosecθ

LHS = tan θ + cot θ B1 may be implied by the next line


sin θ cos θ
= + B1 for dealing with tan θ and cot θ in terms of
cos θ sin θ sin θ and cos θ
sin 2 θ + cos 2 θ
= M1 for attempt to obtain as a single fraction
sin θ cos θ
1
= M1 for the use of sin 2 θ + cos 2 θ = 1 in correct
sin θ cos θ context
= sec θ cosecθ A1 Must be convinced as AG

Alternate scheme:

LHS = tan θ + cot θ


1
= tan θ + B1 may be implied by subsequent work
tan θ
2
tan θ + 1
= M1 for attempt to obtain as a single fraction
tan θ
sec 2 θ
= B1 for use of the correct identity
tan θ
sec θ
= × sec θ M1 for ‘splitting’ sec 2 θ
tan θ
= cosecθ sec θ A1 Must be convinced as AG

4 (a) (i) 28 B1

(ii) 20160 B1

(iii) 6 × (5 × 4 × 3) oe to give 360 B1 for realising that the music books can be
6 × (5 × 4 × 3) × 2 arranged amongst themselves and
consideration of the other 5 books
= 720 B1 for the realisation that the above arrangement
can be either side of the clock.

10
(b) Either C 6 − 7 C 6 = 210 − 7 B1, B1 B1 for 10
C 6 , B1 for 7 C 6

= 203 B1

Or 1W 5M = 63 B1 for 1 case correct, must be considering more


2W 4M = 105 than 1 different case, allow C notation
3W 3M = 35 B1 for the other 2 cases, allow C notation
Total = 203 B1 for final result

© Cambridge International Examinations 2015


374
Page 4 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – October/November 2015 0606 12

5 (i) dy 4x
= ( x − 3) 2 + ln(2 x 2 + 1) B1 for correct differentiation of ln function
dx 2x + 1 M1 for attempt to differentiate a product
dy 8
when x = 2, = − + ln 9 oe A1 for correct product, terms must be bracketed
dx 9 where appropriate
or 1.31 or better A1 for correct final answer

(ii) ∂y ≈ (answer to (i)) × 0.03 M1 for attempt to use small changes


= 0.0393, allow awrt 0.039 A1FT follow through on their numerical answer to
(i) allow to 2 sf or better

6 (i) A ∩ B = {3} B1

(ii) A ∪ C = {1, 3, 5, 6, 7, 9, 11, 12} B1

(iii) A′ ∩ C = {1, 5, 7, 11} B1

(iv) ( D ∪ B ) ′ = {1, 9} B1

(v) Any set containing up to 5 positive even B1


numbers ⩽ 12

0.2
7 (i) Gradient = = 0.25 M1 for attempt to find the gradient
0.8
b = 0.25 A1

Either 6 = 0.25(2.2) + c M1 for a correct substitution of values from


Or 5.8 = 0.25(1.4) + c either point and attempt to obtain c or
solution by simultaneous equations
leading to A = 233 or e 5.45 A1 dealing with c = ln A

Alternative schemes:

Either Or
6 = b(2.2) + c ( )
e 6 = A e 2.2
b
M1 for 2 simultaneous equations as shown
5.8 = b(1.4) + c e 5.8
= A(e )
1.4 b

DM1 for attempt to solve to get at least one


solution for one unknown
Leading to A = 233 or e 5.45 and b = 0.25 A1, A1 A1 for each

(ii) Either y = 233 × 5 0.25 M1 for correct use of either equation in attempt
Or ln y = 0.25 ln 5 + ln 233 to obtain y using their value of A and of b
found in (i)
leading to y = 348 A1

© Cambridge International Examinations 2015


375
Page 5 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – October/November 2015 0606 12

1 1
1 −
2( x 2 + 5) 2 − (2 x)( x 2 + 5) 2 (2 x − 1) 1
8
dy
= 2 B1 for
1
2
( −
)
(2 x) x 2 + 5 2 for a quotient
dx x2 + 5
3
1
or − (2 x) ( x 2 + 5 ) 2 for a product
or −

dy 2

1
1 2

3
2
= 2( x + 5) − (2 x)( x + 5) 2 (2 x − 1)
2
allow if either seen in separate working
dx 2
M1 for attempt to differentiate a quotient or a
correct product
A1 for all correct, allow unsimplified
dy 4
When x = 2, y = 1 and = B1, B1 B1 for each
dx 9
(allow 0.444 or 0.44)
4
Equation of tangent: y − 1 = ( x − 2) M1 for attempt at straight line, must be tangent
9
using their gradient and y
(9 y = 4 x + 1) A1 allow unsimplified.

2 3 3 2 3
9 (i) (4 + x ) 2 (+c) B1,B1 B1 for k (4 + x ) 2 only, B1 for (4 + x ) 2
3 3
only
Condone omission of c
(ii)
1 
Area of trapezium =  × 5 × 5  M1 for attempt to find the area of the trapezium
2 
= 12.5 A1

5 3
2 3
 1  for correct use of limits using k (4 + x ) 2 only
Area =  (4 + x ) 2  −  × 5 × 5  M1
3 0  2  (must be using 5 and 0)
2  16 25 16
=  × 27  − − A1 for 18 − or equivalent
3  3 2 3
1
= or awrt 0.17 A1
6

Alternative scheme:
1
Equation of AB y = x + 2 M1 for a correct attempt to find the equation of
5 AB
3
5 1  for correct use of limits using k (4 + x ) 2 only
Area = ∫0
4 + x −  x + 2  dx
5 
M1
(must be using 5 and 0)
5
2 3 x2 
=  (4 + x ) 2 − − 2 x
3 10 0
2  16 25 16
=  × 27  − − A1 for 18 − or equivalent
3
3  3 2
A1 for 12.5 or equivalent
1
= or awrt 0.17 A1
6

© Cambridge International Examinations 2015


376
Page 6 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – October/November 2015 0606 12

10 (i) All sides are equal to the radii of the circles B1 for a convincing argument
which are also equal


(ii) Angle CBE = B1 must be in terms of π , allow 0.667π , or
3 better

(iii) DE = 10 3 M1 for correct attempt to find DE using their


angle CBE
A1 for correct DE, allow 17.3 or better
2π for attempt to find arc length with their angle
Arc CE = 10 × M1
3 CBE (20.94)
20π for 10 + 10 + DE + an arc length
Perimeter = 20 + 10 3 + M1
3
= 58.3 or 58.2 A1 allow unsimplified

(iv) 1 2π 100π for sector area using their angle CBE allow
Area of sector: × 10 2 × = M1
2 3 3 unsimplified, may be implied
1 2π for triangle area using their angle DBE which
Area of triangle: × 10 2 × sin = 25 3 M1
2 3 must be the same as their angle CBE, allow
unsimplified, may be implied
100π
Area = + 25 3 or awrt 148 A1 allow in either form
3

© Cambridge International Examinations 2015


377
Page 7 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – October/November 2015 0606 12

11 (a) (i) ( x + 3) 2 − 5 B1, B1 B1 for 3, B1 for − 5

(ii) y ⩾ 4 or f ⩾ 4 B1 Correct notation or statement must be used

(iii) y = x+5 −3 M1 for a correct attempt to find the inverse


function
A1 must be in the correct form and positive root
only
Domain x ⩾ 4 B1FT Follow through on their answer to (ii), must
be using x

(b) h 2 g( x) = h 2 (e x ) M1 for correct order


x
= h(5e + 2) M1 for dealing with h 2
= 25e x + 12
25e x + 12 = 37, DM1 for solution of equation (dependent on both
previous M marks)
leading to x = 0 A1

Alternative scheme 1:
hg( x) = h −1 (37) M1 for correct order
−1
h (37) = 7 M1 for dealing with h -1 (37)
5e x + 2 = 7, DM1 for solution of equation (dependent on both
previous M marks)
leading to x = 0 A1

Alternative scheme 2:
g( x) = h −2 (37) M1 for correct order
−2
h (37) = 1 M1 for dealing with h −2 (37)
e x = 1, DM1 for solution of equation (dependent on both
previous M marks)
leading to x = 0 A1

© Cambridge International Examinations 2015


378
Page 8 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – October/November 2015 0606 12

12 x 2 + 6 x − 16 = 0 or y 2 + 10 y − 75 = 0 M1 for attempt to obtain a 3 term quadratic in


leading to terms of one variable only
( x + 8)( x − 2) = 0 or ( y − 5)( y + 15) = 0 DM1 for attempt to solve quadratic equation

so x = 2, y = 5 and x = −8, y = −15 A1, A1 A1 for each ‘pair’ of values.

Midpoint ( −3, − 5) B1

1
Gradient = 2, so perpendicular gradient = −
2
Perpendicular bisector:
1
y + 5 = − ( x + 3) M1 for attempt at straight line equation, must be
2
(2 y + x + 13 = 0) using midpoint and perpendicular gradient
M1 for use of y = 0 in their line equation
Point C (−13, 0) (but not 2 x − y + 1 = 0 )

1 − 13 2 − 8 − 13
Area = M1 for correct attempt to find area, may be using
2 0 5 − 15 0
their values for A, B and C (C must lie on the
x-axis)
= 125 A1

Alternative method for area:


CM 2 = 125, AB 2 = 500 M1 for correct attempt to find area may be using
1 their values for A, B and C
Area = × 125 × 500
2
= 125 A1

© Cambridge International Examinations 2015


379
CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS
Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education

MARK SCHEME for the October/November 2015 series

0606 ADDITIONAL MATHEMATICS


0606/13 Paper 1, maximum raw mark 80

380
Page 2 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – October/November 2015 0606 13

Abbreviations

Awrt answers which round to


Cao correct answer only
dep dependent
FT follow through after error
isw ignore subsequent working
oe or equivalent
rot rounded or truncated
SC Special Case
soi seen or implied
www without wrong working

1 (i) A B

B1
C

(ii) A B

B1

(iii) A B
B1

 π 1
2 cos  3 x −  = (± ) oe M1 division by 2 and square root
 4 2

π π π 3π
3x − =− , ,
4 4 4 4

 π π π π   3π π 
x =  − +  ÷ 3,  +  ÷ 3,  +  ÷ 3 oe DM1 correct order of operations in order to
 4 4 4 4  4 4 obtain a solution

π
x = 0 and (or 0 and 0.524) A2/1/0 A2 for 3 solutions and no extras in the
6 range
A1 for 2 solutions
π
x= (or 1.05) A0 for one solution or no solutions
3

© Cambridge International Examinations 2015


381
Page 3 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – October/November 2015 0606 13

3 (a)  12 16 4  B2,1,0 B2 for 6 elements correct,


 
 30 32 10  B1for 5 elements correct

 28 − 24  4 6  1 0 B2 for 4 correct elements in X2


(b)   = m  + n  B2,1,0
 − 8 76   2 − 8 0 1 B1 for 3 correct elements in X2

− 24 = 6m or − 8 = 2m giving m = −4 B1 For m = −4 using correct I

28 = 4m + n or 76 = −8m + n M1 complete method to obtain n


n = 44 A1

(c) a2 − 6 = 0 B2,1,0 B2 for a = ± 6 or a = ±2.45 , with no


so a = ± 6 incorrect statements seen
or
B1 for a = ± 6 or a = ±2.45 seen
or
B1 for a = 6 and no incorrect working

1 47
4 (i)
2
(
4 3 + 1 × BC = )
2
B1 correct use of the area

BC =
47
×
4 3 −1 ( )
(
4 3 +1 4 3 −1 ) ( ) M1 correct rationalisation

BC = 4 3 − 1 A1 Dependent on all method being seen

Alternative method

1 47
2
(
4 3 + 1 × BC = )
2
B1

( )(
4 3 + 1 a 3 + b = 47 )
Leading to 12a + b = 47 and a + 4b = 0 M1
Solution of simultaneous equations

BC = 4 3 − 1 A1 Dependent on all method seen including


solution of simultaneous equations

(4 ) ( )
2 2
(ii) 3 +1 + 4 3 −1

( ) (
= 48 + 8 3 + 1 + 48 − 8 3 + 1 ) B1FT 6 correct FT terms seen

AC 2 = 98 B1cao 98 and 7 2 or 98 and p = 7


AC = 7 2 or p = 7

© Cambridge International Examinations 2015


382
Page 4 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – October/November 2015 0606 13

π
5 When x = , y=2 B1 y=2
4
dy 5 sec 2 x
= 5sec 2 x B1
dx
π dy
When x = , = 10 B1 10 from differentiation
4 dx
1 π 1  π
Equation of normal y − 2 = − x −  M1 y − their 2 = − x − 
10  4 their10  4
π
10 y + x − 20 − = 0 or 10 y + x − 20.8 = 0 oe A1 allow unsimplified
4

6 (i)

B1 shape
B1 intercepts on x-axis
B1 intercept on y-axis for a curve with a
maximum and two arms

(ii) M1 (2, ±16) seen or ( 2, k ) where k > 0


( 2, 16 ) A1 (2, 16) or x = 2 and y = 16 only

(iii) k =0 B1

k > 16 B1

© Cambridge International Examinations 2015


383
Page 5 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – October/November 2015 0606 13

dy
7 = 2sin 3x ( +c ) B1 2 sin 3 x
dx
3 M1 finding constant using
4 3=2 +c
2 dy
= k sin 3x + c making use of
dx
dy π
= 4 3 and x =
dx 9
dy
= 2sin 3x + 3 3 A1 Allow with c = 5.20 or 27
dx

2
y = − cos3x + 3 3x ( +d ) B1FT FT integration of their k sin 3 x
3

1 2 π π  M1 finding constant d for k cos 3 x + cx + d


− = − cos + 3 3   + d
3 3 3 9
2 3
y = − cos3 x + 3 3 x − π A1 Allow
3 3 y = −0.667 cos 3 x + 5.20 x − 0.577π
or better

8 (a) (2 + kx )8 = 256 + 1024kx + 1792k 2 x 2 + 1792k 3 x 3


1
k= B1
4
p = 112 B1FT FT 1792 multiplied by their k2
q = 28 B1FT FT 1792 multiplied by their k3

3
(b) 9 6 2 
C3 x  − 2  M1 correct term seen
 x 
 8 
84 x 6  − 6  leading to DM1 Term selected and 23 and 9C3 correctly
 x 
evaluated
− 672 A1

© Cambridge International Examinations 2015


384
Page 6 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – October/November 2015 0606 13

9 (a) (i) Number of arrangements with Maths books as one M1 4!(×2 ) or 4 × 3!(× 2 ) oe
item = 4! or 4 × 3!
or Maths books can be arranged 2! ways and 2! × 3!(×4 ) or 2 × 3!(× 4 ) oe
History 3! ways = 2! × 3!

2 × 4! or 2 × 4 × 3! or 4 × 2 × 3! = 48 A1 A1 for 48

(ii) 5! – 48 or 6 × 2 × 3! M1 5! – their answer to (i)


or for 6 × 2 × 3
72 A1

(b) (i) 3003 B1

(ii) 3003 − 6 − 135 M1 their answer to (i) – 6 − 6 C 4 × 9


B1 135 subtracted
2862 A1

or
2M 3W = 720 M1 complete correct method using 4 cases,
3M 2W = 1260 may be implied by working. Must have
4M 1W = 756 at least one correct
5M = 126 B1 any 3 correct
2862 A1

© Cambridge International Examinations 2015


385
Page 7 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – October/November 2015 0606 13

10 (i) 10 2 = 6 2 + 6 2 − 2 × 6 × 6 × cos ABC M1 correct cosine rule statement or correct


ABC
statement for sin or equating areas
or 2
 ABC  5 oe
sin  =
 2  6

or
10 11
ABC = π − sin −1
36

ABC = 1.9702 A1 1.9702 or better

(ii) XY = 2 B1 for XY ( may be implied by later work,


allow on diagram)
 π − 1.970 
Arc length 6  oe B1 correct arc length (unsimplified)
 2 

  π − 1.970   M1 their 2 + 2 × 6 × their angle C


Perimeter = 2 + 2 6  
  2 
= 9.03 A1

(iii) 1  π − 1.970  1 
 × 6 2   − × 5 × 11  × 2 M1 sector area using their C
2  2  2  M1 area of ∆ ABM where M is the midpoint
of AC, or (∆s ABY and BXY) or ∆ABC
Answers to 3sf or better
= 4.50 or 4.51 or better A1

© Cambridge International Examinations 2015


386
Page 8 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – October/November 2015 0606 13

11 x 2 − 2 x − 3 = 0 or y 2 − 6 y + 5 = 0 M1 substitution and simplification to obtain


a three term quadratic equation in one
variable

leading to (3, 5) and (–1, 1) A1,A1 A1 for each ‘pair’ from a correct
quadratic equation, correctly obtained.

Midpoint (1, 3) B1cao midpoint

(Gradient – 1)
Perpendicular bisector y = 4 − x M1 perpendicular bisector, must be using
their perpendicular gradient and their
Meets the curve again if midpoint
x 2 + 10 x − 15 = 0 or y 2 − 18 y + 41 = 0 M1 substitution and simplification to obtain
a three term quadratic equation in one
variable.
leading to x = −5 ± 2 10, y = 9 m 2 10 A1,A1 A1 for each ‘pair’

(
CD 2 = 4 10 ) + (4 10 )
2 2
M1 Pythagoras using their coordinates from
solution of second quadratic.
(x1 − x2 )2 + ( y1 − y 2 )2
must be seen if not using correct
coordinates.
CD = 8 5 A1 A1 for 8 5 from 320 and all correct
so far.

© Cambridge International Examinations 2015


387
Page 9 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – October/November 2015 0606 13

3 2 (2 y − x )
12 (a) 2 2 x −1 × 2 2( x+ y ) = 2 7 and =1 M1 expressing 4x+y , 128 as powers of 2 and
33( y − 4 ) 92y–x , 27y–4 as powers of 3

2 x − 1 + 2(x + y ) = 7 oe A1 Correct equation from correct working


2(2 y − x ) = 3( y − 4 ) oe A1 Correct equation from correct working
leading to x = 4, y = −4 A1 for both

Example of Alternative method


Method mark as above M1 As before
2 x − 1 + 2( x + y ) = 7 A1 One of the correct equations in x and y

leading to y =
(8 − 4 x )
2
3 2 (2 y − x )
Correctly substituted in =1
33( y − 4 )
 2(8 − 4 x )   (8 − 4 x ) 
Leading to 2 − x  = 3 − 4 A1 Correct, unsimplified, equation in x or y
 2   2  only
Leading to x = 4 and y = −4 A1 Both answers

(b) (2(5 ) − 1)(5


z z
)
+1 = 0 M1 solution of quadratic
leading to 2.5 = 1 z
(5 z
)
= −1 A1 correct solution

5 z = 0 .5 DM1 correct attempt to solve 2.5 z = k , where


k is positive
log 0.5
z= or z = −0.431 or better A1 must have one solution only
log5

© Cambridge International Examinations 2015


388
CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS
Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education

MARK SCHEME for the October/November 2015 series

0606 ADDITIONAL MATHEMATICS


0606/21 Paper 2, maximum raw mark 80

389
Page 2 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – October/November 2015 0606 21

Abbreviations
awrt answers which round to
cao correct answer only
dep dependent
FT follow through after error
isw ignore subsequent working
nfww not from wrong working
oe or equivalent
rot rounded or truncated
SC Special Case
soi seen or implied
www without wrong working

1 (i) f ( −2 ) = −32 − 16 + 30 + 18 = 0 B1 All four evaluated terms must be seen.


Allow if correct long division used

(ii) f ( x) = ( x + 2)(4 x 2 − 12 x + 9) M1 Coefficients 4 and 9


A1 Coefficient –12
= ( x + 2)(2 x − 3)(2 x − 3) A1 All three factors together

f ( x) = 0 → x = −2, 1.5 nfww A1 Allow 1.5 mentioned just once

2 (i) (2 − 3 x) 6 = 64 − 576 x + 2160 x 2 isw B1B1B1

(ii) 2160 − 2 × 576 = 1008 M1 their final 2160 + 2 × their final –576
A1

 − 15  uuur
3 (i) AB =   B1 Allow BA May be implied by later
 8  work.

AB = 152 + 82 (= 17) M1 Use of Pythagoras on their AB


Speed = 17 × 3 = 51km/hr A1 Must be exact

 16  uuur
(ii) BC =   B1 Allow CB
 − 30 

BC = 162 + 302 (= 34) M1 Use of Pythagoras on their BC


34 2
Time taken = × 60 = 40 mins (or hrs) A1 Allow answers which round to 40 to 2sf.
51 3 Accept 0.66 or 0.67 hrs. Mark final
answer.

© Cambridge International Examinations 2015


390
Page 3 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – October/November 2015 0606 21

 2 −1
 1 −2 4   
4 (a) 2BA = 2   3 5  B3,2,1,0 –1 each error in 2 × 2 result. Failure to
 −2 3 0   7 4  multiply by 2 is one error
 
 24 5   48 10 
= 2 = 
 5 17   10 34 

1  6 −2  1
(b) (i) C −1 =   isw B1
81 1  8
B1 Matrix

 −2 2 
(ii) I − D =   B1
 − 1 −3 

1  6 −2  −2 2 
X = C −1 ( I − D ) =    M1 Pre multiply their I – D with their C–1
8  1 1  −1 −3 
1  − 10 18 
=   isw
8  − 3 − 1 A1

5 (a) 2 3(q −1) × 2 2 p +1 = 214 B1 Correct powers of 2 allow unsimplified


isw
3 2( p −4 ) × 3 q = 3 4 B1 Correct powers of 3 allow unsimplified
isw
Solve 3q + 2 p = 16 M1 Attempt to solve their linear equations
q + 2 p = 12 by eliminating one variable

p = 5, q = 2 A1 Both correct

(b) (3x − 2)( x + 1) M1 LHS oe isw


= 50 A1 50 from correct processing of 2 − lg 2

3 x 2 + x − 52 = 0 → (3 x + 13)( x − 4) M1 Solution of their three term quadratic


Roots must be obtained from correct
x=4 quadratic
A1
13
x=− discarded A1
3

© Cambridge International Examinations 2015


391
Page 4 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – October/November 2015 0606 21

6 (i) a = 3, b = 2, c = 4 B1B1B1

(ii) dy ± k cos cx and no other term in x c ≠1


= 8cos 4 x isw M1
dx A1FT bc × cos cx and no other term

π dy dy
(iii) x= → = 8 cos 2π = 8 DM1 Find their correct numerical
2 dx dx

y −3 1  1 
Eqn: =−  → y = − x + 3.20  M1 Find equation with their numerical
π 8  8 
x− −1
2 normal gradient ie and point
dy
dx
π 
 , 3
2 
A1 All correct isw

h 6−r 4
7 (i) = → h = (6 − r ) M1 Uses correct ratio. Cannot be implied
8 6 3 A1

4
(ii) V = πr 2 h = πr 2 × (6 − r ) B1 AG all steps must be seen
3 Penalise missing brackets at any point in
4 working
= 8πr 2 − πr 3
3

dV
(iii) = 16πr − 4πr 2 M1 Differentiate at least one power reduced
dr by one
A1

dV M1 Attempt to solve – must get r = …


=0→r =4
dr A1 Correct value of r. Ignore r = 0

128
V= π ( = 42.7π ) A1 Correct value of V. Condone 134.
3
d 2V
must be correct and some
dr 2
d 2V
= 16π − 8πr < 0 when r = 4 → max B1 indication of a negative value seen plus
dr 2 maximum stated

© Cambridge International Examinations 2015


392
Page 5 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – October/November 2015 0606 21

8 (i) 8−2  1
Gradient AB =  =  isw B1
9+3  2

Equation AB and
y−2 1  1  M1 Find equation with their gradient and set
x=0→ =  → y = x + 3.5   = 0
0+3 2  2 
→ y = 3.5 A1

(ii) D is (3, 5) B1

(iii) Gradient perpendicular = –2 M1 Use of m1 × m 2 = −1 on gradient used


y −5 for their line in (i)
Equation perpendicular = −2 A1
x−3
→ ( y = −2 x + 11)

(iv) E is (0, 11) A1FT

1 −3 9 0 −3 1
(v) Area of ABE = M1 For area of ABE or ECD. and their
2 2 8 11 2 2
correct 8 elements must be seen.
1
= − 24 + 99 − 18 + 33 = 45 A1 45 condone from E (0, –4)
2

1 3 0 0 3
Area of EDC =
2 5 3.5 11 5
1
= − 10.5 + 33 = 11.25 A1 11.25 condone from E(0, –4)
2

© Cambridge International Examinations 2015


393
Page 6 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – October/November 2015 0606 21

5
9 (i) tan 2 x = − M1 For obtaining and using
4 5 4
(2 x = 128.7, 308.7) tan 2 x = ± or ±
4 5
resulting in 2 x =
x = 64.3 awrt A1 tanx = … gets M0
154.3 awrt A1FT their 64.3° + 90°

(ii) cosec2 y + 3cosecy − 4 = 0 or B1 In any form as a three term quadratic.


4sin 2 y − 3sin y − 1 = 0
( cosecy + 4 )( cosecy − 1) = 0 or
( 4sin y + 1)( sin y − 1) = 0
1 M1 Solve three term quadratic in cosec y
sin y = − or sin y = 1
4 or sin y
y = 194.5, 345.5, 90 A1A1A1 Answers must be obtained from the
correct quadratic

π π
(iii) z+ = π − or B1 Accept 2.09, 2.10, π − 1.05, π − 1.04 on
4 3
RHS. Could be implied by final answer
π π Accept 4.19, 4.18, π + 1.05, π + 1.04 on
z + =π + B1
4 3 RHS. Could be implied by final answer
5π 13π Answers must be correct multiples of π.
z= , B1B1
12 12

1 1
10 (i) s = e 2t + 3e −2t − t + (c) M1 Integrate : coefficient of or 3 seen
2 2
with no change in powers of e. Ignore –t
t = 0, s = 0 → c = −3.5
 1 2t −2 t  A1 All correct and simplified
 s = e + 3e − t − 3.5  A1
 2 

(ii) v = 0 → u 2 − u − 6 = 0 oe M1 Obtain three term quadratic in u or e2t


Condone sign errors.
(u − 3)(u + 2) = 0
DM1 Solve three term quadratic
1
→ u = 3 → t = ln 3 or 0.549 A1 Accept 0.55 No second answer
2

1
(iii) t = ln 3 → a = 2e 2t + 12e −2t B1 Correct differentiation
2
= 6 + 4 = 10 B1 Allow awrt 10.0 or 9.99. No second
answer.

© Cambridge International Examinations 2015


394
CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS
Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education

MARK SCHEME for the October/November 2015 series

0606 ADDITIONAL MATHEMATICS


0606/22 Paper 2, maximum raw mark 80

395
Page 2 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – October/November 2015 0606 22

Abbreviations
awrt answers which round to
cao correct answer only
dep dependent
FT follow through after error
isw ignore subsequent working
nfww not from wrong working
oe or equivalent
rot rounded or truncated
SC Special Case
soi seen or implied
www without wrong working

1 (i) f ( −2 ) = −32 − 16 + 30 + 18 = 0 B1 All four evaluated terms must be seen.


Allow if correct long division used

(ii) f ( x) = ( x + 2)(4 x 2 − 12 x + 9) M1 Coefficients 4 and 9


A1 Coefficient –12
= ( x + 2)(2 x − 3)(2 x − 3) A1 All three factors together

f ( x) = 0 → x = −2, 1.5 nfww A1 Allow 1.5 mentioned just once

2 (i) (2 − 3 x) 6 = 64 − 576 x + 2160 x 2 isw B1B1B1

(ii) 2160 − 2 × 576 = 1008 M1 their final 2160 + 2 × their final –576
A1

 − 15  uuur
3 (i) AB =   B1 Allow BA May be implied by later
 8  work.

AB = 152 + 82 (= 17) M1 Use of Pythagoras on their AB


Speed = 17 × 3 = 51km/hr A1 Must be exact

 16  uuur
(ii) BC =   B1 Allow CB
 − 30 

BC = 162 + 302 (= 34) M1 Use of Pythagoras on their BC


34 2
Time taken = × 60 = 40 mins (or hrs) A1 Allow answers which round to 40 to 2sf.
51 3 Accept 0.66 or 0.67 hrs. Mark final
answer.

© Cambridge International Examinations 2015


396
Page 3 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – October/November 2015 0606 22

 2 −1
 1 −2 4   
4 (a) 2BA = 2   3 5  B3,2,1,0 –1 each error in 2 × 2 result. Failure to
 −2 3 0   7 4  multiply by 2 is one error
 
 24 5   48 10 
= 2 = 
 5 17   10 34 

1  6 −2  1
(b) (i) C −1 =   isw B1
81 1  8
B1 Matrix

 −2 2 
(ii) I − D =   B1
 − 1 −3 

1  6 −2  −2 2 
X = C −1 ( I − D ) =    M1 Pre multiply their I – D with their C–1
8  1 1  −1 −3 
1  − 10 18 
=   isw
8  − 3 − 1 A1

5 (a) 2 3(q −1) × 2 2 p +1 = 214 B1 Correct powers of 2 allow unsimplified


isw
3 2( p −4 ) × 3 q = 3 4 B1 Correct powers of 3 allow unsimplified
isw
Solve 3q + 2 p = 16 M1 Attempt to solve their linear equations
q + 2 p = 12 by eliminating one variable

p = 5, q = 2 A1 Both correct

(b) (3x − 2)( x + 1) M1 LHS oe isw


= 50 A1 50 from correct processing of 2 − lg 2

3 x 2 + x − 52 = 0 → (3 x + 13)( x − 4) M1 Solution of their three term quadratic


Roots must be obtained from correct
x=4 quadratic
A1
13
x=− discarded A1
3

© Cambridge International Examinations 2015


397
Page 4 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – October/November 2015 0606 22

6 (i) a = 3, b = 2, c = 4 B1B1B1

(ii) dy ± k cos cx and no other term in x c ≠1


= 8cos 4 x isw M1
dx A1FT bc × cos cx and no other term

π dy dy
(iii) x= → = 8 cos 2π = 8 DM1 Find their correct numerical
2 dx dx

y −3 1  1 
Eqn: =−  → y = − x + 3.20  M1 Find equation with their numerical
π 8  8 
x− −1
2 normal gradient ie and point
dy
dx
π 
 , 3
2 
A1 All correct isw

h 6−r 4
7 (i) = → h = (6 − r ) M1 Uses correct ratio. Cannot be implied
8 6 3 A1

4
(ii) V = πr 2 h = πr 2 × (6 − r ) B1 AG all steps must be seen
3 Penalise missing brackets at any point in
4 working
= 8πr 2 − πr 3
3

dV
(iii) = 16πr − 4πr 2 M1 Differentiate at least one power reduced
dr by one
A1

dV M1 Attempt to solve – must get r = …


=0→r =4
dr A1 Correct value of r. Ignore r = 0

128
V= π ( = 42.7π ) A1 Correct value of V. Condone 134.
3
d 2V
must be correct and some
dr 2
d 2V
= 16π − 8πr < 0 when r = 4 → max B1 indication of a negative value seen plus
dr 2 maximum stated

© Cambridge International Examinations 2015


398
Page 5 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – October/November 2015 0606 22

8 (i) 8−2  1
Gradient AB =  =  isw B1
9+3  2

Equation AB and
y−2 1  1  M1 Find equation with their gradient and set
x=0→ =  → y = x + 3.5   = 0
0+3 2  2 
→ y = 3.5 A1

(ii) D is (3, 5) B1

(iii) Gradient perpendicular = –2 M1 Use of m1 × m 2 = −1 on gradient used


y −5 for their line in (i)
Equation perpendicular = −2 A1
x−3
→ ( y = −2 x + 11)

(iv) E is (0, 11) A1FT

1 −3 9 0 −3 1
(v) Area of ABE = M1 For area of ABE or ECD. and their
2 2 8 11 2 2
correct 8 elements must be seen.
1
= − 24 + 99 − 18 + 33 = 45 A1 45 condone from E (0, –4)
2

1 3 0 0 3
Area of EDC =
2 5 3.5 11 5
1
= − 10.5 + 33 = 11.25 A1 11.25 condone from E(0, –4)
2

© Cambridge International Examinations 2015


399
Page 6 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – October/November 2015 0606 22

5
9 (i) tan 2 x = − M1 For obtaining and using
4 5 4
(2 x = 128.7, 308.7) tan 2 x = ± or ±
4 5
resulting in 2 x =
x = 64.3 awrt A1 tanx = … gets M0
154.3 awrt A1FT their 64.3° + 90°

(ii) cosec2 y + 3cosecy − 4 = 0 or B1 In any form as a three term quadratic.


4sin 2 y − 3sin y − 1 = 0
( cosecy + 4 )( cosecy − 1) = 0 or
( 4sin y + 1)( sin y − 1) = 0
1 M1 Solve three term quadratic in cosec y
sin y = − or sin y = 1
4 or sin y
y = 194.5, 345.5, 90 A1A1A1 Answers must be obtained from the
correct quadratic

π π
(iii) z+ = π − or B1 Accept 2.09, 2.10, π − 1.05, π − 1.04 on
4 3
RHS. Could be implied by final answer
π π Accept 4.19, 4.18, π + 1.05, π + 1.04 on
z + =π + B1
4 3 RHS. Could be implied by final answer
5π 13π Answers must be correct multiples of π.
z= , B1B1
12 12

1 1
10 (i) s = e 2t + 3e −2t − t + (c) M1 Integrate : coefficient of or 3 seen
2 2
with no change in powers of e. Ignore –t
t = 0, s = 0 → c = −3.5
 1 2t −2 t  A1 All correct and simplified
 s = e + 3e − t − 3.5  A1
 2 

(ii) v = 0 → u 2 − u − 6 = 0 oe M1 Obtain three term quadratic in u or e2t


Condone sign errors.
(u − 3)(u + 2) = 0
DM1 Solve three term quadratic
1
→ u = 3 → t = ln 3 or 0.549 A1 Accept 0.55 No second answer
2

1
(iii) t = ln 3 → a = 2e 2t + 12e −2t B1 Correct differentiation
2
= 6 + 4 = 10 B1 Allow awrt 10.0 or 9.99. No second
answer.

© Cambridge International Examinations 2015


400
CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS
Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education

MARK SCHEME for the October/November 2015 series

0606 ADDITIONAL MATHEMATICS


0606/23 Paper 2 , maximum raw mark 80

401
Page 2 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – October/November 2015 0606 23

Abbreviations

awrt answers which round to


cao correct answer only
dep dependent
FT follow through after error
isw ignore subsequent working
oe or equivalent
rot rounded or truncated
SC Special Case
soi seen or implied
www without wrong working

y = x3 + 3x 2 − 5 x − 7
1
dy
= 3x 2 + 6 x − 5 M1 Differentiate
dx A1
dy dy
x=2→ = 19 A1FT on their
dx dx
y =3 B1
y −3
eqn of tangent: = 19 → ( y = 19 x − 35) A1FT
x−2

2 2 x + k + 2 = 2 x 2 + (k + 2) x + 8 M1 eliminate y or x
2 x 2 + kx + 6 − k (= 0) A1 correct quadratic
2 2
b − 4ac = k − 4 × 2(6 − k ) M1 use discriminant
2
k + 8k − 48 (> 0)
(k + 12)(k − 4) (> 0) DM1 attempt to solve 3 term quadratic
A1 k = −12 and k = 4
k < −12 or k > 4 A1

3 (a) dy (2 − x 2 )3x 2 − x3 (−2 x)  6 x 2 − x 4  M1 For quotient rule (or product rule on


= = 2 2 
dx (2 − x 2 )2  (2 − x )  correct y)
A2,1,0

dy 1
(b) = x × ( 4 x + 6 ) − 0.5 × 4 + ( 4 x + 6 ) 0.5 M1 product rule
dx 2 A1
6( x + 1)
= → k =6 A1
(4 x + 6)0.5

4 x(4 − 3 ) = 13 M1 eliminate y or x
A1 simplified
x=
(
13 4 + 3 ) M1 rationalisation
( )(
4− 3 4+ 3 )
=4+ 3 A1
y = 1− 2 3 A1

© Cambridge International Examinations 2015


402
Page 3 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – October/November 2015 0606 23

5 ( x − 3)( x − 3)( x − 1) = 0 M1
3 2
x − 7 x + 15 x − 9 = 0
a = −7 A1
b = 15 A1
c = −9 A1 AG for c

log 2 2
6 log x 2 = B1
log 2 x
2 log 2 x = log 2 x 2 B1
3 = log 2 8 B1
8 x 2 − 29 x + 15 (= 0) M1 obtain quadratic and attempt to solve
→ (8 x − 5)( x − 3) (= 0)
5
x = or x = 3 A1
8

20   2ିଷ oe
7 (i) a=− M1
(t + 2) 3 A1 k = −20

t = 3 → a = −0.16 m/s2 A1FT

10
(ii) is never zero. B1
(t + 2) 2

10 k
(iii) s=− +5 M1 integrate
t+2 t+2
A1 k = −10
A1 +5
8
(iv)  10  M1 insert limits and subtract
s = −  = −1 + 2
 t + 2 3
=1 A1

© Cambridge International Examinations 2015


403
Page 4 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – October/November 2015 0606 23

1 1
8 (i) sec 2 x + cosec 2 x = 2
+ 2 B1
cos x sin x
sin 2 x + cos 2 x
= B1 add fractions
sin 2 x cos 2 x
1
= B1 use of sin 2 x + cos 2 x = 1
sin 2 x cos 2 x
= sec 2 xcosec 2 x B1 fully correct solution

(ii) 1 sin 2 x
= 4 M1
cos 2 x sin 2 x cos 2 x
→ 4sin 2 x = 1 A1 correct simplified equation
1
sin x = ±
2
x = 135 , 225o
o
A1, A1

9 (i) f ( x) = 3x 2 + 12 x + 2 = 3( x + 2)2 − 10
a=3 B1
b=2 B1
c = –10 B1

(ii) minimum f ( x) = −10 B1FT


at x = −2 B1FT

1 1 10 1
(iii) f   = 0 →   = (±) −2 M1 obtain explicit expression for or y
 y  y 3 y

y = −5.74, − 0.26 A1, A1

© Cambridge International Examinations 2015


404
Page 5 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – October/November 2015 0606 23

d 2− x2 2
10 (i) (e ) = −2 xe 2 − x B1 k = –2
dx

2
3e2− x
2

(ii) − +c M1 De2− x
2 −3 3
A1FT D= or
2 k

2
 3e2− x 
2
(iii) 3 3 M1 insert limits on their (ii) and subtract
−  =− + e
 2 1 2 2
2.58 A1

2
(iv) y = 3 xe 2 − x M1 product rule
A1
dy 2 2
= 3 x ( −2 xe 2 − x ) + 3e 2 − x
dx
dy 1 both ‫ ݔ‬or a pair
=0 → x=± = ±0.707 A1
dx 2
3 1.5
y=± e = ±9.51 A1 both ‫ݕ‬
2

11 (i) log N = log A − t log b B1

(ii) t 1 2 3 4 5 6
log N 3.30 3.11 2.95 2.77 2.60 2.41
ln N 7.60 7.17 6.79 6.38 5.98 5.56 M1 find logs of N
4 y

M1 plot log N or ln N against t or –t


1

x
A1 straight line passing through five
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
points

2.415 − 3.3
(iii) gradient = − log b = → b = 1.5 DM1 set gradient = –log b and solve
5
intercept = log A = 3.47 → A = 2950 DM1 set intercept = log A and solve
A1 both values correct

2950
(iv) t = 10 → N = = 51 B1
1.510

log295
(v) N = 10 → 1.5t = 295 → t = M1 substitute N = 10, their A, b into
log1.5 given or transformed equation
= 14 years A1

© Cambridge International Examinations 2015


405
Page 6 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – October/November 2015 0606 23

 250cos 20o   V cos30o  0


12 vp =  o  , vr =  o 
, vw =   B1
 250sin 20   V sin 30   w

vr = v p + vw
 V cos30o   250cos 20o   0 
 =
o  
+
o   
 V sin 30   250sin 20   w 

250cos 20o
V= M1 equate ‫ ݔ‬components and solve
cos30o
= 271km/hr A1

w = V sin 30o − 250sin 20o M1 equate ‫ ݕ‬components and solve


= 50.1km/hr A1

OR triangle with sides 250 V ‫ݓ‬


opposite angles 60° 110° 10° B1

w 250
sine rule: = M1 apply to correct triangle and solve
sin10 sin 60o
o

w = 50.1km/hr A1
V 250 M1 apply to correct triangle and solve
o =
sin110 sin 60o
V = 271km/hr A1

© Cambridge International Examinations 2015


406

You might also like